IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 1.25 I^i2.8 ^ ^ III I!: U£ 2.5 1.4 I 2.2 1 2.0 m 1.6 V] vQ % '/ s Photographir. Sciences Corporation 33 Wr. 7 MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 %/fi <<3 CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques to The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the [mages in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. D D D D D D D D D D Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagde Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaur^e et/ou pellicul6e Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque Coloured maps/ Cartes g^ographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Relid avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re Mure serr6e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge intdrieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutdes lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela dtait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6t6 filmdes. L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans ia m^thode normale de fiimage sont indiqu^s ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ D D D D Pages de couleur □ Pages damaged/ Pages endommagdes □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restaurdes et/ou pelliculies Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages ddcolordes, tachet^es ou piqu6es Pages detached/ Pages ddtach^es Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of print varies/ Qualitd in^gale de I'impression Includes supplementary material/^ Comprend du materiel suppldmen'taire I I Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuiliet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont 6x6 filmdes & nouveau de fapon 6 obtenir la meilleure image possible. Th po of fill Or be th 8i( ot fir 8i< or Th ah Til wf Mi dif en bei rig rec mfl D Additional comments:/ Commentaires suppl^mentaires: This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmd au taux de reduction indiqu6 ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X J 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X The copy filmed hare has baan raproducad thanks to tha ganarosity of: Library Division Provincial Archives of British Columbia L'axamplaira film* fut raproduit grAce A la ginArosit* da: Library Division Provincial Archives of British Columbiii Tha imagas appaaring hara ara tha bast quality poasibia considaring tha condition and lagibility of tha original copy and in kaaping with tha filming contract spacifications. Las imagas suivantas ont AtA raproduites avac la plus grand soin, compta tanu da la condition at da la nattatA da l'axamplaira filmA, at an conformity avac las conditions du contrat da filmaga. Original copias in printad papar covars ara filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couvarture an papier est imprimAe sont filmAs en commenpant par la premier plat at en terminant soit par la derniAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par la second plat, salon le cas. Tous les autras exemplaires originaux sont filmAs en commen^ant par la premiere page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration at en terminant par la derniAre page qui comporte une telle empreinte. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol ^^ (meaning "CON- TINUED "I, or the symbol V (meaning "END "), whichever applies. Un des symboles suivants apparaftra sur la derniAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbole V signifie "FIN ". Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent dtre filmAs A des taux da reduction diffArents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul clichA, il est filmA A partir de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d"imagas nAcessaira. Les diagrammas suivants illustrent la mAthode. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 8 6 ■^ SMrmsoNiAX institution bireai; of ethnology J. W. POWELL, DIRECTOR A COLLECTION OP GESTURE-SIGNS AND SIGNALS OF THK NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS WITH SOME COMPARISONS BY a^RRICK MAT.LERY liREVETLlJ-mT. COL. AND FOBMEBLT ACTING VJJIEF HIQNAL OFPIVEB, V. 8 AHMY DISTEIBUTED ONLY TO COLLABOKATOKS WASHINGTON aOVKBNMENT PRINTING OPPIOE 1880 A COLLECTION OF CESTURESIGNS OF THE NORTH AMERK^AN INDIANS. I >r T R CJ D XJ C X O It Y L K T T K R . Smithsonian Institution, Bureau of IOtiinolooy, Washiiif/ton, I). C, Julif 31, 1880. To the Collaborators with the Bureau of Ethnology in the Study of Sign Language : Gentlemen : This i)iii>er contains the descriptions of the g-esture-signs of the North American Indians wiiicli at the above date have been obtained by tliis Bnrean. It will not be used for publication in its present shape, and will be distributed only to those corre- spondents who have contributed to its contents, and to others whose expected co-ojjcra- tion, the results of which are not yet received, is relied upon to add value to the final work. Xo discussion is now introduced. The descriptions alone, in a tentative ari-anjue- nient, are i)resented for the purpose of the verification of observations, for verl)al corrections of every kind, and for the study of all collaborators, as well as that of the editor, to secure accurate classification and comparison. Oidy such notes of resemblance or discordance between several of the Indian sijiiis, and between some of them and those of deaf mutes, foreign tribes of nien, and ideofjraphic characters, are now printed as have already been attached to the same signs in the comi»ilation fin- ineliminary treatises alreaiven both similar and ditt'eriiif,' sijiiis for more than one tribe, the use of the contributor's iiaiiu' alone would create confusion. To print in every case the name of the contributor, and also tlie name of the tribe, wcmld sericmsly burden the jtaper and be unnecessary to tlie student, the reference beinj;' readily made to each authority throut-h the index. No contribution has been in-inted which asserted that any described siondent who may make any kind of correction or note upon this paper will return it by mail (as book proof), so annotated, to the uiulersigned, thereby sa\ing correspondence and securing accuracy. It is indeed recpiested that all copies shall be returned whether annotated or not, in order to i)reveiit a professedly iini)erfeet edition from falling into improi)er hands. It is much regretted that the illustrations and dia- gramnuitic aids to the descriptions, furnished by most of the contributors, cannot be reproduced in this pa|)er, so that their a(H;uracy also might be determined, but the cost of such illustrations cannot be incurred at this time and for this purjjose. The "Outlines for Arm Tositions" and "Types of Hand Positions" were i>rovided for from the approi)riation for this liureau, but its amount does not admit of such an under- taking as lunv in (|uestion. In this connection it may be mentioned that the descrip- tions frecpiently refer to illustrations furnished by the contributors or to the " Out- liues" and " Types," and these references are retained in print. As all the contributors remember their owu illustrations, etc.. the references will be intelligible to themselves, tliou}-!! uiifoitniiat<','y not always to otliers who iiiijrlit wisli to (•oiiii)are tlieiii with their ilhistratioii«. Tiic asiH'itiiiniiitnt of the coiic('i)tioii.s or oiiKiu of tlie several si^-iis, eiiiltod.viiiK' as they do, many HO(5i(»h>j>i(!, niytholojiic, and other I'thiiofiraphie ideas, is of sjiecial ini- jtortance. When tho>e obtained throujili collaborators arc printed in the VocAnri.AUV before the anthority, they are to be nnderstood to inive been gathered Iroin an Indian asbeiii}' his own cone 'jition. When ])rinted after the anthority and within (jinttation marks, they are in the words of the collab«)rator as offered by himself. When i)iinted after the authority an I withont quotation nnirUs, they are suj-j^cstc^l at tiiis llnrcau. All should be eqiudly criticised and sni»i)lemented, and any error in iirintinj;- the autlun'ity for the conceptions corrected. It has sometimes been impossible to decide whether the correspo ident intended to yive them as his (»wn or as from an Indian. The importancee of an IndianVs conception is so much greater than any otiier that the fact should be made clear. Tlu' marjiins will also allow of additions to all contributions, whether from inter- veuiUfj: independent lesearch or as sujjfgested by any jtart of the material collected. Thi^ work beiii};;' on the co-oi)erative principle, it is not su|)posed that jealousies or questions of inecedence will arise, and each contribntcu' will \h\ credited with the amount of capital advanced for the common stock. It is hij^hly desirable that the signs as described by each should be compared by him with those of others, and notes of (coin- cidence or discrepan(!y made. JVrhajJS, in some instances, the signs as described by one of the other contributors nniy be recognized as intended for the same sign for the same idea or object as that of the correspondent, and the fornu'r may i)rove to be the better description. The ]>ersonal habitude of some individual in any tribe, and still more frecinently the usage or ''fashion" of different tribes, may, by a peculiar abbre- viation or fanciful tiourish, have induced a ditterentiation in description witii no real distinction either in conce])tion or essential formation. All collaborators will there- fore be candid in admitting, should such cases occur, that their own descriptions are mere unessential variants from others printed, otherwise adhere to their own and explain the true distinction. When the descriptions show substantial identity, they will in the final i)ublication be united, with a combined reference to all the authorities giving them, as they are in some cases of those taken at Washington in the present VOCABULAKY. It will i)robably be also noticed that a sign described will have the same actually substantive fornmtion as some other in the Vocabulary which is stated to be with a siguitication so markedly distinguished as to be insusceptible of classification as a synonym. It will then be importajit for ea(;h contributor of the rival signs to refresh his memory as to accuracy of desCiMption or significance, or both, and to annoumte his decision. No error is necessarily involved. It will be vei\v rennukable if i>reciscly the same sign does not prove to be used by different jtersons or bodies of peo|)le with wholly distinct significations, the graphic forms for objects and ideas being mucli more likely to be coincident than sound is for similar expressions, yet in all oral languages the same precise souiul is used for utterly diverse meanings. The first conce])ti(»n of many objects nuist be the same. 1 1 lias been found, indeed, that the homophony (;; words and the homomorphy of ideographic pictures is noticeable in oi)posite significations, the conceptions arising from the opposition itself. The differentiation in portraiture or accent is a subsequent and remedial step taken only after the confusion has been obsoi'ved. Sucli coiit'iisioii mid contradiction would only l)c cliniiniitcd it the sif^ii Ian pnii;,M> \vci'(^ iilisolntcly perfect as well as ahsolntely universal. Cast ii'Mi iritlexibility unrocesses of initure, if .sijjns do not have their hiitlis anns was formerly fiieater than at i)resent. There is some evidence that where a si<>n lanj^uaye is now t'oiind amony' Indian tribes it has become more uiiitbrm tiian ever before, sinijdy because ina:iy tribes have been t'orsome- tinu' i)ast forced to dwell near toj;ether at pea<,'e. Tiie us«> of sijiiis, thouj^h maintained by linf;uistic diversities, is not coincident with any liufjuistic bou:idaru,'s. Tiie tend- ency is to their i '.ity aiiu)n<>' jiroujis of ])eople who from any cause are bronjiht into contact with e. .ither while siill s]teakin{j' ditt'erent lan};ua{;es. The lonycr and closer such contact, whih' no common toufjue is ado]>ted, the ns. A collection was obtained last si)rinK' at Washinji'ton from a united dele/iation of the Kaiowa, Comanche, Ai)ache, and AVichita tribes, which was nearly uniform, but the individuals who gave the si<>iis had Jlctually lived toffcther at or near Anadarko, Indian Territory, for a considerable time, and tho resultinj"' uniformity of their sijiiis mi}iht either be considered as a jaryon or as the natural tendency to a com- promise for mutual understandinji' — the unitication so often observed in oral speech, coniiuf'' under many circumstances out of former differentiation. It may be found that other individinils of those same tribes who liave from any cause not lived in the union explained may have si}>iis for the same ideas different from those in the collection above mentioned ; but this supposition should be disregarded, except to incite further iinpiiry, until such intpiiry should collect specitic facts to snpi)ort the hypothesis. The whole of this controversy may be dis])osed of by insisting upon an objective instead of a sub- jective observation and study. Our duty is to collect the facts as they are, and so soon as ])ossible, as evei'y year will add to the confusion and difliculty. After the facts are established the theories will take care of themselves, and their final enunciation will be in the hands of men more eoni])etent than any of us, jH'rhaps than any persons now living. A warning seems necessary since the publication of an article in the number of " United Service" for July, 1880, in which the author takes the ground that the descrip- 5 tioii of si^-iis should lie iiiadr iicconliii;: toil "incinr" or avcriijjc. Tht'ic ciiii he no pliilosopliic fonsidt'iiitioii of si;;ii.s iiccoitliii};- to a •• mean " of oltsi'ivations. Tlui linal ol»i»M't is to ascntain tlic ra(li<'al or essential part as distinct from any individual tionrisli or mannerism on the one hand, and trom a <'onventional or aeciilental abbre- viation on the other; imt a mere averajic will not aecomplisli this objeet. if the hand, bein^j in anv position \vhat<'\er, is. aeeoidin;;' to live observations, moved ln»ri/ou- tall.v one foot to the ri^-ht, and, aeeoidin;^ to five other observations, moved oni^ foot hoiizontall.v to the left, the "mean" or resultant will he that it is stationary, wlii<'Ii is not in any way eorrespondiiifj with any of the ten observations. Ho if six observa- tions f,Mve it a rajiid motion of one foot to the rijiiit and live a rapiil motion of the same distance to the left, the mean or resultant would be somewhat ditlieiilt to express, but jierliaps would be a slow movement t(» the rij;lit (or an inch or two. having; certainly no resemblance either in essentials or accidents to any of the sij;iis ac^liially observed. In like manner the tail of the written letter "//"' (which, it';;ardinn- its mere tormation, niij:lit be a ;;raphic si;;n) may have, in the ehirof^raphy of several persons, various de^iiees of slant, may be a straij;ht line ' several individuals of the same tribe or amonji ditferent tribes, is made to re|)reseiit those sij-ns, they are all mutilated or ij;iiored as distinetivo siffiis, tlioufili the result may jiossibly be made intelli}jible in practice, accordiiifj to iniiuaph's mentioned in tlic^ " Introdm-tion to the Study of Sij;ii Laii<;iiafje" of the present writer; and still another view may be added, that because a sound of broken Kiifilish may be understood by an intellij,'ent Englishman it is no proof of that s(Uind beiiiji' an English word or a wend of any lan};iiaent summary or classification of their own kiiowledjic. What such a sijjn- talker has learned is by memorizing;', as a child may learn lOiiKlish, and thoufjh both the sif>n-talker and the child may be able to j-ive some sejiarate items useful to a phi- lolof>-ist or f'orei}>iier, such items are spoiled when cohu'cd by the attemi)tof i^rnorance to theorize. A (Jerman who has studied ICn^lish to thoroiijih mastery, except in the mere facility of speech, may in a discussion upon some of its i»riiiciples be contradicted by any mere English speaker, who in.sists upon his superior knowledge becan.se he actually speaks the language and his anta<>onist does not, but the student will probably be collect iiml tin- lalkci' wroiij;. It is an old ailii;;c about tiral spt li tliat a man who uiiilci'stainls l)iit one lanyiia^^c iindcrstaiKls immic. Tlic science of a siyn-talUer pos- se.sned l»y a restrictive tlieorv is like tiiat of .Miral)eaii. wlio was ^-renter as an orator tliaii as a pliiloloyist, and wiio on a \ isit to Kn;;Iand ;;ravely ar^^iied tliat tlierewas soinctliiii;;' seriously wroii;;' in tlic IJritisli mindiiecanse the people would insist upctn sayiiifj '';;ive ine some bread " instead of •' doniie/ nioi dn ])ain," which was so much oasier and more natural. A desi^iiiedly ludicrous instance to the same etVect was Hood's ariiii};nineiit of tlie I'lt'iu-h because tlie\ called their mothers "mares" and their daughters " lillies.'' Not bindinj; ourselves to theories, we should take with cau- tion any Htatement from a person who, havin;; memorized or liashed up any number of sifiiis, lar;{e {>v small, has decidi'd in his conceit that those he uses are the only j;(!nuine simon-pure, to be exclusively employed accordiii}; to his direction, all others beiii};' counterfeits or blunders. His vocabulary has ceased to {jive tlio sinus of any Indian or body of Indians whatever, but becomes the vocabulary of Dr. Jones or Fiieii- tenant Smith, the jtroprietorshipof which he li{>'hts for as did the orij;inal Dr. Townseiid for his patent medicine. When a si;;n is contributed by one of the present c(tllabora- tors, which such a sifintalker has not before .seen or heard ossible, which will chieHy l»c in their bearing upon thecpu'stionsof iiersi.steucy and universality. The present edition will allow the verbal expressions of the living and accessible to be revi.sed ami to be compared with, thus i)erhaps to correct the imper- fections of descriptions made by the dead and inaccessible; but the language of the latter (jaiiuot now be changfcd. The arrangement of the Vocahilauy is more to group the concepts than the English title-words according to the syiionyms of that language. A further step in the study will be to [irepare a synoptic arrangement of M i .1 tlic .si;.'ii.s tlu'iiisi'lvos — tliut is, (tf iiiotioiis iiinl iiDsifioiis of tlic saiiK' cliHractcr iii»iirt ridin tlifir iiiilix idiiiil si;;iiili.iiiict' in iiiiv oral N|it'fcli. 'I'iii' iicarl.N tiiaiiks of this Itiiicaii arc iriinj,dit hciv, dnrin;f the last winter and spiin;;, delectations, sometimes quite lai-fje, of most of tlu- imi»ortaiit tribes. Thus the most intellijicnt of the race from the most distant and farthest separatetl localities were here in considt'ialile niindters foi weeks, and indeed, in sonn^ cases, months, and, to^fther with their interpreters and agents, were, by the considerate order of the honorable Setavtary of the Interior, jdaced at tiie disposal of this r>uieau for all puri;;tses of ^atherinj; ethnol<»«ic informaticai. The facilities thus obtained were much j;rcater than could have been «'njoyed by a lar^ci number of observ- ers traveling for a lonj; time over tlic continent for the same express |uirpose. Tho observations relatiii;;' to siyns were all made here by the same persons, aecordin;;' to a uniform method, in which the gestures were obtained diicctly from the Indians, ami their meaninji (often in iisell d. ar from the context of siyns before known) was trans- lated sometimes through the met, am of ICnglish or Spanish, or an abori;;iiial lanyua;j;e known in cunimon by some on-- pr ni(ue of the Indians and i)y s(»me (»ne of the observ- ers. When an interiucter was em|)loyed, he tianslated the words used by an Indian, and was imt relied upon to explain the siyiis u(Tordiii}i' to his own ideas. Such transla- tiarticular, and in many eases the sijtns were nuule iii successive motions belbre the eaiiu'ra, and prints secured as certain Evidence of their accuracy. Xot only were mon^ than one handled Indians thus examined individually, at leisure, but, on ((ccasions, several of dili'eient tril)es, who had never before met each other, were examined at the same time, both by impiiry of individuals whose answers were consulted upon by all the Indians present, and also by indiiciiif,^ .several of the Indians to enyaj;e in talk and story tellinji' in .si;;ns between themselves. Thus it was possible to notice the dilference in the sij;iis made for the same ol)jects and the deyree of mutual comprehension notwithstandiny' such differences. Similar studies were made by takiii}^- the Indians to the National Deaf Mute Colle^ic and bringing them in contact with the pupils. IJy far the greater pa it of the actual work of the observation and reeoid of the signs obtained at Washington has been ably performed by Dr. W. ,J. Iloi'i'.UAX, the assistant of the |)resent editor. Dr. Hoffman ac(iuired in the West, through his service as acting assistant surgeon, Cnited States Army, at a large reservation, the indispen- sable advantage of becoming' ac(|uainted with the Indian character so as to conduct such researches as that in (piestion, and in additit)n has the eye and pencil of an artist, so that he catches readily, describes with physiological accuracy, and reproduces in action and in permanent illustration all .shades of gesture exhibited. It is therefore believed that the collection made here will be valuable for comparison with and to supplement those obtained during the same months in the lield. 1 remain, with renewed otlicial and personal thanks and much regard, Sincerely your friend, (lAHKICK MALLEKA' Ill- ,Mim 8 NOTE SPECIALLY ADDKKSSED TO COKRESI'ON DENTS IN FOREIGN COUNTRIES. The i)res«'iit |)ai)('r is a f'lirtluT sn|» in tlu' jivin'ial iiiie ot rosjMich iiidioatcd in the " Intnuliiction to the Stn-.v of Sifjn Iian<;iia};e aniony; tiie Xortii American Indiana," &e., in whicli the stnd.v of these sij^ns was sn};f>este(l as inijtortant to illnstrate the }>e8t- urespeeeli of mankind. Its contents may be nsefnl to collaborators in all parts of the world, both to facilitate descrij»ti(Hi by annotated reference and in sii;,'<4estion as rejjjanls modes of observation. It may also {jive assurance of thoronjih and ]minstakin^° work at this Hnrean for the final collation, in the form of a vocabulary, of all authentic sif>ns, ancient and modern, found in any part of the world, with their description, as also that of associated facial exi)ression, set forth in lanjiuage so clear that, with the assistance of cojtious illusrrations, they can be reproduced by the reader. The success of this undertaking will depend ui>oii the collaboration, now and before requested, of many person.-, of several classes. The i)reseiit jtajter .shows that arrangements have already been made i»robably sullicient to }U'ocure all the gesture-signs of the aboriginal tribes of this country wiiich can still be roscued from oblivion. The conventional signs of deaf-mutes in institutions for tlu'ir instruction are accessible to the ]>resent writer, who also has obtained a large number of tli • natural signs of deaf-nuites invented by them before systematic instruction, and used in intercourse with their families and friends. More of these would, however, ho gladly received. Further assistance is urgently sought from i)Iiilologists, travelers, and missionaries, who.se attention has been directed to the several modes of expre.ssing huiiuin thought. The efforts at intercoinnninicatio]i of all savage and barbaric tribes, when brought into contact with other bodies of men not speaking an oral language connnon to both, and especially when uncivilized inhabitants of the same territory are sei)arated by many linguistic divisions, should in theory resemble the devices of the North American Indians. They are not shown by i)ublished works to ju'evail in the Kastern hemisphere to the sanu' extent and in the same manner as in North, and also, as believed from less complete ob.servation, in South America. It is, however, jtrobable that thej' exist in many localities, tlumgh not rejtorted, ami also that some of them survive after l)artial or even high civilization has been attanied, ami after changed environment has rendered their systematic employment unnecessary. Such signs may be, first, uncon- nected with existing oral language, and used in place of it; second, may be used to exi)laiii or accentuate the words of ordinary sjjeech, or amy consist of gestures, emo- tional or not, which are only noticed in oratory or impassioned conversation, such being, possibly, survivals of a former gesture-language. -Ml classes of gestures may be examined philologically to trace their ])ossible con- nection with the radicals of language, syllabaries, and ideogra])hic characters. Evi- dence has accumulated to show that the language of signs preceded in importance that of sounds, the latter remaining rudinu'ntary long after gesture had become an art. The early connection between them was so intimate that gestures, in the wide sense of presenting ideas under i)livsi(;al foiins, liada formative effect upon many words, thus show- ing that language originated partly, at least, from the sounds which naturally accompany certain gestures. It se^'ms certain that the latter exhibit the earliest coiulition of the human miiul, and that nminly through them was significance comnuuiicated to speech. Even if the nu)re material and substantive relations between signs and language cannot now be ascertained, we may at least expect, from the incpiiries suggested, liii- gnistic results in tlic aimloijry between tlieir several (leveloi)nients. The mental i)ro- cesses are nearly the same in both eases, and :he i)sy(!li()l<)gy of lan};iiaji(^ nniy be studied in the older and lower means of commnnicaticm as tlie i)hysical and mental organization of man has been profitably eomi»ared with that of the lower animals. The examination of si{>ns and of picture-writiri}?, whieh is intimately associated with them, throws light upon the grammatic machinery of language, the syntactic prin- ciple, and the genesis of the sentence. Not until a large body of facts has been gath- ered by several classes of observers, and compared by comi)etent scholars, can it be possible to ascertain with jjrecision the princi|)les of the i)rimitive utterance of man- kind. An exhaustive treatment of the subjecit will also bring to light religious, socio- logic, and other ethnologic information of special interest. It is in this work that the IJureauof Ethnology of the Smithsonian Institution solicits the co-operation of learned men and observers in all lands, whose contributions, when received, will always be l)ublished with individual credit as well as responsibility. G. M. * i ft ■^ LIST OF AUTHORITIKS AND COLLABORATORS. 1. A list i)repare(l by William Dunbar, dated Xatcliez, June 30, 1800, collected from tribes then " west of the Mississippi," bnt probably not from those very far west of that river, published in the Transactions of the American Philosophical Society, vol. vi, as read January 10, 1801, and communicated by Thomas Jefferson, president of the society. 2. The one published in "An Account of an Expedition from Pittsburgh to the Rocky Mountains, performed in the years 1810-1820. By order of tlie Hon. J. C.Cal- houn, Secretary of War, under the command of Maj. S. H. LoNd, of the Uuited States Toiionraphical Engineers." Phihulelphia, 182;3. ((Commonly called James' Long's Ex- pedition.) This appears to have been collected chiefly by Mr. T. Say, from the Pani, and the Kansas, Otos, Missouris, lowas, Omahas, and other southern branches of the great Dakota family. 3. The one collected by Prince Maximilian von Wied-NeuwiedIu 1832-'34. His statement is "the Arikaras, Mandans, ^Minnitarris [Ilidatsa], Crows [Absaroka], Chey- ennes, Snakes [Slioshoni], and Blackfect [Satsika] all understand certain signs, which, on the contrary, as we are told, are unintelligible to the Dakotas, Assiniboins, OJibwas, Krihs [Crees], and other nations. Tiie list gives examples of the sign language of the former," From the nnich greater proportion of time si)ent and information obtained by the author among the Mandans and Ilidatsa then and now dwelling near Fort Berthold, on the Cpper Missouri, it miglit be safe to consider that all the signs in his list were in fa, and in the Frencli, Paris, ^SIO. I>ibliographic reference is often nuide to this distinguished explorer as " Prince Maximilian," as if there were but one possessor of that christian name among princely families. For brevity the reference in this paper will be " U7C/7." No translation of this list into English api)ears to Iiave been printed in any shape before that recently i)ublished by the i)resent editor in the American Anticpnirian, vol. 11, No. 3, while the (lerman and French editicms are costly and ditlicult of access, so the collection cannot readily be compared by ol (servers witli the signs now made by the same tribes. The translation now presented is based ui»on the Cerinan original, 11 ' I M 12 but in a few cases wliore tlie Iaii}>iiiiy(! was so curt as not to give a clear idea, was ' ye:>v, '.vliich, from some internal evi- dence, ai»i)ears to have been imblislied with the assistance resent translation. The princely explorer, with the keen discrimination shown in all his work, doubtless observed what has escai)ed many recent rejtorters of aborif^inal sij>iis, that tiie latter depend much nioie u])on motion than mere position — and are j;enerally larjic and free — seldom minute. His object was to express the general ett'ect of the motion rather than to describe it so as to allow of its ac^turate rei»roduction by a reader who had never seen it. For the latter jturpose, now very desirable, a more elaborate description would have been necessary, and even that would not in all cases have been suHicient without pictorial illustration. On account of the manifest importance of determining- the prevalence ami i>ersist- ence of the sij;iis as observed half a century ago, an exception is made to the general arrangement hereafter mentioned by introducing after the Wietl signs, remarks of col- laborators who have made special (!omparisons, and adding to the latter the respective names of those collaborators — as [M((ttlieics)-{Bot€lcr). It is hoped that the work of these gentlemen will be imitated not only regarding the Wietl signs but many others. 4. That of ('apt. H. F. Uukton, of signs whicii, it would be inferred, were colle(!ted in I.S(i(>-'()l i'rom the tribes met or learned of l)y him on the overland stage route, including Southern Dakotas, Utes, Slioshoni, Arapahos, < 'rows, Pani, and Apaches. This is contained in "The City of the Saints," New York, ISIil'. Information is recently received to the eftect that this collection was not made by the distinguished Englisii ex])lorer from his personal observation, but was obtained by him from one man, a ^lormaii bishoj), who, it is feared, gave his own ideas of the usage of signs ratlier than their simple descri])ti()n. .">. A list read by Dr. 1). G. M AcaowAN, at a meeting of the American Ethnological Society, Jan. 2.}, lS(»(i, aiul published in the " Historical Magazine," vol. x, LSGG, p. 8G-87, puri»orting to be the signs of the (Jaddos, Wichitas, and Comanches. (5. A communication from IJrevet Col. IvICIIARD 1. Dodoe, Lieutenant-Colonel Twenty-tliird Infantry, United States Army, author of " The Plains of the Great West and their Inhabitants," «S:c., relating to his large experience with the Indians of the prairies. Colonel Dodge, now on active duty, has been requested to assign his general descriptions to the tribe or tribes in which the signs were actually observed by him, and should such designation arrive, while the Vocaui'LAUV is passing through the press, they will be classified accordingly. lie is also [»rei)aring a larger contribution. N () "1" ICE. In the six collections above mentioned the generality of the statements as to locality of the observation and use of the signs, rendered it impossible to arrange them in the manner explained in the " Introductory Letter" hereto. They will therefore be refeired to in the Vcm.'ahilakv by the nanu's of the authors res|tonsible for them. •Those whi(!li now follow ai'e arranged alphabetically by tribes, under headings of Lin- guistic Families, which are also given below in alphabetical order. Example: The first authority is under the heading Aluonkiax, and, concerning oidy the Arapaho tribe, is referred to as {Aminiho I), Lieutenant Lemlv being the personal authority. 13 Roforoncea to anotlior title-word as exi)l!iiniiiff a part of a flescrii)tioii or to supply any otlicr portions of Ji coiniyoniul sign will always be understood as being made to the description by the same authority of the sign under the other title-word. Example; In the sign for Advance and Retreat (Mandan am] IlUhtxa I) the reference to Battle is to that sign for Battle wliich is contributed by Dr. Mattiikws, and is referred to under that title as {Mandan and Hidutm 1). ALGONKIAN. Arapaho I. A contribution from Lieut. H. H. Lemly, Third United States ArtiUery, compiled from notes and observations taken l>y him in 1877 among the Northern Ara- pahos. Cheyenne I. A list prepared in .Inly, l.S7!>, by Mr. Kbank H. CrsHlNC, of the Smithsonian Institution, from continiu'd interviews with TitchkemAtski (Cross Eyes), an intelligent Cheyenne, then employed at that Institution. It is expected that Mr. Cushing will make other contributions, esjK'cially from the Zuni and other Pueblos, among whom he has been collecting material during the ])ast year. Cheyenne II. A s])ocial contribution witli diagrams from 3Ir. 1>EN (Jlakic, scout and interpreter, of signs collected from tlie (.'heyennes during his long residence among that tribe. Ojibira I. The small collection of J. (>. Koiil, iimde about the middle of the |)res- ent century, among the OJibwas around Lake Superior. Published in his '"Kitchigami. Wanderings around Lake Superior," London, 18(i(>. Ojibtca 11. Notes from A'ery Kev. Edwakd Jackkr, Poiute St. Ignace, Mich., respecting the Ojibwa. Ojibica III. A communication fnun liev. James A.Gilfillan, AVhite Earth, Minn., relating to signs observed aim)ng the Ojibwas during his long i»eriod of missionary duty, still continuing. Ojibwa IV. A list from 'SVv. I). (). \Vii.lia:\is, Sr., of Owosso, Mich., from recollec- tion of signs observed among the OJibwas of Michigan sixty years ago. .S'rtc, F(Ki\ and h'iehipoo I. A list from Kev. H. F. Bi ckneb, D, I)., of Eufanla, lud. T., consisting chieHj- of tribal signs observed by him among the Sac and Fox, Kicka- poos, &.ii., during the early part of tiie year 1880. DAKOTAN. Ahsaroka I. A list of signs obtained from Deekixshis (Pretty Eagle), Etshidi- KAHOTSiiKi (Long Elk), and Peuitsiiikadia (Old Crow), members of a delegation of Absaroka or Crow Indians from Montana Territory, wlio visited Wasliington, 1). C, during the months of Ajuil and -May, 1880. Dakota I. A comi)rehensive list, arranged with great care and skill, from Dr. Charles E. McCiiesnev, acting assistant surgeon, JJnited States Army, of signs collected among the Dakotas (Sioux) near Fort Henuett, Dakota, during the last winter and sju-ing. Dr. McCiiesnev recpu'sts that recognition should be made of the valuable assistance rendered to him by Mr. William Fielden, the interpreter at Cheyenne Agency, Dakota Territory. Dakota II. A short list from Dr. IJlaiu D. Taylob, assistant surgeon, United I Ul 'li li 14 States Army, frotii recollection of signs observed among the 8ioux during bis late service in tlie region inliabited by tliat tribe. Dakota III. A special contribntion from Capt. A. W. CdiiLiss, Kiglith United States Infantry, of signs observed by biiu dnring Ids late service among the Sioux. Dakota IV. A coi)ious contribution with diagrams from Dr. William II. CoUBU- SIKK, assistant surgeon, United States Army, of signs obtained from the Ogalala Sioux at IMne Kidge Agency, Dakota Territory, during 1871>-'80. Dakota V. A report of Dr. W. J. IIoki-'JIAN, from observations among the Teton Dakotas while acting assistant surgeon. United States Army, and stationed at Grand River Agency, Dakota, during 1872-73. Dakota VI. A list of signs obtained from PeziiI (Grass), chief of the Blackfoot Sioux; Xazulatanka (liig Head), chief of the Upi)er Yanktonais; and TsiirrorAKiA (Thunder Hawk), chief of the Uncpapas, Teton Dakotas, located at Standing Rock, Dakota Territory, while at Washington, I). C, in June, 1880. Dakota VII. A list of signs obtained from SiitJN(MvA LtJTA (Red Dog), an Ogalala chief from the Red Cloud Agency, wh'i visited Washington in company with a large delegation of Dakotas in June, 188(K Eidatsa I. A list of signs obtained from Tsiiesiiachadaciiisii (Lean Wolf), chief of the Hidatsa, located at Fort Berthold, Dakota Territory, while at Washing- ton, I). C, with a delegation of Si(mx Indians in June, 1880. Maiutan and Ilidatm I. A discriminating and illustrated contribution from Dr. AVasuington Matthews, assistant surgeon, United States Army, autlun- of "Ethnog- raphy and IMulology of the llidatsa Indians," (S:c., lately prejjared from his notes and recollections of signs observed during his long service among the Mandan and lli- datsa Indians of the Upper Missouri. Omaha I. A special list from Rev. .1. Owen Dorsev, nussionary at Omaha Agency, Nebraska, from observations lately made by him at that agency. Oto I. An elaborate list, with diagrams, from Dr. W. ('. Roteleu, United States Indian service, collected from the Otos at tiie Oto Agency, Nebraska, during 1870-'80. Oto and Missouri I. A snnilar contribution by the same authcn- respecting the signs of the Otos and Missouris, of Nebraska, collected during the winter of 187!>-'80, in the description of many of which he has been joined by Aliss Katie Haknes. Ponka I. A sliort list from Rev. J. Owen Dousev, lately obtained by him from the Poidcas in Nebraska. IROtjUOIAN. Iroquois I. A list of signs contributed by the Hon. IIouatio Hale, author of " Philology " of the Wilkes Exploring Kxi)edition, &c., now residing at Clinton, Ontario, Canada, obtained in June, 1880, from Sakayenkwakaton (Disappearing Mist), famil- iarly known as John Smoke Joiinson, chief of tlie Canadian division of the Six Nations or Irocjuois proper, now a very aged man, residing at Hrantford, Canada. Wyandot I. A list of sign^ from Hento (Gray Eyes), chief of the Wyandots, who visited Washington, D. C, during the spring of 1880, in the interest of that tribe, now located in Indian Territory. kaiowan. KaioH-a I. A list of signs from Sittijiuea (Stumbling Bear), a Kaiowa chief from Indian Territory, who visited Washington, D. C, in June, 1880. 15 KUTINEAN. Kutine I. A letter from J. W. Powell, Esq., Indian superintendent, British Colum- bia, relatinjj; to bis observations among the Kutine and others. PANIAN. Arikam I, A list of signs obtained from KuANurnKNAUiucii (Son of the Star), chief of the Arikaras, located at Fort Bertbold, Dakota Territory, while at Washing- ton, D. C, with a delegation of Indians in June, 1880. SAHAPTIAN. Sahaptin I. A list contributed by Kev. G. L. Deffenhaugh, of Lapwai, Idaho, giving signs obtained at Kamiah, Idaho, chietly from Felix, chief of the Nez Percys, and used by the Sahaptin or Xez Perces. SHOSHONIAN. Comanche I. Notes from Kev. A. J. Holt, Deuison, Texas, respecting the Coman- che signs, obtained at Anadarko, Indian Territory. Comanche II. Information obtained at Washington, in February, 1880, from Maj. J. M. Ha WORTH, Indian inspector, relating to signs used by the Comanches of Indian Territory. Comanche III. A list of signs obtained from Koui (Wild Horse), a Comanche chief from Indian Territory, who visited Washington, D. C, in June, 1880. Pai-Ute I. Information obtained at Washington from NItshes, a Pai-Ute chief, who was one of a delegation of that tribe to Washington in January, 1880. Shoshoni and Banak I. A list of signs obtained from Tendov (The Climber), TisiDiMiT, Pete, and Uiagat, members of a delegation of Shoshoni and Banak chiefs from Idaho, wlio visited Washington, D. C, during the months of April and May, 1880. Ute I. A list of signs obtained from Alejandro, Galote, Augustin, and other chiefs, members of a delegation of Ute Indians of Colorado, who visited Washington, D. C, during the early months of the year 1880. tinnean. Apache I. A list of signs obtained from IIuekito (Little Blonde), Agustin Vijel, and Santiago Largo (James Long), members of a delegation of Apache chiefs from Tierra Amarilla, New ]\Iexico, who visited Washington, U. C, in the months of March and April, 1880. A2)ache II. A list of signs obtained from Xakananitain (White Man), an Apache chief from Indian Territory, who visited Washington in June, 18S0. Apache III. A large collection made during the i)resent summer by Dr. Francis H. Atkin.s, acting assistant surgeon, United States Army, from tiie Mescaiero Apache, near South Fork, Xew Mexico. This MS. was received after the whole of the VocAnr- LARV had gone to the i)rinter, and a large part actually printed, so it was not i)ossible to insert all of the descriptions in the present edition. The interesting " Narrative" communicated by Dr. Atkins is printed with similar matter following the Vucaullary, l(j WKIIITAN. Mlchita I. A list of sij^iis tVoin IWv. A. .1. IIolt, inissioiiaiy, obtained Irom Kin Che-kss (Spectacles), INicdiciiie-inaii of the Wicliitiis, at the Wichita Agency, IiHiiaii Territory, in 1879. Wicliitd II. A list of sifins from TsodiAko (Shaved Head I5oy), a Wichita chief, from Indian Territory, who visited Wasiiington, I). C, in Jnne, 1880. ZUNIAN. Zui'ii I. Some preliminary notes lately received from Rev. Taylor F. Ealy, mis- sionary among the Zuni, upon the signs of that body of Indians. Grateful acknowledgment must be uiade to Prof. E. A. Fay, of the National Deaf ^Inte College, through wliose special attention a large number of the natural signs of deaf-nnites, remembered by them as liaving been invented and used before instruction in conventional signs, indeed before attending any school, was obtained, which are printed in this pajjcr. The gentlemen wlio made the contributions in their own MS., and without promi)ting, are as follows: Messrs. M. Ballaud, li. iM. Zkigleii, J.Ckoss, Philip J. Hahenstab, Larson. Their names will follow the several descrijttions. Mr. Ballard is now the tea(!her in the jjri'mary school of the college, and the other gentlemen were students during the last session. Si)ecial thanks are also rendered to Prof. James D. Butler, of Madison, Wis., for contribution of Italian gesture-signs, noted by him in 184.'}, and for many useful sug- gestions. A small collection of Australian signs has been extracted from The AhorigincHof Victoria, by B. Brough Smyth, vol. ii, i)p. 4-5, 308-9. London, 1878. Upon these the author makes the following curious remarks : " It is believed that they have sev- eral signs, known only to themselves, or to those among the whites wiio have had intercourse with them for lengthened periods, which co)ivey information readily and accurately. Indeed, because of their use of signs, it is the tirm belief of many (some uneducated aiul some educated) that the natives of Australia are acquainted with the secrets of Freemasonry." VOCABULARY. Abide. See §tay. Above. Place the riglit liaiid, by aii asceudiiifr motion, upon the left hand, both extended, fingers joined aud palms down. (Arapaho I.) Point with fore finger of right hand raise. AHIriiintive. Huu \em» Affed. OI«l man. VIm'ii till' cliiiclietl ri^lit liand in front of the shonhU'i', a foot or so from it, palm to tlio left, tlnMi jmisIi it forward a few inches, drawin},' it ba!«; Ibrever. Pass the right hand, flat and extended, edgewise from the head out- ward toward the right, in two movements, the palm at last pointing to the right. The eyes are directed upward at the same time. ( Wyaiidoi I.) t 21 Miiko tlit^ siun for Time, n Ioiik'< iiiul Ioiik' »K'0. {Vomnnvhc HI.) '•The iiiloi'iiiiiiit WHS i»'!|iit'.sttMl to ^ivc the si;;ii lor tlif iil)i»vt^ word, out us none was known, he siiid tln^ iicart'si approarli to tlic idea would 1)0 expnissod l)y niakiiiji; tlie siffus ii)eanin)r linuj tufo, a lontf time.^ Same as tlnj si;;ii lor ICartli, lilt". (JJakotn I.) " WitlioutiMid" yliiiericnii. Hie White iiinn. AiaioiiK. Uvluii the llnj^ors and tliiiinl) of tlic h^ft linnd nearly toj^etiier, so as to Ibnn an inteiiiipted eiiele liavin;; a dianietiu-of an intrlior more, tlien introduce tlie extended index as far as tiie second Joint. (Ktfii)irii I; Vomnnche III-, Apaclie II; Wivltita II.) '' In tlie midst of others" AiiK'Ci** (Comitare Had li«>ai*l and Mad.) The llnf;'ers and thnmh of the rinlit hand witli t!ie ends to<;ether and near tlu^ breast, then turn the; hainl round two or tliree times so as to describe vertieal circles, indicating that the heart is disturbed. [Long.) (.'los(» the list, place it ayuinst the forehead, and turn it to and fro in that jtosition. {liiirfoii.) (1) Motion as if to touch tiie right breast with the ri}>lit hand to ex- press "self," "I;" (2) tlnjfers partially closed, thund) restiiijr ou the tips and extendiu;>' across the hand; (3) suthlen motion forward and sliji'htly to the rij^iit; (4) linj;ers si)rung wide open; (o) rapidly shaken to and fro. (Cliei/cnne I.) •' Shakinf>' oil, deprecatiu};." Cl()se the ri};ht hand as if j^raspinf^ a small object, hohl it several inches before the forehead, and twist it around toward the left. [Absa- »•<)/,(( I; iSkoshoni and liaiiak I) With the right hand, list (B 2) r.dsed to the upper part of the face in front, strdce down on the left side of t le boily to't.ie level of the stom- ach. Vei'y iiliicli aii;;'ei*cd, repeat t lis movement several times, ami express it t)y (Muitractiou of the nuisdes of the face. {Dakota I.) The elbow in front of and as high as the shoulder, then strike with the list across the face to the left, the face expressing impatience. [Da- kota III.) Touch the chest over the heart two or three times with the ends of the lingers of the right hand; t)>.eu laake the sign for bad. {Dakota IV.) '-Heart bad." The right arm is elevated and in type-position (A), brought to fore,- head above right eye and twisted spirally from right to left; motion ending with lists palm outward. {Oto 1.) ^ b* 22 Close tlie right hsiiul as if grasping a small object, place it to the fore- hea^l ]»aliii down, then twist it forcibly, drawing the hand slightly to the front as if twisting off any i)rojection. Another: The clinched right hand is twisted against the breastbone instead of the forehea^l. Another: When not very angry the index is slightly bent and twisted before the foreliead. ( Ute I.) Witli the thnnib and fingers of the right hand (iollected to a point, place tlie inner side of the hand over the heart, back uj). {Kaiowa I; Comanche III; Apache II; irjV/<)7« II.) Bring the tips of the lingers and thnnib of the right hand to a point, and place them to the foroliead just over the nasal eminence. (Apache I.) Deaf-mate natural Hignx. — Make wrinkles in your face by frowning and shake yonr head. {CrosH.) Hide the face, next turn the head to another side, and then stretch down the open hand so as to indicate that the offender should be out of sight immediately. [Hascnxtab.) Move backward and suddeidy raise the hands between the breat't with a disagreeable expressioii of the face. [Larson.) Move the lijys as if speaking like a very angry man. (Zeiffler.) angry with yon. Hand closed, right index extended and points to heart; then sign for anger; then right index points to the individual intended. (Oto I.) "The miiul turned away." I!- ¥i: 4 ""i i Antelope. Pass tlie open right hand outward from the small of the back. ( Wied.) This, as explained by Indians examined by the present editor, indicates the liglitcr coloration upon tlie aniinars flanks. The Ute who could si)eak Spanish accompanied it with the word bianco, as if recognizing that it iiMiiiired explaiiatii n. Extend and separate the forefingers and thumbs, nearly close all the other lingers, and place the hands with backs outward above and a little ill front of the ears, about four inches from the head, and shake them back and forth. [Dakota IV.) " Antelope's horns." With the index only (extended hold the hand eighteen or twenty inches transversely in front of the head, index pointing to the left, then rub tli(^ sides of the body with the Hat hands. [Dakota VI.) "The latter sign refers to the white sides of the animal ; the former could not be explained." m 23 OIoso the riprht hand, leaving tho end of tlio index in the form of a hook and tiio thumb partly oxtonded ; then wave the hand (luickly back and forth a short distance, opposite the t^^'.mple. {Huiatsa 1; Arikara 1.) " Rei)reseuts the pronjfed horn of the animal. This is the sign ordinarily used, but it was noticed that in conversing with one of the Dakotas (VI) the sign of the latter was used several times, to be more readily understood." Place both hands, fingers fully extended and spread, close to the sides of the heiul. Wied^s sign was readily understood as signifying the white Hanks. {Apache 1.) Arrive. See Come. Are you? 8ee right in front of breast ; back of hand out, then with the thumb and forefinger of left hand (other fingers loosely closed) rub up and down the extended forefinger of the right hand (straightening the arrow), thumb and foretinger on opposite sides, and then extend the IciC hand in front of body and draw the right back as though it was the arrow fixed in the string of the bow. {Dako- ta I.) " From the place of the arrow in drawing the bow." Semi-flex the fingers and thumb of the left hand and place the hand in front of the chest with its palm inclining at an angle of 45° down- ward ami backward and toward the right; draw the extended right index, its back forward from left to right downward and backward be- tween the left index and tlmiid) and along the i)alm, at the same time bringing the ends of the two latter together. {Dakota IV.) '' Drawing an arrow out of the hand in which they hold their arrows." Both arms are Hexed as in position to shoot. The right arm is drawn uj) and flexed to an angle of 45°, with hand in position (E 1) modified, by palm facing the body. Left arm is extend 'd/rom body about one foot and bent, with elbow horizontal at an aiigh' >»f 80^. Lt.ft liand is in position (liJ 1) moditied by reversing hand. The sign is (^nuph'ted by uniform movement, to and from, as of swinging-arrow, aft«'r assuming above positions. {Oto I.) "Clasping string and pointing arrow." :?0f I' , I i Ul 24 Hold the loft hand as liij^h as, and some distance in front of, the left breast, back forward, hand nearly half closed, then draw the extended index (h)wnward over the i)alin of the left, the whole distani* extending abont twenty inches. [Kaiowa 1; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) " Drawing- an arrow over the hand as in pulling the bow-string to shoot." To hit with an. Place the tips of the fingers downward upon the thumb, then snap them forward; then strike the hands together and elevate the inUiced as in the attitude of drawing the arrow in the bow (this is also the sign for the bow), and its departure is indicated by springing the lingers from the thumbs, as'iu the act of sprinkling water. (Lontj.) 25 Place the tips of the tinkers tlowiiwartl upon the tliumb, then snap them forward. (Wied.) I believe I have described this under the head of DiMCliarg'e of deadly iiiiMwile. I have alv-iys seen the sanie sign made for shooting both bidlet and arrow. If it is necessary to distinguish the weapon, it can be done by appropriate signs in addi- tion to this. {Matthews.) The left arm was then elevated, sliglitly bent at elbow, and extended from the boily as in holding a bow. The right arm was then tiexed, and the hand, in position (fir 1), inverted as hold- ing and pulling the string ; the hands are thus uniforndy swayed to and fro several times, as if holding the arrow in mtu and taking an aim. If Wied's sign is complete, there is little resemblance to the sign among the Otos, save in the position of the right hand, which is similar, though inverted. In the Oto sign the distance between the hands would indi- cate length of the arrow, which is not shown in the latter. (Boteler.) "That whi(;h rests in the string and bow." Make the sign for Bow, then right hand drawn suddenly back toward right shoulder, fingers of both hands snai)])ed to indicate dis- charge of arrow and twang of string. (Clieyenne I.) Extend the left arm w.ith closed hand as if grasi)ing the bow, draw the right hand back toward the right side of the face with the second finger resting against the thumb ; then allow tiie linger to spring forward, move it in the direction of the object hit, and strike the backs of the fingers of the right hand against the palm of the left. {Dalota V.) Same sign as Dalota V. {Dakota VII.) Extend the liift hand at a left obli<]ue, the thumb and middle finger forming a circle, bring the right hand back to the right breast, and flip the fingers of both hands from the thumbs. {Omaha I.) Arrow-head. With the index finger of the right hand, touch the tip of tlie extended forefinger of the left hand several times. ( Wied.) Make the sign for Arron' and then place the right thumb, palm forward, on the last .joint of the left index, its palm inward, the other fingers closed. {Dakota IV.) Ashamed. The extended right hand, palm inwards, is i)asse(l up and down two or three times, in front of the face and an inch or two from it, with a mod- erately rapid motion. {Mandaii and Hidatsa I.) I am. Cross the hands in front of the face, palms backward, the right behind the left, to hide the face. {Dakota IV.) 1 i i' 1 1 I ■ 11 i1 ^ i ' 1 I ^1 1' ' ■ !■■ ,!! I i . « ii W I'll \l *!' i i; : 26 AmIicm. Iliuids with tinkers extended, broufjlit together in front of the body, pahiiar surfaces of little fingers Joined, and hands sloping obliqnelj' up- ward with backs looking towards the sides, extended fingers pointing to the front, &<;. ; /. e., hands held in imitation of a straight scoop, then without separating the hands carry them forward and downward with a quick upsetting motion. {Dakota I.) "Scooping up and throwing away ashes." Asleep or Mleeping^. Place the hands open over the face, close the eyes and gently press them down, at same time gently incline the head and body to the right, until attaining an angle of about 45°, or lower, renuiin in that position a few moments. (Ojibica IV.) Anw. See . Millie. AwNent. See Yes. ANtoniNliiiieiit. See Siii*pi*i!>ie. Attention. Hold the right hand fiat and extended, palm down, at arm's length and directed toward the person addressed, shaking it from side to side several times. (Absarolca I; Shoshoni and Banak I.) To attract a person's attention previous to com mencing conversation The right hand (T) carried directij* out in front of the body, with arm fully extended and there moved sidewise with rapid motions. (Dakota I.) Aurora borealis. First make the sign for the ifloon in front of the body, at the level of the breast, and then on both sides of it at the same time make »vith both hands tlu^ sign for fire. Tliis re(iuires exi)lanation. The Sioux believe the northern lights to be the retiection of a tire Unilt on either side of the moon to warm it. (Dakota I.) Autumn. With the thumb and forefinger of right hand describe a crescent (other fingers closed), back of closed fingers outward, hand carried in this posi- tion from above and to the left of the head in front of body toward the right and downward moderately rapid with a curved and small up and down waving motion made by turning the forearm and hand in imita- tion of a leaf (sarried from the tree by a slight breeze. ( Dakota 1.) "The falling of tiie leaves." I i5i 27 llohl tlie left liiunl upright in front of the left shoulder, fingers sepa- rated a little and slightly bent, the ends in a eirele, and throw the right, its lingers separated a little and slightly bent, from immediately above the left several times downward sidewise on different sides, then, with its fingers pointing obliipiely upward toward the left, earry the right hand spirally downward and obliquely toward the right, to imitate the falling of leaves. {Dakota IV.) Elevate the left hand, pointing upward, before tlie face, palm to the right with fingers and thumb separated, then pass the right, with fin- gers in a similar position, upward past tlie leftashort distamie, then turn down two or more fingers of the right with the forefinger of the left anrl tiirow the hands downward and forward with spr(>ad fingers i)oint- ing in the same direction. (Kaiowa I; Comanche III ; Apache II; Wi- chita II.) "Growth of tree, and falling of leaves." Aul. The left forefinger is extended, and the right, also extended, is placed across it, and is tlien turned on its axis, so as to imitate tlie action of the awl in making a hole. [Long.) (1) Tliund) and tlireo fingers of right hand clasped as though grasj)- ing handle of an awl, and the index finger extended to represent the l>oint; (2) thrust against the palm or some portion of the left hand. {Cheyenne I.) A\. See Tomahawk. Cutting with an. See Cutting^. Baby. See CJIiild. Rac'oii. Separate the thumb and fingers of the right hand, the former under, the latter over the extended left hand, palms down, as if feeling its thickness. {Arapnho I.) Left hand with thumb and fingers extended. Joined, horizontal edge of hand downward is held in front of the left breast back outward, right hand with fingers extended and joined, thumb extended and forked is passed over the left from above with ends of fingers downward, and then the palmar surfaces of tlie right fingers are passed along the backs, and the tluunb along the palmar surface of the left hand. {Dakota I.) "IMiin" is also denoted by this sign. "Fat like a side of bacon." Bad, mean. Make the sign for Crood and tlien that of Xot. {Lomj.) Close the hand, and open it whilst passing it downward. ( Wied.) This is the same as my description, but differently worded ; possildy w I' . Hi- r. I) li ( 'M \ f1 28 notes a less tort'ible form. I say, however, that the hand is iiio\e«l forward. Tiie i>recise direction in which the hand is moved is not, 1 think, essential. (Mattheics.) Scatter the dexter Hnj^jers outward, as if sporting away water from them. (Burton.) (1) Right hand partially elevated, fingers closed, thuinl) clasping the tii»s; (!') sudden motion downward and outward accom])anied by equally sudden opening of fingers and snapping from the thumb, of the fingers. [Cheyenne I.) Right hand closed (B) carried forward in front of the body toward the right and downward, during which the hand is opened, fingers down- ward, as if dropping out the contents. {Dakota I.) " Not worth keeping." Half close the fingers of the right hand, crook the thumb over the fore and middle fingers and move the hand, back ui)ward, a foot or so towai'd th»^ object referred to, and suddenly let the fingers fly open. [Dakota IV.) "Scattered around, therefore bad." Close the fingers of the right hand, resting the tips against fhetlnunl), then throw the hand downward and outward toward the right to arm's length, and spring open the fingers. [Dakota VI, VII.) Hands open, palms turned in ; mo\'e one hand towards, and the other from, the body; then rice versa. [Omaha I.) Throw the clinched right hand forward, downward, and outward, and when near at arm's length, suddenly snap the lingers from the thumb a8 if spriidvling water. [W!/(tn(1ot I.) "To throw away contemptuously; not worth keeping." Raise hand in front of breast, fingers hooked, tliund) resting against second finger, palm downward (fir 1), then with a nervous movement throw the hand downward to the right and a little behind thel)ody, with an expression of disgust on the face. During motion of hand the fing- ers are gradually extended as though throwing something out of hand, and in final i»osition the fingers and thuinl) are straight and separated, palm backward ( II 1), with fingers iiointing downward, palm backward. [ISahaptin J.) "Away with it." Same motion of arm and hand as in All ri;i;iit ; lirood. Rut in the first position lingers are closed, and as the hand moves to the right they are thrown o|»en, until in final position all are extended as in final for itllriftiit; (liood. [ISahaptin I.) Deaf-mute natural sij/n. — Use the sign for Handsome, at the same time shake the heatl as if to say j^o. [Zieyler.) 29 Till' Nt'iipolitans, to «'xi»rp.s8 ('oiiti'ini)t, blow towards tlie imtsoii or thiiifi ivii-rivd to. The dcaf-iiiiitos preserve tlie coiiiioctioii of "bad" and " taste " by brusliiiiy tioiii the side of the inoiith. Tliiss may be com- pared with the deaf mute si^ii of tlip])iiiy '^'i imaginary object between thumb nail and forefinger, denoting something small or contemptible. The motion of smipi)ing the Huger either on or from the thumb in dis- dain is not only of large modern prevalence in civilization, but is at least ii.s ancient as the contemi)orary statute of Sardanapalns at Anchiale. Very. Sign for Very as in Very S'ood, and sign for Bad. (Snhdptin I.) B.i(l heart; Wicked. (Compare Agi^er.) Sign for Rad, then folded right hand struck two or three times sud- denly against the heart to imitate jtalpitation. {Cheyenne I.) Taj) several times the regi(»n over the heart with the right hand, hori- zontal, tingers extended, pointing toward the right, back outward, and then make the sign for All^er. (Dakota I.) "My heart is bad." The sign most conunonly used for this idea is made by the hand being closed and held near the breast, with the backs toward the breast, then as the arm is suddenly extended the hand is opened and the tingers separated from each other. {Mandan and Hidatsa I.) Place the fingers of the Hat right hand over the heart, then make the sign for bad. {Dakota \l^ VII.) Ball. Middle fingers and thumbs of both hands brought together to repre- St'iit a circle. {Cheyenne I.) Vov gun. See Bullet. Barter. See Trade. Bawiii. Same as Kettle, excei)t final motion of setting on the fire, which is omitted. {Dakota I.) "From its shape." Basket. Interlock the separated Hngers of the hands in front of body, backs outward, hands horizontal, in imitation of the interlacing of basket- M ork. ( Dakota 1.) " From the interwoven splinters of a basket." Battle. (Compare Fi^ht and Kill.) The clinched hands are held about as high as the neck and five or six iiichcs asunder, then waved two or three times laterally to show the *^^ K- , »' i i' i MMBIi 30 advances aiitl retreats of tlie ooinbatants ; after whieli the flnfjers of each hand are snttered to sprinp from tlie thnnib towards each other, as in the act of simnklinty water, to rei>resent the tliffht of missiles. {Lorn/.) To show tliat fifihtinfi is actually taking j)lace, make the gesture of Kill ; tap the lips with the i)alm like an Oriental woman when "keen- ing," screaming the while O-a! O-a! to imitate the war song. (Burton.) (1) Fists of both hands closed and brought to the level of the chin, near together and knuckle-i facing each othei-; (2) moved suddenly for- ward and baiikward with a sort of (ihurning, grinding motion. {Chey- enne I.) Both hands (A 1) bnmght to the median line of body on a level with the breast and close together ; desciribe with both hands at the same time a series of circular movements of small circumference. ( Dnkntalm downward, extend and curve the tluimb ami little hiiger so that their tips are nearly directed toward one another before the knuckles of the close Otos is dear, l»ut tliat tor tlio latttT (»l)S(Min'. TJM' ii('>;;lit and broad tlat tail of tlic animal. {liofehr.) Ih'scribc a i)ariMitli»'.sis ( ) witli tlic tliunib and inch'x of Itotli liands, and tlion with tluMk'x tor index imitate the wa^-fiinyof the tail. (IliirtoM.) (1) Kight hand Hattenud to form an extension of forearm, |talm «lo\vn- ward at an an;,'le of i'i° to the body ; (2) siuhleidy slapped (h)wn two or thret* times. (Cheyenne I.) '' From the manner in which the beaver slaps water tr nind." Both hands in front of body, tinjrers extended, horizontal flat, palms downward (W), ends of tinkers i»ointinjt' obliqnely forward, pat the baek of first one liaml and then the other s«'veral times, not too ra])idly. (Dakota I.) "These Indians believe that beavers are able to converse with eadi other and do so while bnildinj;- tlieir dams and lodf>es. The sijun, however, wonld seem to come from the noise made by the beavers in ])atting down their (hxms." Hold the left hand, palm looking obliqnely, forward, ontward and u))- ward, a foot in front of the lower i)art of the chest, and strike its palm several tiinew with the back of the open iight hand. (Dakota W.) Both arms are semi-extended and the hands in tyi)ei)osition (W) are held right above left to represent size of animal. Hands in this i)osition cxecnte uniforady a creeping movemc^nt forwards, then right hanu sweeps to back of body and is extended from cocygeal region to repre- sent the broad, tlat tail. [Oto I.) "Creeping animal with Hat tail." Hold both extended tlat hands, palms down, side by side, then extend the first three fingers, separated, the little fingers and thnmbs closed and the hands retaiinng the same relative position. (Apache 1.) " Flat tail, and claws." Trap. See Trap. Before. Bring the hand close to the right breast (j?I) with palm to left, fore- finger pointed ontward ; bring left hand (iH palm inward) in front of and few inches from the breast, move right hand to the front and at same time move the left toward the breast slightly. Alter or anemard is done by having the hands in the same position (;?!) except to have palm of right hand down. The left is kept stationary and the right is drawn back, (t'hei/enne II.) "The left hand representing an imaginary line, the action of the right nnikes it the front or before." llight hand moved qnickly forward from side back of hand in Iront, the hand drawn back less qnickly, again projected forward rapidly, with slight inclination of liead and body forward. (Ojibira IV.) 'T~7'' ii y y i: ;•! !: 34 liOft liaiwl liclil t<)r«>tlii;;ci' strai^lit, ii]ii'i;^lit, piiliii of liiiii«l outward (otlitT liii^t'i's closed) ill trout of liod,v about IS iiiclu's, and tlini tliu ri;ilit hand la-Id in the .saiiici iiiHiincrcloHo totlic bod ^v on the same level. (Ihikota I.) Close the tin^^ers of the ri^ht hainl, thumb erossiii); the middle linger, iinlex extended, |>alin forward, thriist the hand forward forcibly. (O)U(ilin 1.) doiiif,' before or jiassiiifj another person. Mov(* both lin;;ers ii|> and 'aiii on and tinally pass the left. [Ihikota I.) "From tiie idea of beinji or {join^ before or ahead of another person in walkiiifj; or aiiytliin}^ else. A derivative of superior." In place; aheaai*iMOII is expressed by these signs. Changes of position — as horses in a race — are shown by changes in the position of the hands. (Manthtn and Jliddtna I.) In time. Same sign as for Time, lon^S and ixhorf, but in referring to length of time, as to the previous day, or i»revious month, etc., the hands are drawn apart carelessly about ten or twelve inches, (piickly, the absence of any hastii indicating a longer time, and consequently ai)plicable to matters referring to n longer period. (Kaiowa 1 ; Vomanvhe 111 ; Apache II; Wichita II.) Beg, Bt'ftsni*. First make the sign tor Lodg'e, entering' u, and then the sigu for Give te me. (Ihikota I ) First make the sign for l^ive to me, and then the sign for iflan or Woman, as the case imiy be. Lodg'e, entering^ a, can be added or not. {Dakota I.) "From an Indian going from lodge to lodge asking for tilings." Begone. See Cro. Beginning. Com meneement. 1 he right hand horizontal, with lingers arched (B) back of hand up- ward, of lingers obliquely downward and outward, is pushed out in front 1 ■^ i I 35 of tlic riylit hiciist 1111(1 (Iniwii back to iniffiiial |K)sitioii twi» or tlir»'e tlm^•^^. (Dakotft I.) "(roiii)? to do it. (loiiifj to coiiuiK'iice uiiytliiiitf. OoiiiK alit'ii(l,'l»ii»liiiif,' tliiiijjs." He hi ml. Ihiii;; hotli hands in front of tlio breast {^l \y,i\n\H down), the foro- HnuiTs n»'arto;,'»'tln'i' jtointinj; to front; inov«' tlii' ri^'lit .sudd«Mdy to rear ft'W inclu's, tlu' loft n'lnains still. In doscribint,' a person bein;; left farther and farther to the rear, keep moving' the riyht a couple in<'hes or 8o at a move nntil you make threeor four moves back. {CheifcHiie II.) rtanie motion as Bd'oi'l* repeated by swinyinp the hand backwards from thi^jfh, with quickened motion as tiiehand went back. {Ojibicn IV.) Foretln<;er of the ri;rht hand, straitj:ht, ti|»ri},'ht (others closed) i>alm of hand outward is drawn from in front of and on a level with the shoulder, behind the Inwly on as near a straijiiit line as possible and with forelintrer jtointinn uprij-ht. [Dakota I.) " Reverse of vToinff be- fore. He is still falliiif; Iteiiind me." With its index exteiuled, pointing backward, over the rifjfht shoulder, back ui>ward, jtush the ri;;ht hand backward about four inches from just in front of the shoulder, (fhikota IV.) Inferior. (Compare Ahead.) Place the hands in the sanu' position as for ahead, except that the right hand is behind the left, (. c, nearer the body. (.}fan(lnn and Hi datm I.) I'lace the spread rij,'ht hand behind the body, moving the hand slightly a little uj) and down, and back and forth. (Omaha I.) The left arm is Hexed and hand upright with hooked index (as in I 1 — moditied by the hand being held edgewise) is brought before the face. The right Hst is then brought to the same i)osition and the jialms face each i lier. The left hand remains before the fao>'(' witli liaiid starting from al)ov(> Icvi'l of I'lhow, liiijjt'r |)ojiitiii^ down, rest firntly clowd. (OJU'tra IV.) Same as ylhovc, only «lra\v tliu ri^^lit hand a considerable distance below the left. {Piikota I.) Sif^n can also be made with one hand by the reverse of the movements in Above* (Ihihotd I.) " Refer to the person below or under by mov- inj; that (inj^er and hand which rei)resnits the under person, animal, or thin;;. Inferior heij/ht, variant of superior." IJoth hands are extended opeii as in tyjie W. The hands are then approximated edjiewise and the left is sui)erimposed,and swept palm over back of rifiht. Hoth hands now diverge and arms are extend«'d from the ri^ht and left sides — palms down. The rijjht hand is now broufiht forward as in type (I 1) — modilied by index beinj; uiore extende«l, and describes a (luiidranl's arc towards the ground. ((Vo 1.) "The vast de|»ths into which all suddeidy fall." Place the Hat !"ft hansl in tVont of the body, i)alm down, fJnj;ers di- rected toward the rif>ht ; place the Hat rif,dit hiind, jKiIm down, below the left, the jj^reiitcu" the distance the hands are moved apart the greater the dipths to which allusion is made, {('tc I.) lioll. .Motion (»f putting a belt anaind the body with thumb and forelinj'er of bot!i hands (»n their respective sides of body — thumb and fon'linyer llshaped, pointing- inward and carried around liu* sides of body to the tVont. other tin{;ers of both hands closed [Dukota 1.) '* From the placing; of the belt." IIcmmIc, equal. Hee Maine. Bift'. In the sei:se of llro.'Kl or Flat. \\\\\\\i both hands in front of breast, palms down, theu extend them forward to lenjith of arms and sweej) uound outwards, on a level. For small extent, the hands indicate a less extemled arc or circle. (Ojihwa IV.) The rij,l.t hand \a held horizoiiral, extended and Hat, itoiiitinrf' forward. A slijiiit arched (mu v;' from r!j;ht to lei't is nuide at whatever height .he speaker wi.shes to indicate. (Aixiclte I,) Ih'o/mutr H;r extended hand, fingers Joined, palm down, outii;'.iii|_' and indicating relative height. (Araptiho^l,) 37 (1) J{<)tli liiiiuls nnclosotl, bioiijilit to tlio fVoiit of clicst, |)iilm.s/ii(!iii}jf oiicli (ttlier, n;;Iit liiiiid above Iclt and olcvatotl to level of eliiii ; (2) riglit liaiid earried upwards in proportion to tlie (Ie;iree of lieifjlit to bo expressed [('ItvycKnc I.) liaise tli(M'xt(Mid«'d hand, tinK«'r.s joined, i»ahn down ami liorizontul, to tlie proi»er or j>reatest i»()ssil)le. eUnaMon. [Antixtlio I.) Witli tlie t'oreiin;-er of the ri^jht hand strai^-lit, upriylit (.1), carry it strai^lit upward in trout of the body above tiie heaart, other palm to- 1 apart, and at the same time disteiidiif'- th I'oini your fri ycr at your cl-est and f ice expandcii. (Crass.) Move both open hands IV each other, and, at tl oineiich other with the palms looking' t round by blowing- against tl If sauK. tune, cause (he cheeks to look 1 lem. (Iltisnishih.) oward and »iii' otretch out the hands. (/. iirsDit.) In tin* sense of liOli;;-. (1) Mauds bnuifih) upward anosition W made to tlap or waver to and from the body after the manner of the wings of a bird. (Oto and }iissoiirl I.) "That has wings or tlies by them." BiMOii, hiiflalo. Tlie two forefingers are i)laced near the ears, projecting, so as to represent tlie horns of the animal, [fjong.) liaise the forefingers crooked inward, in the semblance of hoins, on both sides of the head, {ourton.) Lower the head and project the forefingers from their respective sides of the head, like horns. {Anqmho 1.) • Both hands elevated to or toward the sides of the head, forefinger of each crooked oblicjuely forward to represent horns. [Cheyenne I.) I'.oth hands tightly closed, leaving the forefingers oidy extended and curved ; phtce the fists before the chest, about ten inches a])art, |»alm8 facing, and forefingers above. {Abmrol i I; yShoshoui and lianak I.) " Horns." Jioth hands raised to the sides (>f the head in front of ears, back of hands looking forward, forefingers crooki-,1 backward, rest of fingers dosed, thumb resting on second finger. [Dakota I.) "Horns of the buffalo." Both hands closed except fVn-efinger, and then ai)plied to eadi temple, with the latter pointinga little forward. [Dakota II.) " Horns of animal." Semi-flex the forefingers, loos-ely close the others, thumbs either under the middle tir.gers (U- against them, and place the hands upright, backs outward, 'one on each side of the head, near it or against it, above and just in front of the ears, then move the hands suddenly forward a couple of inches. {Dakota IV.) " The iiorns of the buffalo.'' All the digits of both hands are completely tiexed except the forefin- gers, and these are sliglitly curved ; each hand, back outwards and held obliquely outwards and upward.s, is brought in contact with the temple w i I I [i f! I i 40 of tlie siiiiR' silk' at llu' wrist. [Mnudun und llidaUa 1.) "Thus the lioniK of th(^ aiiiiiiiil iiro iiidiciiti'd.'" Siiiiie sif^ii as for C^altle. (Wo I.) IJoth hands, Hatteiicd, sli{>htl.v arched, and tlexed at the wrists, are hohl as hi{>li as the ears and over tiie sliouhlers pointinj;' backwards, then incline the liead to the front and ((uickly throw the liands upward a short distance. {Kdioira I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita 11.) "Tlie liuniped shouhlers an«l motion of the animal.'' BlMOII, (ieneric. Close both hands htosely, extending and crooking the fbretingers, place them several inches from either temple. {Ute 1.) r.utVah. calf. I'lace the fists upright, backs outward, with the thumbs strongly ex- tended a: ■ .(' *!ie ears near the head, and shake them back and forth sev- eral times ( ite the shaking of a calf's ears. [Dakota IV.) Same sign as lor Bllflhio cow, but made as low as tlic waist, and the hands are moved slightly forward and backward. {Kaioira l; Co- manche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Female. Curve the two forefingers, phuH^ them on the sides of the head, and- move them s(?veial times. ( Wied.) I have given you a similar sign for the liison without regard to sex, except that I do not mention any motion of tiie hands after they are placed in the position ot horns, and I do not remember seeing such motion. {Matthews.) Same sign as made by ^hotihoni and Croics. When this sign is made before the [>erHon it signifies both sexes, without special reference to either. (Kaioiral; Comanche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Male. IMace the aghtly-closed hands on both sides of the head with the fin- gers forward. ( Wied.) If he does not mean to describe the same sign (minus the motion) as in Bison^fcmale, I know not what he does nu'an. I have seen but one sign for Buffalo (which I am certain was generic), and I opine that oiu' sign was all the Prince saw. The movements he speaks of in liison, female, may have been unnecessary or accidental. Vdarated as much as possible and pointing obliquely up- ward and downward, is brought along the body in front to the mouth, where it is carried forward for a few inches with a downward curved motion, back of hand toward the right. (Dakota 1.) " From a buftalo when seriously wounded standing and spirting blood from the mouth or nose. V Both hands with fingers collected at the palm i)oints are brought to the temples. The lingers are then suddenly Hipped outward. The right arm is then elevated and the index-finger aud thumb brought to the nose and made to drop in jerks to the ground. (Oto and Minsouri I.) "That which pulsates in the temples and drops from the nose." Close the right hand, leaving the index and second fingers only ex- tended, then draw the palmar surface across the lips from left to right. (Kaiowal; Comanche III ; Apache II; Wichita M.) Boat, row. Make with both hands raised to the level of the shoulders the forward and backward motions as though rowing a boat. (Dakota I.) Bring the iiands together, lioUowed, little fingers Joining, the thuiubs farther ajiart, to represent the body of a boat, held before the breast. (Omaha I.) Canoe. Both hands at the same side of body, one above the other, make the movement of using a paddle first at one side of the body and then at the other. (Dakota L) " From the manner of using the oars and paddle." Make the motion of paddling. (Iroquois I.) Body. The hanks oiit- wiird, to tlie sides, are held on the level of tlie breast. ( IhihUa I.) " Size of the box." Boy. Bee Child. Brave. Close the tlsts, plaee the left near the breast, and move the riRht over the left toward the left side. ( Wied.) A motion something like this, whitjh I do not now distinctly recall— a sort of wreiKthiiiK motion with the lists in front of the chest — I have seen used for Ntronj^. If Wied's sifiii-maker's hand first strnck the rejjion over the heart (as he mviy have done) he would then have indicated a "stronjj heart," which is the equivalent for Brave. {Maitheicit.) Clincli the lifjlit fist, and place it to the breasv. (Absarohi I ; Sho- nh(>ni and Bunak I.) I'.otli hands fist; the left (A) moved up close to the body to Ihe heifiht of i;he chin, at the same time the right is bnmght up and thrown over the left (as it is moved up) with an outward and downward curved mo- tion ; the left hand is carried upward and downward and the movement of the right reversed two or three times. Endurance is expressed by this sign, and it is connected with the sun-dance trials of the young man in testing his bravery and powers of endurance before ad* 'ission to the ranks of the warriors. {Dakota I.) Push the two fists forward about a fot, at the height of the breast, the right about two inches behind the left, palms inward. {Dakota IV.) "The hands push all before them." The right arm is flexed and elevated ; the hand is then placed over left eye much in type-position (B). It is then twisted from left to riglU across forehea*! until at right side of lie-id when the motion stops with fists palm outwards. That is remlily u wound, As good tciU. {Oto I.) Strike the breast gently with the palmar side of the right fist. ( Wy- andot I.) Strike the clinched fist forcibly toward the ground in front of and neai the breast. {Ankara I.) He is the bravest of all. Raise right hand, fingers extended, palm d«)wnward ( *V 1 ), swing it around "over all," the poo'.t to the man (fig. 1), raise left fist (A 1, changed to left and palm inward) to a point in front of and near the body, close fingers of right hand and place the fist (A 2, pain inward) between left fist and body and then with violent niovemeiit throw it I •! 1 <■■ \r\ w if? 1 ^"^ I 46 ovor h'I't (ist, as tlidUKJi brciikiii^j soiiu'tliitif-', iiikI stoimt a i)()iiit in front of and little below left (ist, and lastly point npwani with ii{,dit hand, (ti{,'. 13). (Sahuptin I.) "Of all lu'ie ho is strouKi'st." The rifiht tlst, palm downward, is stniek ajjainst the breast several times, and the index is then ([nickly eh'vated before the face, pointing ni>ward. (Apache I.) Only by showinjj; willingness to tight. {Apache III.) Pcaf-iiiiite natural sit/n. — To run forward with a bold expression of the conntenance. {Larnon.) Pantomime. — Not to rnn back but to run forward. {Zciyler.) Rrave. " Hold (irmly dosed left hand ab(nit eight inches in front of <'entreof body, left forearm horizontal, pointing to right and front, back of left hand vertical, and on lii;e of jirolongation of forearm ; bringing the (irndy closed right hand some six i:iclies above and a little in front of left hand, back to right and front, and on line of forearm; strike downward with right hand, mostly by elbow action, the second joints of right hand l)assing close to and about on a line with knuckles of left hand. "1 believe then; is no gesture in the Indian sign-language that is as flexible and i)ossesses as niuidi strength and , is the highest, nu)st perfect, virtue, and creates not only respect, but i)ositive reverence." The foregoing is (iiu)ted from an article in the United Service for July, 1880, written by an autluu- who, according to his strong exnressions, is obviously atiHicted with a theory of a stereot jk' and unive;- d sign lan- guage among the Indians, which is supported by his avowedly taking " means " of signs. His descrii)tions are therefore liable to some of the cautionary remarks in the Introductory Letter to this pamphlet, but as it is highly intt .esting toascertain the use of an intensive or sujjerlative sign, the quotation is jjHnted to attract the attention of correspondents. If they meet with, or can recall the i)recise sign us above described, and in the same exact sense, they will jdease state th ; tribe and all particu- lais. Something like this sign, with some reseniLUince to its use as an Mitensive, apjtears elsewhere in this paper, but not with the signification of "brave," under which head it was given by the author and therefore is so i»laced here. t :» ^i9 47 Bread. ComltiiM' sifjiis tor Flour iuid Fire. {Ampnhn I.) IJotli liaiids in front of hody, lists. hiU'k.sohliiiud.vdowinviinl, pnsli np und down 8«'V('iid tiniivs ;is tlioiiyli kncadint,' tlie (Utnyli, and tlu'n at a hifilier elevation both liaiuls, one above tins otiicr about 8 inclics. hori- zontal, left iiantl below, bacii downward (X) Hfrht hand above, baek ui)wanl(W)fhanKetliei»ositionsof the hands (W taUinj;- the plaeeoeeu- pied by X) two or three times. (Dnkota I.) " Kroni the parking and shapinfi' of the loaf." Tlie rifjrht hand bcinj; about a foot in front of the ehest, opened and relaxed, pointiii}'' obliquely forward toward the left, t(Ml l»,v turning tln'in over towards tlic sidr as in r«>^iilarl,v iiriKliii^ or Itrcalviii;; a sti<;k. Sign oixlswitli psilins up. [Oto I.) "Somt'tliiiij; torn apart." Moth liantls closol, palms down, tlinndts toiifliini.% tlirn tlirow both downward and outward, toward tlicir rcspt'ctivr sid«'s as it InraUing a Nti(;k. If this grstiirc is atMronipanit'd by a inovtMiuMit of th(> body for- ward, and facial a«'<-onipanirnt>nt of exertion, it r»'i>res('nts j^reator desl ruction by breaking or the increased re(iiiirenient of Htrength to break the object referred to. (Ute I; Aptwlu' I.) Seize an inniginary object, liold it in two fists (A |>alni down), turn flstH outward and pabns up (broken). {Apache MI.) Deaf-mute natural ."*»//««. — ('lincli the hands and turn tliein as in the act of breaking a stick. {liallariL) Umo the 8hut hands aa if to break a stick. {HaHenxtah.) Nod the head slowly with the ni)i)cr teeth rested on the lower lip and the eyes opened widely to express astonishment, and, at the same time, use the shut haml with the foretinger up as if to give a warning, and then use the shut hands as if to break something. (Hasenstab.) VVmv the tists together and su and Minsonri I.) In the latter, the sign is given for the thing sig- nified. ]iy the I'rince of Wied the conception is the article itself. By the Oto, that which invariably accompanies and supports it. (Boteler.) Draw the opened right hand, palm upward, between the legs from behind forward. (Dakota IV.) Both arms were Hexed and somewhat raiseil at the sides; the hands, then in position (K), inverted, are brought to the i)rominences of the hips. The hands are then brought around to the pubis in an approach- ing line and there tw'sted over each other, as in tying a knot. The movement in this sigii represents the tying of the cord that passes around over the hips to support the breech-cloth. (Oto and Mmouri I.) " That which is tied on with a cord at the hips." from 49 Bridle. The ext«Mi(l»Ml fon'tiiifjorot' both liiinds (all otluTs (iloscd) {H), iiicctin^j iit tlu-jr tips 1110 pliicod l>ai;ks a;:aiii.st and (■ovt'iiii^ tlu- iiiitiitli (tliis is tli»' bit) and tluMi Mcparatt'd, drawn npwanl alonn their n'sjH'ctivt' sidos of tlic lace in front of tin' cars nntil tlu'.v nicft at tlu' Itacli |»art of the to|> of the iit-ad. {IhikoUt I.) '• From tin; wearing; of tlic l»ridh>." Moth hands, with cxtciHh'd indices as in (K), meet on tlie top of tlie head and (h^s('ril)e a line (h)\vn the siih's of the face, then meet in tiio centerof the month and divtM'tic. [(hit ami MiHuoiiri 1.) "The positiini of tlie Hiime on animaKs head." Bi'Iiik: Io IIIO. See liiive. Broad, wide, i^ee WHg in the sense of Wide. Brother; lirollier niid Midler. See RelatioiiMlii|i. Broom. IJoth hands Joined, in front of the stomach, l)a<'ks ontward, (lnf;er.*i extended and iHiintiiiy obliquely downward, make a |inshinji' forward and backward movement from the wrists as fh(aij;h brnshin};' or pnsh- inj; dirt before the broom. [Dakota I.) "From the manner of using their primitives brush broom. Bull. First make at the sides of the head the horns of the animal by crook- '\i\\f ba(!kward the index-Hn^^ers, and then make the sij;n for Tlale ap|)licd to animals, which is the same as applied to human bein<>'8. {Dakota I.) "Denoting the sex of the animal.''* Bullet. Make the sijjn of the ex|)lodin<;' of the powder, then j^rasp the fore- linger of the hand with the renmining tingers and thumb, so that the tip of it will so extend beyond them as to represent the ball. (Loity.) (1) Make the sign for Ball ; (2) forefinger ami thunil) of right hand used as in tlie act of grasping some small object in front of the face, and between it and lett hand, which rejuesents a half circle by in«'ans of the middle Hnger and thuml); (.'?) tbrefinger of right hand suddenly e> tended and pushed through the imaginary circle of which the middle tinger and tlnunb of the left hand forms one-half. {Cheyenne 1.) Lett hand hooked (ftj), nearly closed; /. c, leaving a small circular opening, thumb resting on the backs of the lid and .'{d phalanges of all the lingers, is held horizontal in front of the left breast, with back to- ward the left (this repre.seuts the l)arrel of a gnu), then the index and. tluuubof the right extended and nearly Joined at tips asthcmgh holding 7 111 [■ 'M .■)() a nmiid bullet hot .v»'« ;i tiM'in (tliis is tlie bullet), is (rarried to tin' I'.'lt liand and tlic tiiiKois rolaxi'd as tli(>iif;l« idaciiifr tlie bidlct in tlieeinidar opcninj;, and tluMi strike down on the left lunid, with tlie e<.^'»M»i tlio iiv;lit list (A l)as thoufih tliivinj;- tlu' bnllet home. Thissij>n is that tor hjadinj*- a {"nn. {Ihihota I.) Burn. '1\» destroy. Move the ii};ht hand (F) i:\ front of the body as thonjih throwing soniethinfj forward, and then make the sign for Fire. (Ihihota I.) Of the. body. 'A., -eh the burnt part with the rij^ht index and then nnike the sign for Fire. (Dahofa I.) " From fire." Iliiry, To. Hoih flat ami extended hands held at arms'-length beftne the abdomen, edges do vn, and abont an inclMU- two 'luirt, tlnnnbs tonehing; both hands are then thrown initward toward their respective sides repeatedly, as if khrowing away fnnu their npper surfaites some light substance. Ti.en reverse the motion from without inward. {Shoxhoni and Jiaiuik I.) "Throwing up earth from a ditch, and returning it." Buy. See Tra«ie. % aiii|». Clim-h both hands, hold them ui)ward before the breasts, tlnunbs touching, 'I'lMi i>ass them forward, each describing a semicircle, so that th«^ outer edges touch at the terminaticni of the gesture, (Arikam I.) C'airiioii. Thumb of t!ie right hand under the lingers; /. e., in the palm i)f the hand, otherwise fist (B); snaj) out the lingers ami thui ib in front of the rigiit bicasl, and then nndu' the sign, for Bi^. {Ihikctu I.) "The big explosion 'rrom the smoki^ made on the discharge of a cannon." €'a|», |»ereii?^*(2oii. t-^ee liiiiii. €'a|>liire. To. See PriMOiier, lo «:ske. €ar«i-«, playing-. (1) Lett hand fully opened, slant, and held up to the level and in fnuit of the .sh(»iild«'r; (li) sudden pecking motion made with the partially> closed lingers of the right hand five or six times towards the i)alm of the open left hand, as though throwing cards. (Cheyenne I.) (io through the motion of dealing from a pack of cards, and thrcwing one each to inmginary players, right, front, and left. (Oukotti VI, Vll.) m '■"^ '^ 51 €atlle. First iiiaUe tlu> si^ii for lliiflhio and Mien tlit^ si^ii for NpoKed. {Ihikotti IV.) "Spottod butt, lo." Hotli iinns iirc olcvat«Ml to li»>iul Hoxt'tl. Tl»' liaiids, hotli. ar»' l>roii}>ht to Hides of head at paric^tal ridn•t^sin jtositioii (K), and thus ludd a minute; the lu'ad iH Mk'U rotated to tiu' several sides. (Oto I.) "Animal with horns." Make the sif^ii fur lliiflhio, tlu'u extend the h>ft foreliu^^er aiul draw the extended index mu'oss it repeatedly at dirt'erent phu-es. (Almarolia I; Slumhoni and Jianak 1.) " Literally, spotted hutialo." T«) round up. lMa<;e the unhar.) (1) Sign for Bird ; (-') tips of fingers and tlunub of right hand closed and pointing (hnvuward; (3) nH)ti(m of scratching and pecking imitated. (Cheyenne I.) Chiei; a. The forelinger of the right hand exteiule;!, pass it perpendicularly downward, then turn it upwanl, and rui.se it in a right line as high as the head. [Long.) " Rising ab >ve others." Raise the index finger of the right hand, holding it straight upward, then turn it in u circle ami bring it straight down, a little toward the ca^h. ( Wied.) The right hand is raised, and in jiosition (J) describes a semicircle as in beginning the act of throwing. The arm is elevated perfectly erect aside of tlie head, the palm of tiie iiulex and hand should I 't i • ,ii rHf It ' y III ■■ W ' .; 1 t^ ^ ^ '■ '^!fi: 52 be outwanls. Tliere is an evident similarity in both execntion and con^ ception of this sign and Wie(Vfi; the little variation maybe the result ol diftereut interi)retation. The idea of superiority is most prominent in both. "A prominent one before whom all succumb." {Boteler.) IV'terf's air-picture reminds of the royal scepter with its sphere. Raise the forefinger, [)ointed upwards, in a vertical direction, and then reverse both finger and motion ; the greater the elev;ition the " bigger" the chief. (Arapaho I.) (1) Sign for iHan ; (2) middle, third, little finger, and thumb slightly closed together, forefinger pointing forward anv! downward; (3) curved motion made forward, outward, and downward. {Cheyenne I.) " He who stands still and commands," as shown by similarity of signs to Sit here or Stand here, " the man who stands still and directs." The extended forefinger of the right hand (J), of which the other fin. gers are closed, is raised to the right side of the head and above it as far as the irm can be extended, and then the hund is brought down in front of the body with the wrist bent, the back of hand in front and the extended forefinger pointing downward. {Dakota I.) " Raised above others." Move the upright and extended right index, palm forward, from the shoulder upward as high as the top of the head, turn it through a curve, and move it forward six f'lches, and then downward, its palm backward, to the height of the shoulder. {Dakota IV.) " Above all others. He looks over or after us." Elevate the extended index before the shoulder, pass it upward as high as the In-iul, forming a short curve to the front, and downward again slightly to the front. . (Dakota VI, VII ; Hidatna I ; Arikara I.) Right hand closed, forefinger pointing up, raise the hand from the waist in front of the body till it passes above the head. {Omaha I.) Another sign : liring the closed right hand, forefinger pointing iij), on a level with the ttwje ; then bring the palm of the left hand with force against the right forefinger ; next send up the right hand above the head, leaving the left as it is. {Omaha I.) Tlie right arm is extended by side of head, with the hand in positioii (J). The arm and hand then descend, the finger describing a semicircle with the arm as a radius. The sign stops with arm hanging at full length. (0^0 I.) "The arm of authority before whom all nnist fall." Hotii liiinds elevated to a position in front of and high as the slionl- dt'rs, palms facing, fingers and thumbs si)read and slightly curved ; the hands are then drawn outward a short distance towards their respective sides and gently elevated as high as the top of the head. ( Wyandot I.) *' One who is elevated by otiiers." f)3 Elevate the closed hiiiul — index only extended and pointini; npward — to the front of the right side of the face or neck or shoulder, i)ass it quickly upward, and when as high as the toj) of the head, direct it for- ward and downwanl again toward the ground. {Kaioira I ; Comanche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Close the right hand, index raised, extended, and placed before the breast, then move it forward from the month, pointing forward, until at arm's length. ( Ute I.) Head chief of tribe. Place both flat hands before the body, palms dowH; f>!id pans them horizontally outward toward their respective sides, then make the sign for Chief*. (Ariliara I.) "Chief of the widu region and those upon it." After pointing out the man, point to the ground all fingers closed except first (J 1, pointing downward instead of upward), then point ujiward with same hand (J 2), then move hand to a point in front of body (Fig. 2), fingers extended i»alm downward (W 1) and move around in circle — over all. (Sahaptin I.) "In this place he is head over all." Grasp the forelock with the right hand, palm backward, pass the hand upward about six inches and hold it in that position a moment. (Pai- Ute I.) Elevate the extended index vertically above and in front of the head, hohling the left hand, forefinger pointing upward, from one to two feet below and underneath the right, the position of the left, either elevated or deiu'essed, also denoting the relative position of the second individual .o that of the chief. (Apache I.) • War. Head of a w: 'inty ; Partisan. First make the sign of the Pipe; then open the thumb and index- finger of the right hand, back of the hand outward, moving it forward and iii)ward in a curve. ( Wiei.) By tli'- i itle of " Partisan" the author meant, as in«leed was the common expres-^ion of the ' "anadian voy- ageiu's, a leader of an oiicasional or volunteer war party. The sign is explained by his ac(;ount in a ditterent connection, that to beci ;ne recog- nized as a leader of such a war party, the first act among tiic tribes using the sign was the consecration, by fasting su ceded by feasting, of a medicine pipe without ornament, which the leader of the exi)edition afterward ])ore befoie him as his badge of authoritx . and it therefore naturally became an euddematic sign. Tiiere may be inte >t in noting that the "Calandar of the Dakota Nation" (Hulieti S. G. and (r. Survey, vol. iii., No. 1), gives a figure (No. iS, A. I'. 1S42), showing "One Feather," a Sioux chief, who raised in that year a large war party against the Crows, which fact is simply denoted by his holding out, demonstratively, an unornamented pipe. fH ' s . pi is -il fi4 Combine signs for Chief and Battle. (Arapaho I.) First make the sign for Battle and then tliat for C hie I*. {Da- kota I.) " First in battle." Of a band. Point the extended index forward and npward before the chest, then phice the spread fingers of the left hand aronnd the index, Imt at a short distance beliind it, all pointing the same direction. Aluad of the re- maindei". (Arihira I.) Grasp the forelock with tht^ right hand, palm backward, and pretend to lay the hair down over the right side of the head by passing the hand in that direction. (Pai-Utel.) Tiie Frencli deaf mnte sign for Offlo', Command, may be com'^^ared with several of tlie above signs. In ,t tie index tij) first tonches the lower tip, tin ii is riiised iiliovi' tlK- iioad iMid bronght down with violence. [Ijensi'i(in)U('iit priimdre drx .son rds- nth ts ; pnr M. I'elisitier. P«n», ISoO.) CUiitI; Bahv; fiif'aiit; OflNpriiis. Bring the fingers and thumb of the riglit band and place tliem against the lips, tlicn ecial character for "chihl" always has the above-mentioned i)art of the sign with reference to nourishment from the breast. 'f! T vU'' 1 i ' ill :: 1 t.: ii »* t. I j 1 , ■1, , 1 1' if' M; ■ i 1 1 VI i)6 Hahv, Iiitant. IMiu't! the foretiiiKi'r in the mouth, /. p., a iiursiiij>' cliihl. (Araptiho I.) (1) Sijjfii for woiiiiiii made from shouhU'r downward; (li) h)wer(;d in accordance with size and lieij^ht of chihl. If a baby, both hands open and palms slif^litly curled up brou<>iit up to front of breast, slight up- ward and 8idewi.se rocking motion imitated. (Cheyenne I.) Lay the back of the right hand in the palm of the left crosswise on the left side of the breast, and make the uj) and down movements as though holding and dandling an infant. (Dakota 1.) " dex of the child can be designated by its appropriate sign." Move the opened right hand, palm backward, fingers pointing down- ward, from the lower part of the chest downward until it is in front of tlie lower i>art of the abdomen, here turn the palm downward and move the haiitl forward about eighteen inches; then raise the left elbow and fix it about six inches forward from the side, the wrist in front of it and three or four inches higher, holding the liand slightly flexed, its i)alm backward and fingers pointing upward, and lay the back of the opened right hand on the left forearm near the elbow-joint. (Dakota IV.) "(living birth to, and liolding in the arm." The right arm is flexed and hand brought against abdomen about the umbilicus. The hand is in position (S 1) ; modified by being inverted. The hand with palm towards the body then roughly describes " the curve of Cams" or course of the ftetus in delivery. The sign is com- pleted at end of curve by the hand being held erect, palm outwj,rd, back towards the body. (Oto I.) "That which hath come forth." Uight and left hands carried to the left breast as if holding a very small infant there. (Comanche I.) Deaf-mute natural siffus. — By sucking the finger and placing the hands a small lace it before the body, extend the index pointing n[>ward. (Almtroka I ; Shoshoni and Banak I.) Place the hanrtA«>/rt IV.) "Male one." :>? Hoy, fjiil Tho most natural sifjiis descriptive of tlie sexual organs. ( Co'nanche I.) (lirl. .loin the two outstretcluMl thumbs and forefingers and plfiee them be- fore the crotch. (liven when conversing with a person little acupiainted witli signs. {Dodge.) Sign for Sqiiaw. To indicate stature, hold the hand, i)alm down and fingers extended and Joined, at the proper height. (Arapahn I.) Pass the flat extended hands, fingers joined, down the sides of the head as far as tin; shoulders, when they are drawn forward and outward a short distance, ending with the tips ]>ointing towards one another and palms down. Then hold the left hand and arm transversely before the body, i)ointing to the right, and pass the right index (h)wnward along the abdomen, i)assing it underneath the left hand, then outward and upward, holding the index as high as the face. [Absuroka I; Shonhoni and Bmialc I.) " Woman born." Make the sign forlil^oinail and designate age approximately by the distance the right hand is held from the ground, i. e. the child's lieight. The longer hair denotiuf, the sex an i t^e height age. [Dakota I.) First make the signfor WoiliaA ; ih mi move the hand, back forward, down to the height of the girl referred to, turning the fingers upward and slightly flexing them and gathering their ends (thund) included) into a circle about two inches in dia/neter. {Dakota IV.) "The women wear the hair behind the ears and plaited." Right hand carried to the navel, then with extended palm, fingers together antl pointing downward, move the hand downward to tlie groins, anii ; in its absence, a pantomimic show of when it .slionld be if present. (Araptiho 1.) Is denoted by erossinw; botli arms in front of tlie body on a level with the breast, and dose to the body, with the hands graspiii};' a fold of the blanket — the same as a shawl would be worn, {fhihota 1.) " Krom its nse as a (loveriiif;'." From an upri<>lit itosition,.just above the corresponding shoulder, i)alm forward, mo\e ea(!ii hand across the (!hest, and, gradually rotating the hand until its ]>alin is backward, jdace it against the opposite shoulder, crossing the forearms on the (ihest, then rub the back of the left hand with the ends of the fingers of the right. (Dakota IV.) " Wrapping a blanket around the shoulders." Use both hands as il drawing a blanket around the body and shoulders, crossing the forearms over the breast in doing so. (Dakota VI, VII.) The arms aie Hexed ani-s extended (K l),biick oI'IdukIh oiitwiinl. lire brought to the sides of tlie head and carried downward sli>f|itiy ill front of the sides of tiie body to tlie level of tlie lower ribs where the hands are tnrned so the t'iuinl)s and foreHii;{ers point down- ward. I'aiits, eoat, and every otiier t>:aniu>iit innst be pointed to the position where worn. (Dakota I.) "The entire coviTiiift of a person." Make the sijjii for wrajipiiifj a blanket around the shoulders, and then to iihlieate the hair on tiiv rol)e, hold tlie left forearm horizontal and directed oblicpiely forward and toward the riylit, and move the right hand alonjf it from the elbow to the wrist, the ba(!k of the rijjlit hand ajiainst the forearm, its finders and tiiniiib somewhat curved and sepa- rated, pointiii};' upward (as in P). {Dakota IV.) Coat. Separate the thumb and iiidex-tiiiffer of each hainl, and jiress them downward over the sides of the body. ( Wied.) 1 have desirribed a sij;n mu(!li the same for shirt. Perhaps he rej^arded the Indian huiitiii<;-sliirt as a coat, since it is used as an outside {garment. The motion he de- scribes depicts the pulling down of a shirt over the head, not the jiut- ting on of a coat of European fashion. Coats must have been rare among the Upper Missouri Indians in IS.Jl. II(! says that the tliuinb and forefinger are sejiarated (but being thus mentioned together he evidently saw them ajiproximated). I have described them as in con- tact. Perhajts the sign is variable to this triHing degree even when made by the same person, the mere indi(;ation of the pulling down of the shirt being the essential point. (MatthetVH.) With the fingers held as for DreMM, Tunic, but with the thumbs pointing, first carry the right hand along the left arm from the wrist to the shoulder and the left hand along the right arm. (Dakota IV.) " (Cov- ering the arms." The left arm is partially elevated and semi-extended in a passive man- ner from the body. The right hand is then brought over the extended left in type-position ( W). The back of hand iikhc arched, and is drawn up over the left arm and vice vertia. The fingers of both hands are then twisted over each other at points from the neck down the chest a.s in buttoning. (Oto and Minsonri I.) "Something that covers our arms and is buttoned around the body." Deaf mute natural siffm. — Indicated by moving the hands along the arms up toward the shoulders. (Ballard.) Take hold of the front lajipel of tlie coat with one hand to make a movement of it back and iTont, an«l iioint to it with the other, nodding the head as if to indicate goods of the same kind. (Hasenstab.) 62 '"^ DreHH, Tiinixt<'n(l«'\tcnd(>»8. " The coming together of clouds. Darkness in the heavens." CloudinesM, (laiiipness. May be signified by making the sign for $$iiloke, the hand ascend- ing, then descending, by constantly revolving motion. (Arapaho I.) I .. { 68 Cliib. Point to a piocc of wood with tlie rijjht iinlox (HI), and tlu'ii strike tlio palm of tii« lliit, liorizoiital left liiiiid (X), iield in fVont of tin' body, fin^erM pointing toward tlie ri>;lit, with tlui cdfre ot tlic (Inyors of the ri>?iit erosswi.se. (Dakota I.) " From strikinj; witli a elub." Coal. Tiie h'ft hand is carried (h)wii and liehl at the level of and in front of the left breast from a little higher elevation, with palm inward, liiifiers joined extended, sli^^htly arehed, and pointing towards the ri^ht, liand horizontal (bank or IK.tl'), and then the right hand in the same position, except ends of extended tintjers jtointin^j; toward the left, is carried out in front of the body, and its back struck several tinuis against the i)alm of the left (hard), and then the right index is carried from left to right along the middle of the palm of the yet stationary left (this indicates the vein of coal,) and tiieii the left hand isdro]»ped down in front. Tlie thickness of the vein itself and its depth below the surface can also be approxinnitely indicated in this sign. No written language could con- vey to the mind a more graphic picture than does this to the person who has ever ascended the Missouri, anping out of the river blurt's aiul banks. [Dakota 1.) "A vein of coal crop- ping out of a bank." Coflbe. Left hand fist (A. j.) held to the left side of body in front of stomach, the right hand bnmght over it, en«l of iudex resting on end of thumb (other fingers closed), back of hand upward ; then the right is turned in a circular manner as though turning the handle of an upright coft'ee- mill. The sign for Kettle can be made to indicate the boiling of the coftee or the sign for Drinkiiuj to indicate that it is made, {Dakota I.) " From the grinding of the coftee." The arms are semi-extended and hands (as in type-posture [V 1) modi- fled by being liorizontal) nuule to rub circularly, the palms slightly separated This is followed by signs for Water, Fire, and Drink. {Oto I.) " Something to be ground, then subjected to tire and water, and drunk." Coin. A shaking of fingers and thumbs. {Macgowan.) The fiugers of the right hand closed, leaving the thumb and iiulex curved, with tips joining, thus forming a circle. The hand is then held outward toward the right side, showing the circle to the observer. (Absaroka 1; IShoshoni and Banak 1.) " Round, like silver or gold coin." Join the tips of the thumb and forefinger of the same hand, t"ie inte- rior outline approximating a circle. {Arapaho I.) ! : i i y 'J , U . ^i 'm m (i4 Till! iiriii is raised to Mio lioiul, iiiid t\w nH:lit imhw fiii^or liookoil s(Tib(>s till' liiitinaiU of tlitt t'orcliciul in si^rn for H'hite mail (»r Aiiu'iicaii. The aniKs then (liverj;e wave like from the sides of tlie body. Tlie left hand is then bronj^ht befori^ the body. The index and thumb form a eiicle in imitation of the outline of the silver dollar, as in (fii). The extended rijiiit index fin;;er is then drawn across the (rirele of the left hand twice. (Ofo and Missonvi.) "The round, marked <'urrency of the white man." 4'oifiiM. The extended iude: of tiie riyht hand (the hand usually back down- ^""lrds, other finders tlexcMl) is grasped by left hand, palm upwards. In this |iosition the index is usually moved back anit forth, t. r., in and out, once or oftener. {Mnnilan and IlidatHn 1.) Aiistntlitdi sit/n. — Finf>ers of both handtt closely interlockeil, backs up and hori:',oiital. This is used ceremonially in otVeriii}; their women to a visitor as a rite of hospitality. {Smi/tli.) Colli. The same as for Air, but wiieii anplied to a pers«)n the ri;;ht hand is shut ami held up iu>arly opposite the shoulder, and put int(» a tremulous motion. {Dunbar.) The arms with clinched hands held up before the breast, thrown into a (rcmulous motion, as if shivering;' with cold. (/>»/*//.) (1) l{o;h hands, |>;^lms fa,!nt>' breast, awkwardly closed, as thou^^h numb with cohl, and broufjlit to a level with the shoulders whi«'h ("J) 8hru}it>ed ; (3) haiuls slijihtly motioned downward, forward, ami side- wise, to imitate violent trembliufi'. {('Iitj/nnir 1.) Mold the clinched ri^ht hand (or both) in front of the shoulder, then cause the Hst to trendde as if shiveriufj from cold. {Pakota VII.) With both lists clinched and held drawn up near to the ulioeUlers, imitate treudtliuf"', as from cold. (Dukoia VI ; HidatHU I ; Arikara I.) iioth hands clinched, cross the tbrearmt'. beforo the breast with a trembling' motion. [UuUit^n I; Arikani I.) Both arm.-< are uniforndy flexed and nuule tO approach tlu^ chest. The hands are (in ty|)e posture''(n I) modified by palms fac.inj.' chest) then made to trcnd>le oefore the body. ((Ho I.) "That makes me shake or trendtle.'' iiiil Klevafe both hands, clinched, to flu^ shoulders; tln'ii lot them shiver a little iiack and forth. This si^iii, varie«l as followt, imlic^ates chill ami fever. After the (!old si{j;n is used, place both hands <;linched (II) beside 65 thd tumples, and lot (ho liii{;er.s Hy outward, and diiiuli tltein a^^ain, and let MuMn tl.v outwanl a^ain. This indicates fever in tlie head. ( Comanchv I.) Same sitiu as for Willt(*r. (Apachr 1.) It is. Wrap up, slindder, and look disafjreeabhi. {liiirton.) CroHH both hands (R) at the wrists a few inches in front of the hody on a h^vel witli tlie breast, and tlien make a shiv«'rin}>' motion witii Itoth hands and arms. ( Ihikota i.) '' Kes<>mblessomewinit the sif^n for Hlail> ket ; CO«'ei*illK'* The idea of siiiverin^^ witii eohl." Drafmitte natural sitjiiH. — Hlnuhh'r with the shonhhu.s. {liallarii.) Shiver, with your lists near the l)reast. (CroHs.) Make a rapid movement of the elinelied ininds from and toward v.wh other with tin' eyes lifted toward the jterson spoken to, and tiien jioint in tlie direetion from wliieli the wind is bh>win<;', so as to indieat(> tliat the weatluM- is (M»hl. (Ilasnistah.) To shiver, movin;;' tlie <;h)sed fists. (Larson.) Close the fists and draw tiie arms towiird tin^ body witli a motion of shiverin}-'. [Zcujlvr.) Color. First and seeond tinkers of tlie rif^ht hand exten(hMl, tiinmb resting on the third tinnier whieh v.itii the little tinjrer is elos«'d, are luon;,'!!! to th(^ front of the body :ind to the left side over the left hand, which is held slifjhtly obliipu^ (D) on the left sid*' of the body about a loot to the front of the left breast, and then tiie two extended Hiifjers of the rijjlit hand are rubbed over the back of the left hand. This is fieneric. The piirticniar color must be desij;natcd aft«'r mak- iuff this si;;'n in ea(th insiancc by touching sonuHliin;; of that cohtr. (Dakota 1.) " Mixinjjthe jiaint on the hand to see its color l)ef«>re usiny-; much the same ;is painters try ii cohn- on a board,or anything- with a proper ba(tk f;round to displiiy it." Ulack, Wliite, Red, Hlue, Yellow, etc. With arm elevated, semi tiexeil, the hand in position (K) pointed to these ditterent colors, whether representee' in the vault of the tirmament or iirticles of dress. White is somel' mcs indicated by pointiii}; t(» the sun, and bhick by ]»ointinji l'» !^"in then executing si^n for i%o or the ^llll*M Weltili;;:. (O/o I.) " As objects appear." Black. Hub the hair on the ri^lit side of the head with the tlat hand. ( Wird.) Tlie hair of the Indians beiiij!: nciirly always black, that obie«'t is natur- ally selected as indi«;ation of tlml color. 1» >'. II i^ ni .^ I . 66 First make the sigii for Color, and then touch something black. (Dakota 1.) " Designating a particular color." . Kub along the back of the left hand with the palm of the fingers oi the right, back of left up palm of right down. Or point at a black ob- ject. (Dakota IV.) Pass the fingers of the right hand gently over the hair on the right side of the head. (Dakota V.) Deaf-mute natural sign. — Show the end of the nail of one finger of the one hand with the forefinger of the other hand pointing at it, on account of the color of the dirt under the nail. (Larson.) Blue. With two fingers of the right hand rub the back of the left. ( Wied.) It is conjectured that the veins on the back of the hand are indicated. First make tlie sign for Color, and then touch something blue. ( Dakota I.) " Designating : motion of the finger, as you imitate in your remark. Prince W. gives here a variation which signi- fies coming from a distance or making a Journey with halts, lie says "gentle jerks;" I say "wavering motion." We both mean the same thing. The interruption of motion may indicate nightly camps. {Mat- thetoit.) The right arm extended with the hand in type-position (K 1), index a little more opened, pointing to the individual, then describing an arc towards the body with nli(fht jerkim/, the index sharply hooked. There appears to be reasonable similarity to Wied. It is probable that, were the latter desci'iption more explicit, with some allowance for mis- interpretation, the identity of the concejjtions and similarity of signs would be more i>lain. (Boteler.) "To approach or draw near unto in both." (1) Forefinger of right hand pointed to person a^ldressed, the finger tips i)ointing upwards and palm inward ;, (2) hand drawn toward face. In rapid communication, the pointing with the forefinger is superseded by a motion of the whole hand towards the object addressed. The back of the hand is kept towards the person, the finger tips upward, palm in- ward, and motion nuide towards the sjteaker's face with the first two or three fingers of his right hand. {Cheyenne I.) iii Hold the left hand a foot in front of the chest, its back forward, fingers pointing a little upwanl toward tlie right, ami bring the i)alm of the right hand backward against it smartly, the fingers of tlie right pointing a little upward toward the left. {Dakota IV.) Klevate the right hand, back forward, (piickly elevate the index and throw it back into its place again, {Dakota VI; HidaUa 1; Arikara I.) M The right arm is extended forwards nearly or ipiite to full length, the right hand erected by full flexion of the wrist, making the ba(;k of the hand look forwards, the index only is extended. Then the hand is drawn inwards close to the chest. This is used for Come in both an indicative and imperative sense. {Mandan and Hidatna I.) i'lace the closed hand, flexed at the wrist and pointing ui)ward, palm toward the face at arm's length to the front and right of the body, ele- vate the index, and bring it slowly in jerks toward the body. {Kaioica I; Comanche III', Apache 11; Wichita 11.) (In the imperative.) Right hand extended length of arm, i)alm Uf. '^ard (Y), bring it to you. The same sign is used by whites in the States, ^'Somanche 1.) ilf ;'f V r>!» I or w(>. IMacc both liamls imlin to palm, and pass them in gentle and inter- mitted arched movi ments to the front, resembling the motion of walk- ing. {Pai-ilel.) Jiack. lieckon in the European way, and draw the foretinger toward your- self. {Burton.) (1) Sign for Wo anay; (2) sign for Coilie; that is, gone away and come back. (Cheyenne I.) The sign can be made by a simple motion of the right hand perpen- dicidar, held at the arm's extended capacity at the side of the body and drawn back toward the left in front of the body, provided the person being called back is near enough to see it. [Dakota I.) "Calling a person back." Deaf-mule natural mgn. — Stretch out the hand to denote going away, and then move it towards one's self. {Ballard.) Here. The hands stretched outward with the palm under, and brought back with ii curve motion downward and inclining to the body. {Dunbar.) Beckon with the foretinger as is done in Eurojte, not as is done in the East. {Burton.) (1) The sign for Come is first niaile; (2) drooped fingers slightly ex- tended and reversed from position assumed in making the sign for "come;" (.3) suddeidy dropped to indicate desired position. {Chey- enne I.) IMace the right index upright, back forward, at height of shoulder, at arm's length, other fingers closed, thumb against middle finger, then bring the hand near to the shoulder. {Dakota IV.) The right arm was extended and the hand in ty|)e-i)Osition (K 1), modified by beinj;: held back outward and downward, palm upward and inward, was made to point with index to the object. The arm is then gradually and nnif«)rndy flexed toward the body; the hand in above position approaching the body, palm ui)warlaced that the hand in this position will jwint in tlie direction in which the person is coming), forefinger extended, straight, upright, resting on the thumb extended along it (other fingers closed), back of hand outward ; bring the hand to the body (breast) in this position by a series of Jerking movements (nearly stop]>ing its motion), in imitation of the stepping of the coming i)erson. From tlie toalking movementu of the approachinp permn. Come, — In the sense of he Han come; he Has arrived ; he Is here. On the completion of the above sign, claj) the hands once at the left side of the body, indicating the person has come to his Journey's eiul. {Dakota I.) Hold the right hand at arm's length, a little higher than theshouhler, palm turned toward the face, ami index elevated; then bring it back- ward in an interrupted motion to near the breast, where the left palm is held edgewise, pointing forward, when the ball of the right hand is brought against it with a slaj). {Dakota VII.) 71 Towiiid you. Right hand flat and exttMxlcd, hehl edgewise, thrust the hand forward in a curve eitlier upward or downward. (Omaha I.) Ikaf-muie untnral nign. — Stretch up the o[)en hand over the sliouhler or the liand, indicating the height of the person coming, next point to him, and then use the open hand as if to beckon to come, and at the same time nod the head. (fftiHenHtnb.) Coiii|ianion ; in company. (Compare Relationship.) The two forefingers are extended and placed together, with their bairks upward. This sign is also used for HllMband. {Long.) Two forelingers held motionless together, touching throughout their length in front of breast, backs ui)ward. {Cheyenne I.) The forefinger of each hand extended, pointing straight to the front and joined (all other lingers of both hands closed), hands horizontal, backs ui)ward, on level of the stonnich, and close to the body, are car- ried forward for about eighteen inches with a curved upwai'd movement, so that when the sign is c(nnpleted the fingers are on a level with the upper i)art of the breast, pointing obliipu'ly upward. {Dakota I.) " In- separable, united, equal." The arms are flexed before the body and the hands, in type position (S), ajiproxiinated palms in contact, before the chest. The arms are then semi-extended, and the indices in type position (J), horizontal, are crossed, the hands, thus " in s(7h,'' describe a wave-like motion forward, as in going on one's way together with one to wlunn we are attached. {Oto and Minsouri I.) "A friend who is dear and accompanies me." Both hands closed (iH) and brought withiu two inches of each other, iudex-fingers ])ointing outward, then let both hands move outward a foot or so. {Comanche 1.) Traveling. See Friend. A: t ■ ' For life. See Hiiiitband and Wife, the Same, Equal. ConipariMon; more, JHoxf . In comparison the signs for Little and Big^ are used as reiu-esent- ing "more," "most." {Dakota I.) Complaisance. (Compare Crlad.) Compulsion. Italian sign. — The thumb is held utuler the chin to indicate being laid under necessity. {Butler.) ■i' .'H 1 t< 72 Coiiteiiipl. iHMiilt. (Comptuv DiMffiiMt.) Close or sliut tlu! ri/;;lit liaiul and hold it drawn toward the chest and on a level with it, with the palm np and the shut finders and thumb up; and the expression of contempt is {?iven by extending out the hand and arm dire(;tl,v in from the body, at the same time opening the thumb and fingers wide and a]>art, so that at the termination of the motion the arm is nearly extended and the thutnb and fingers all radiating out as if it were from the center of the hand, and the palm of the hand still pointing upward. (Ojibwa III.) Indicate by turning from the object, move both hands and arms to right or left, with ])alms outward, as if in the act of pushing away the person or object ; stand erect or lean back a little. (Ojibwa IV.) My observations agree with Dr. Matthews, connection with ''bad," (see p. 2(), Introduction to the 8tudy of Sign-Language, by (t. Mallery), and also with Gillillan {loco citnto), hh expressing the highest degree of "con- tempt;" at tlie same time the contemi>t is expressed bj' facial emotions. (JJdlota I.) " Derivative of bad." This is exi)ressed by the sign for Bad, l)ut the motion is more forci- bly made. If the i)erson at whose expense the sign is made is itfesent, the hand is moved toward him and the face is sometimes averted from him. (ManiJan and IIulatHa I.) Italian Kif/n. — Thrust out the forefinger and the little finger, calling the gesture by a name very similar in sound to "fig." "To turn up the nose at" (English phrase) is translated into the Italian gesture by doing the thing it «lescribes, and possibly owes its origin to the same gesture. {Hut lev.) Content. See Glad. Corn. Same as the sign for the Arikara Indiana, which see. Planting corn is made with the right hand nearly as (U), pointing toward the ground at the right side of the body, and moved along as though dropping the grains of corn into a hill, and then the hand is turned so tliat the fingers point upward, which probably indicates that the corn has been planted. I am not aware that the sign resembles any other made by the Sioux, but the hand is invariably turned upward at the time indicated above. {Dakota I.) " From the planting of corn." Same sign as for Arikara. {Kaioical; Comanche III ; Apache II; Wichita II.) Collect the fingers and th"mb of the right hand to a point, pass the tips upward from the height of the pubis as high as the head, theu pre- 73 tend to gi'iisp ail iinaj^insiry object, holding; the radial Hide of the liand downward toward the left, then throw the liand forcibly on its back over toward tlie rifjht. Represents the stalk and the breaking ott' of the ear. (Utel.) iStanding. Close the right hand, extend the index, hohliiig it npward, back of hand near the ground, and gradnally and interruptedly elevated to the height of the head. (Ute I.) C'orrcct. See True. Counting;, or niiiiieraiion. The fingers and thiunbs expanded count ten. In older to proceed with the enumeration by tens the hands must be clinched, and if again expanded it counts twenty, and so on, the hands being clinched between every ten. In order to indicate the digits, clinch the haniii^, it indicating that it has been counted. Where ninltiples of ten are to bo used, one or both hands, as may be requii«Ml, sire held in front of the body nearly together, witli linfiors extentled, palm ontward, hands uprij^ht, and the lingers (-losed and opened as often as may be necessary. Your remiirks on pajje U.'J of " Introduction to the study of sign lan- guage," after Kohl's sign for "Quantity, many, inu(th,"are correct. That observer has without doubt confounded these signs, as 1 have seen many Indians, belonging to dilVerent trilu's, using the sign he gives for quantity in (uuinting, and if there is any one universal sign it is this one for counting. {Dakota 1.) Dvufmutc iKiliiriil sifpis. — Move altcrnat, liiiiKl. I'oint toward the giound a short distance before the body, slightly stooping, and directing the eyes to the .same point. {Ahxtiroha I ; Sho- shnni anil liannk I.) " When the countr\' i.s at a distan(!e, the fist is thrown toward the ground, outer edge . IMace the closed right hand near the hip, the index extended and point- ing forward, the thumb exten«led toward the left and ujtward at right angles to the .ixis of the index, then move the hand forward to arm's length, rotating the hand and f(H-earm (luring motiiui. {Kitiowa I; Co- manche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Cow. The two forefingers brought up to the side of the head and extended outwards so as to represent the i)osition of the horns. (Dunbar.) (I) 8ign for OiMon ; C-i) motion of milking miule with both hands. (Cheyenne 1.) Hold the crooked right iiulex at the right 8i-f With an ax. With the right hand Hattened (X changed to right instead of left), palm upward, move it downward toward the left side rei>eatedly from ditlerent elevations, ending each stroke at the same jtoint. (Dakota 1, V.) "From the act of felling a tree." Repeat the sign for Ax several times, making the cuts from differ- ent points, but terminating about the same place each time. (Dakota VI; llidatm II ; Ankara I.) With a knife. Left hand (ITI I) extended in front left side of body on level breast, and the right hand (S) brought crosswise over the extended tingers just hi 'H 7f) ! I I ttl i ' bolow th(v knuckles, (hakotn I.) "(hitting iniytliinK in two with a knife." (I) Left liand open, tliittened and lield on(, tlngeiH of right liand also ojien and llattened and pla(!ed above left hand, little finger toward palm of letl hand; (2) suddenly drawn onee or twi and down motion of the body in Indian dancing, consisting in keeping tinu^vith the legs to the tom-tom. {Da- kota I.) "From a method of dancing." Daii;;-er. Crouch the body slightly, bend the knees forward, beiul the head for- ward, raise the shoulders a tritie, extend both hands in front naturally, palms down, bend elbow at nearly right angles, right hand in advance of left, move both slowly down a few inches and hold still. (Ojibwa IV.) l{ight hand with first and second fingers extended (others closed, thumb resting on third finger (jV 1), excej)! that the hand is hori/ontal, back upward), directly forward in front of the right shoulder and then drawn back at the same time the body is thrown back. Cautions, pru- 77 dent are indicated in tliiH sign. T\w id«>a being tliat tlie ixm-hoii Hlmll Ik' cautiouH in his niovenientH as tliere may Ite danger aliead. {Da- kota I.) Bring the body (piielily to an erect jmsture, at tlui same time gazing intently toward tlu^ expecte*! source of danger witli a look of fright. ( Wf/aiidot I.) Phico hand in front of breast, tinger^ lioolved as thougli li >lding a knife, back outward (I*' 1, iiorixontal and ba(;k outward), then make motion as tliougli cutting out tlie heart, tlrst witli tlie (h)wnward move- ment turning back of fist upward, tiien witli the quick movement \i\t- ward tlirowing back outward again. ^Saliaptiit 1.) "(Cutting out tlio heart." Uring the right hand from the riglit side and back of tlie body as if grasping a twig, bring the hand before the breast, make the sign for Battle, for IVo, and for IwO. (Apovhc I.) ''Intbrmation of the coming of that which will cause a tight, or (|uestionable security, ami a desire to go rather than encounter it." Dangerous. The left list |daced horizontally before the lower end of the sternum, the right forearm passing before it pointing to the front and left, so that the list is about four inches before the left. Then raise the left tist slightly and throw it fu'ward and down to the same horizon forcibly, followed by the right whii.h forms a larger semicir(!le and ceases before the left as previously. {Kaioica 1; Comaiwhe III; Apache \\\ Wichita II.) DarkneMM. (Compare IVi^lit.) Make the sign for j^iiii, then extend the hands horizontall;> forward, backs upward, and pass one over the other two or three times touching it. (Louff.) lioth hands si)read out tlat and cross vertically past each other before the face and neck. {(JhviU'nw I.) Same as the sign for IVig'Lit or CIoikIm. {DaJcota I.) Deaf-mute natural sign. — Point at your eyes partly shut and then turn your face to the sky with your hand waving over your head. (Cromi.) Daughter. See Relationship, daughter. Day. (Compare JiiiB and V^ant ; and Long:, in la|»«e of time.) Piace both bands at some distance in front of the breast, apart and back downward, elevate the index linger and move it forward to indi- cate one, twice for two, etc. ( Wied.) This is still in use. The holding up of the index-flngers is not essential. When the hands are held as TT1 *?!f^ \ • f 1 1 i ^ 1 : t '■■ ; 1 ■ ! ; ! i 78 d(\scrib('(l tbey arc first placed near to one another and then moved ai>art, as yon snggest. Since n)y memory is assisted I rememl)er tliis si'jn well. {Matthew.) Tlierc is no ol)servable diftercnce in eitlier exe- cntion or conception between the sign {(Ho and Mismuri l)nuil Wied'H, {Boteler.) Make a circle with the thumb ami forefinger of both liands in sign of the sun. {Burton.) Bring both !i:iiids sinniltaneonsly from a i)()sition in front of the body, fingers extended and joined, palms down one above the other, forearms horizontal, in a circnliuly sci)arating manner, to their respective sides, palms lip and forearms horizontal; /.<'., "everything is open." This sign is the reverse of that for i\'i)(lif . {A -npaho \.\ Another sign may be indicated by nniiv'iig the sign for Sler|», and one finger touched or held up above, bei.ig the etpiivalent of "one sleep," one day. {Arapaho I.) Korelinger of right hand crooked anaking of a day, they pass the finger slowly ahnig the entire vault of heave:;, commencing at the east and termiinUing in the west. This is the sign for "one luiy." {OJihwa 1.) Both hands K)osely extended, palms ih)wn, the right lying (»ver tl e left; then r.v/io«t and Jiunak I; Wyandot 1.) iioth liainls(%V) arc raised above the head the extended fingers hori- zontal, pointing toward ;*ach other (meeting), palms down, arms neces- sarily somewhat bowed. ()i>en u|) the hands so tiiat the fingeis point upright and at once carry the arms out to their full extent to the sides on the level of the shoulders, bringing the palms u[» (X). {Dakota I.) "The opening of the day frtun above." "The dispersion of darkness." From positions a foot or eighteen inches in front of the lower i>art of the chest, tlK> open hands jtointing forward, near together, palms up- ward, are to be separated by carrying them out a foot or eighteen inches. {Dakota IV.) "All '.>;;cn." Another: Fvo'a positions a foot or eighteen inches in front of the lower part of the cl.est, itointing obliquely forward and inward, palms down- ward, the rignt two or tliree inches above the left, separate the hands - V 5 ■ 79 about two feet, can-yinp; eacli one outward through an arc, fji-adually tuniintj the palms until they are upward. Uncovering? the sun. {Da- kota IV.) A day is indicated by making the sipn for Nun, and niovin}? the band thus formed from the left horizon to the rijjlit, formin}; a half circle, and indicatiiiff the course of the sun throu},di the sky. (Dakota V.) lii^:ht hand closed, ♦ornun}; a circle with the index and tlunnb, nu)ve the hand from east to west, followinj; the course of the sun. ( Dakota X 1 1.) The head is turned toward the orient and eyes wonderinfjly upwards. The rifjhtarni is then elevated semi-tlexed to level of left shoulder. The hand in position (J 1) modified by index beinff a litth^ ni(U-e opened (aiul horizontal palm inwards). The hand thus ])oiiitinj; toward eastern horizon, is made to trav( s ;> the arc of the vault of the heavens, followed by the eyes until it stojjs on level with ri,',dit shoulder, arm extended, crooked index iKtintinj;; west. {Oto and Mixsoini 1.) "The time between the rise and encompiissed by the course and .settinji of the sun." Both tlat hands with i>alms tlown are held horizontally before the breast, tiie ri^lit over the left, then throw mem outward toward their respective sides, turninj,' the palms u]) in doin^' so. (Kaioica 1 ; (Joman- die HI: AjkcIiv II; Wichita II.) /t^; ^■^ Close the right band leavinj; the index bent in the forii\ of a half circle, the index also extended, then pass the hand from east to west. (PaiUtel.) Sijrn maonclusion of HifitHf,*' I'oint the extended index to the western hori/on, or a little lower, by curving the index in that direction, the palm being below and still hori- xontal with the shouldei. (I'aiUtr I.) Make the sign for Willi, passing the hand slowly from th*- western hori/.on to a short distance below it, holding it there a moioent. (Kaioica I; Comanchv Hi ; Apnvhe II ; Wichita II.) Hour, time of day. Join the tips of the thumb and forefinger of the same hand the interior outline appioximatiiig a circle, and let the hand pans*- at the proper aUitU(W> <'ast *n- west of the assumed m*'ridian. (Arapako 1.) In indicat(>4l ity making the sign for Miin, and holding the hand in tiMt portion of the course followed by the sun, to in to be expressed. (Ahsamka 1; ShoHhoni and lianakl-) Can only be ap|)roximately told by placing the sign for Mini in the position in tln> heavens corresptuiding with the hour, dividing the time between sunrise and sunset into as many entKe8 tM theitt ame hours. (Dakota I.) 11 81 Morniiipf. Mako the sign for $$1111, iiiul lioltl it toward the eastern horizon. {Abmrvlca I ; Shonhoni and Banak I.) Ji'irst make tlie sign for iVi^lit and then the sifjn for Day. ISroriiing can likewise be made by sim|)Iy nsing the sign for day. {Dakota I.) "Darkness has gone — daylight has come." Make the sign for Sim, and hold the hand below the eastern horizon, moving it slowly to or a little above it. {Dakota VII.) The arm and hand (right) are elevated to left shonlder and the hand in modilied ;)osition (I) is made to describe the sign for Day. The right arm is then brougli*^ "xtended across the upper i>art of clicst, with hand in ])osition (J 1), liori/ontal ; both arm and index fully extended toward the east, followed by the eyes. Thi« morviiifi is described in same manner after making the sign for To tlaif. {Oto and Minnouri I.) "The beginning of a day or today.'' 3Iakethesign f()rKiiii,aiid hold the hand towai'd the eastern horizon a slutrt time, or bring it altove the horizon from ;i short distance below it, slowly. {Kaioira I ; ('oiiianclir III ; Apaclir II ; Wivhlta II.) Point with the extemled index to the eastern horizon. {l*ai-Vtv I.) Deaf-mute uataral sif/iis. — I' and imlex {Ahxaroka I ; Shonhoni and liaiutk !.) Make the sign for Mini, holding the liand overhead, the outer edge uppermost. {Dakota IV.) The hand and arm are elevated to left shonlder and, with fingers in (I) position, nioditicd by index being more o[>en, horizontal, and palm to tlie breast, begin the sign for Day. This sign is then half exet iited, and the han ami MtHsouri I.) '' The half course of the sun or middle of the day." To-nu>i > ow. Describe the motion of the sun from east to west. Any inrinber of days nujy be counted upon the lingers. {linrtott.) 11 , m^ t '■':^ I " t! H n i ■ 82 Sign for IViffhl followed by nigii for iiiiinriMe. (Cheyenne I.) floiii the tips of the thumb and forefinger of the same hand, tlie inte- rior outline approxinuiting a circle, and describe therewith a space from hift to ri^lit, corresponding to the su]>posed course of the sun during twenty-four hours. To distinguish an hour, let the hand ])ause at the proper altitude, east or west of the assumed meridian. See Hour. {Arapalio 1.) First make the sign for MIccp; then follow by counting one (see Coillllillft), and tinish with the sign for Jliiinriwe. "One night's sleejt." Hring tin- hand to sideof head, au mill Ml^mnrL) "The day alter we sleep." Make the sign for Day <»nce, then r«'ver.se it, and stop at the point in the heavens iiKiicating the int«'iided time of the day. If noon, |)oint directly njjwards. To express two or more ix I.) Jkd/iiiiitc iKitmitl sitjii — Place the hand on the cheek, incline the head, and shut the eyes, to denote NIeep, and then raise the head and open the eyes to signify .lLl»a!iC,and hold up the foreiinger todenoreOne; that is to say, in one day. {BallariL) Yesterday. Make with the left hand the circle which the sun describes from sun- rise to sunset, or invert the direction from sunset to sunrise with the right-hand. [linrton.) Sign for xlfi^iil and MiiiiMel. {Cheyenne I.) The sign for Day, To-MIOl'I'OW, the motion reversed. {Arapaho \.) Omit the sign for Miiiii'iMe; otherwise as Day, To-lliorroiir* (Dakota I.) " Have slept one night." The right hand ai:.l arm are elevated, and, with hand in type position (1), moditied by index being more opened, hori/.ontal, ami palm to the breast, nuule to execute the sign tor Day. At the ctmelusion of this sign the fingers are all collected droopingly extended., touch at points 8liay con- vey the idea of "under" or "burial," <|uite ditterently executed from most others reported. Dr. McVhesnen conjectures this sign to be that of wonder or surprise at hearing of a death, but not a distinct sign for the latter. The linger of Jie right hand i>assed to the left hami and then cast down. (Macffoiran.) Place the ]>alm of the hand at a sliort distance from the side of the head, then witlulraw it gently in an obli(|ue downward direction and incline the lieatl and up])er ])art of the body in the same dir"(tion. (Ojibira II.) This authority notes that there is an apparent c(;.iiu'ction between this (;once]>tion and execution and the etynu)logy of the corre- sponding terms in OJibwa: " he dies," is niho ; " he sleeps," is niba. The coniinoM idea ex|)r vscd by the gesture is a sinking to rest. The origi nal signili(!anc(' of the root «(/> seems to l)e "leaning;" niiihritt, "it is leaning; a/nV/fA/r/'u/, "he inclines tlie head sideward." The word /j/ia or «//>(; (only in c(»mpounasse() sudilenly under the left hand, the latter being at the sanu^ time gently moveil tow.irdsthj breast. (Chei/cnnc [.) " (Jone inider." Tlie Ivft hand is held slightly arched, (talm down, lU'tirly at arnrs length hetbre tlu^ breast; the right (^:«temled. Hat, palm down, and ^il 11 M I ! 84 pointing forwanl is ]>UHlie(l from tlic top of the breast, straight for- ward, iindernoiith, and beyond tiie left. {ShoNlioni and lianak I.) Both liands horizontal in front of body, backs outward, index of each hand alone extenderany deatlis, repeat the sign many times. The sign furnished you Iwfore, I have since ascertained is not used in the sense of dead, death. The sign credited to Tifclikeindtski {Vlieif^ enne 1) expresses "gone under," but is not used in the sense of death, dead, but g<»ing under a cover, as entering a lodge, under a table, etc. {IhiUotu 1.) Make the sign fiu- Alive, then the sign for "So, [Dukota IV.) Hold tlic left hand, palm downward and backward, about a foot in front of the lower part of the chest, and i)ass the right hand from be- hind forward unilcrneath it. Or from an upright ])osition in front of the face, back forward, inonit outward at maiiche I.) "Soul going to happy hunting grounds.' (< ('lose both eyes, ami after a nu)nuMit throw the palm of the right hand from the face downward and outward toward the right side, the liead being dropped in the same direction. {Utc I.) Touch the breast with tln' extended and jonied fingers of the right Innid, then throw the hand, palm to the left, outward toward the right, leaning the head in that direction at the same time. (Apache I.) Palm of hand upward, then a wave-like motion towards the ground. {Zuiu I.) Deaf-mute natural HifpiH, — IMace the hand upon the cheek, and shut the eyes, and move the hand downward, {Ballard.) Let your head lie on the open hand with eyes shut. {Crosa.) Use the right shut hand as if to draw a .scnew down to fasten the lid to the collin and to keep the eyes upon the hand. {Ilascustah.) Mov(! the head toward the shoulder and then close the eyes. (Lamon.) The French deaf-nuite conc(^)tion is that of gently falling ass the index with a slow, easy, inter injited niovenient downward, under the left palm, as in dyinj;, but before jiassin^ from under the |ialni on the opjiosite return the index in the same iiianiier to point of startiiiff, then elevate it. {Kaiowu I ; VonuDichc III ; Apaclir II ; Wirliihi II.) Deaf. The ti|» of the ri;ihf index is inserted in the rijylit ear, withdrawn and rotated around the oi'jfan. {I>ahU' inclined forward at the same time, touehinn I lie jiround, iudicatiug that althoujjii dci p the liot- tom had been readied. {Dalola I.) '' Findin}*' the dejith of water, etc." riace the Hat hand, ])alm down, several feet from the earth, or at such elevatitni to show depth, and jiass it slowly to one side. [Ihikotn VI; Hidiitsn 1 ,- Ariknni 1.) life I*. The ri}j;lit hand extended ujiwards by the riyht ear with a quick juilt from the mouth. {Dtmhnr.) The forefiuyer of tli«' rif-'ht hand is extended vertically, with the back toward the breast ; it is then turned from side to side, to imitate the motion of the animal when he walks at his leisure. (Loiiff.) Pass tin' uplifted hand tu you much the same si}>ii for "white-tailed deer," but I have said that all tiiifjers, ex' ri<;ht hand to a level with the shoulder, thumb and foreiin}>'er curved, three fin;;ers curved and nearly cIoscmI (x). Move thumb and foretinfj;er ftu-ward, wrist motion alone, imitating' the movements of the animal. {Onialia I.) "The deer runs." Similar to the preceding, but with wrist and arm motion, with hand raised hi}>h above the head. {Omaha I.) "The deer bouiuls away." Hold the rifjht hand down, extend index-tinker, thumb tip touching; ti]> of middle Hnger; shake index-finj;er rapidly. {Omaha I.) "The deer {•oes aloufj rapidly, makiii;r its tail shake." Hold rijA'ht hand next to left slumlder, thumb (crossing middle linger at first Joint; move index-finjfer back and forth to and from left shouhler. {Omaha I.) "The deer's tail shows brijjjht or red in the distance as it leaps away." Similar to the inecediii};:, but the hand is held in front on a level with the face and moved right and left. {Omaha I.) "The deer's tail shows white suddenly." The right arm is elevated and the right index extended is thrown forward several times. The hands with extended and divergent fingers as in position (I), are placed aside the head to resemble the branching horns. Finally the extended index-finger is wagged from the seat ot body. {Oto and MixHouri !.) "The brani^hing horns, short tail and leaping motion of the animal." Imitate the motion ».: a deer running by closing the hand, {talm down- ward, «iX(!ept the two forefingers, which are only a little l»ent downward. Then move the hand forward from you with a rather slow up-and-down motion, slightly moving the two forefingers — the whole designed to u!^- ul !.■<, li' 88 iiiirnic the lon|;;,jiiiii])H witli wliicli a doer starts off. If iH'ccHsar.v to ex- plain tliis fnitluT, place one liaiul on eaeli side of tlie Iiend to rejiresent horns. (FroqiKnn 1.) I'laeu botli hands, thit, with tin^rers and thnnibs spread, on either side of the head and a short distanei; from it. (I'tc I.) IMace the hands witii finiiers fnil.v extended and spread abont twelve inches from either si(h^ of the head and slijjhtl.v above it. (Apache I.) ]ihiciv-taih>d \('ari(teuM nimrotix (Hay), (JrayJ. First uiixkit tlio f;estnre for DtH'l* then indicate a tail. ( U'lVr/.) Wlu'n he says "indi<'ate a tail," I have little donbt that he refers to the si^n I have already };iven yon lor lac<' them with palms to front on each side of the forehead, tinkers npward, and then make short motions itaek ami forth in imitation of the movements of the lar^e ears of the animal. (Pahofu II.) With the ri;;lit imiex, its jtalm inward, on the rif-ht side, at the height of the hip, pass the left index, back forward, from its middle forward to its end. {ntthntn l\.) '-That mncli black." The U-ft hand is held pendent a short distance in front of the chest, tinnnb inward, tinnier ends approximated t4> each other as mnch as possible ((. <'., with the 1st and -Ith drawn t«>};ether nndcr the I'd ami •ing of a deer. (Dakota IV.) The right hand is liehl npright before the chest, all fingers but the imlex i)eing bent, the palm being turned as mnch to the front as possi- ble. The hand is then wagged from side to side a few times rather slowly. TIk^ arm is nu)ved scarcely or not at all. This sign represents the motion of the deer's tail. (Maiidan and Hidatna I.) 89 Elevate tlie tbrcarin to tlio luM);lit of tlu; olhow, pointing lorwanl, ex* tend the tlattciuul liaiiil, poiiitiiit; iipwaitl, wiMi the palm t'oiwanl; then throw tlic liaiul lit^lit and left s«^vt'ral tiiiifs. tlic iiioiion Ufiii^r rotation of the foiranii. (Arikurn I.) "Froni tlie motion and wliitr appoaraniu) of tlic di'cr'H tail in rnnniii);.'* Deflniire. I (l«*iy yoii. Point to tlic person ,vou defy to do the aet with the ri^lit ind(>x (others closed), and then tarn the hand, extend the lin<;ers so tiiat tiiey will appear as (i^nred in (V), when the hand is drawn in to tiie Itody with considerable force. This W(tidd indicate Come unit tlo it, hut theempha- sIh of the motion and aecompan,vin<; facial exp.ession inilicate soir'c- thin;{ stron^^er than invitation. (Ihihotti I.) The ri};ht hand closed with the index only extended and sli^jhtly cro;)ked, palm facinjj: front ; hold about twenty inches in front of th«' chest and wave the liuf^er from side to side, movement bein;; made at the wrist. (Kainirn I; Vomaiirlic l\l; AiKirhrW; Wichita II.) Itulinn Nijiii. — Kvery tyro in Latin knows that «'xtendin;;thc middle or little linj^er, ,'j;estnrcs still nmde every day at Koau', was a token of scorn ()r deliance. Bite the foi«'tin}ier, commonly with the Joint nearest the end bent — a fjestnre which throws liffht on "the bitinjr the thnmb at me," with winch ]{omeo and ilnliet commences. When one woidd kill the hopes of a mendicant and say he will jjive nothing; with emi>hasis, he blows on his hand and shows it wide o|H>n to the petitioner or elevates one foretinfjer, slnikin^ it {{^'''fly b> and fro. (Butler.) Deitv; Crod; Oreat Spirit; Great Fatlit'i*; HaMlci* of IJfV. JJlow ui)on the ojjcn hand, point upward with the extended ind«>x- fiiifjer whilst turniii},' the (ilosed hand hither and thither, then sweep it above the earth and allow it to drop. (Wietl.) I have never seen this sign. I once extracted a bullet from the lejj of a deaf and dinnb Indian of Sioux descent who had lived lonj; anion;; the Arikaras. When the operation was completed ho made some preliminary si^n (for thanks) which I did not observe well, and then pointed to me and upward to the sky. One of the best interpreters in the country, who was a by- stander, told me that the Indian thanked me aiul the (ireat Spiiit. I say "me'' tirst as he first jiointed in my direction. {Mattlieirn.) There is no similarity in the sign [Oto I) and WieiPs. (IMeler.) When speakin&r of the (ireat Spirit they usually make a reverential or timid glance .ipwards, or point the foretinger perpendicularly \)ut gei»i|y to the sky. {Ojibica I.) V2 h IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) ^^ // ■6r ^/M 1.0 I.I l^|2^ 12.5 "' KiS 12.2 ^ lis ilM 11-25 ■ 1.4 1.6 V] <% ^;j Photographic Sdences Corporation \ ^ \ \ V \ ^ ^ ^ 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MS80 (716) 872-4503 I ■i! '^i 90 First make tlie »\{:!;n for Naci*eein};." First make the si{>u for I?l(>iiic-iiiiill, and then after phuiing tlie opened relaxed hands, palms inward, abont six incjhes ai)art, up- rifflit, Jnst altove the head, move them a[)art to arnrs-length. {Dakota IV.) "A thunder elond eominf,^ up and spreadinj^." Point toward the zenitii, allowing; the eyes to follow the same diree- tio;;. {Dakota Vll.) The arms are tlexfd and hotli hands elevated ojten as in position rep- resented (W). Wiien hands are elevated on sides of head on a level with the ey(!S a nniform swayin.n' "'"> sukI fi'<>" inovtMnent is performed, followed liy an ajtward movement of ri^ht hand as in hand position (,1). {Otu I.) ''Him al)ove who is an anj;el 'on the winy.'"' Close tJK! ri;:iht iiand, leaving the index straiyiit and extended (or sliuhtiy (Mir\('d); iiold it before the face, move the hand (piiekly forward and downward for a distance of alxtut six inches, then pass the index vc^rticaliy npwacd before the face about as hi<;ii as the toj* of the head. Ctr I.) iOii'Vjitc hand towiird sky, slowly and also turn the eyes toward the clouds with a solemn expression. (Iliiscii.sfnh.) To i.iok up to heaven, al the same time to [>oiut with the toreiliiassin}i' over the lelt with lin}>ers wide si)read and shakin;; as if expressiuf; haht hand, palm downward, is laid transversely on the left, and, whih^ the left re- mains stationary, the rifjlit is carried forward a foot or more with a rapid sweep. To s) ,)W a ^radnal diminution and tiieii exiiaustion, the rifiht palm revolves on the left once or oftener with a ffradiial motion, as if some plastic substance were made spherical between tlu^ [talms. {Mandanand Hvlatsa I.) Place the ojten left hand in fiont of the navel, palm backward, and move tlie openeil rii,'Iit iiand, i>aim downward, in a horizontal circle above it. (Oto I.) "All caught, killed, or destroyed. Tiiat's the end of it." This sign resembles that for Ciio. The right arm, flexed, and the hand, in ])osition (II 1), motlified by being mon; horizontal, is brought to tlie epigastrium. The arm is then suddenly ext«'nded, hand likewise, with fingers ext<'nded approxinuite(l, palms dctwnward. The left hand in the same position api)roaches the side of the rigiit, both now being in type-position (W), diverge and sweeji l)ackward. {Oto (tnd Minnonri 1.) "All gone or swept away." liy force. Imitate the breaking of a stick in the two hands and throwing the pieces away, then lightly strike the i)alms and open fingers of the hands together as if brushing dust off them. The anuiuut of force used and the completeness of the destruction is shown by greater or less vigor of action and facial ex])ression. {Dodi/c.) • Anything of little importance, and by accident or design. Indiciite tin' object, then slightly strike the i)alms and open fingers of the hands together, as if brushing dust off from them. (Dodfic.) Rotate the right jtalin u])on the left as if ru1)bing something into smaller fragments. {Kttiowa I ; Comanche Ml; Apache II; Wichita 11.) " Kubbing out ; grinding to atoms." Rais(>both hands to position on right of face, fingers extended, sepa- rate, and ])oiiiting ui)ward, palms facing each other (R l,riglitand left), then with an energeti(! movement throw both to left side, as though throwing something violently to tlu> ground; then place hands near together and make sign for All (fone. {Snhaptin 1.) " Broken into pieces; nothing of its former self remaining." Deaf-mute natural sif/n. — Imitate the act of breaking and move the hands in a curve in oi)posite :ikiii;;°. Diffei'oiit, colli raMffd. First and second linjicrs of rij^ht hand extended, separated (otheris closed), is passed from the ri<>ht breast outward, with back of hand toward the rijjht, forelin;f»'r i)ointin' the appearanc*^ of the two fiuffers; one of the tlnjicrs is so and f lie other is not so — /. i:, not the same, different." l»ir(y. I'oint to the jirouiid with tlie ri}>Iit index, and then carry the hand in front of the face, with fiiificrs separate " hand upri<;ht, back outward (R), move up and down and around, as though covering the face and breasts. {Dakota I.) " Dirt iVom the gntund covering the face," etc. DiMcliar;;(> of a $;iiii. tSee Ciiiiii. of an Arrow. See Arrow. DiM;;-iiMf. ((\)in)>an^ €oilleiii|»t.) Extend both hands quickly outward from near the face, palms out ; turn away tlie face slightly from the object of disgust; extend the hands and arms but partly. {OJilura W.) Tap the left breast (heart) with the right liand, fingers extended, back outward, then tiie hand is carried forward outward in front of the right breast, so that the iialm is up, fingers extended, pointing outward, liand horizontal (X), where it is slightly nttated or curved a few times, and then carried directly outward toward the right, h-.wk outward. {Dakota I.) " I am not pleased or satisfied." Sign as for NiirpriM', Wonder, then turn the head over the left slioulder, retaining the hand over tiu^ moutli. {Omaha\.) "As at the si gilt of a dead boily." !)3 Shake llin Iiead slowly from sid*; to side, at tin' same tiiiic. tlirowiiig till' oiH'ii riyht hand, |»ahn (h)\vii, outward toward tlie riylit .side. ( Wy- audol I.) Avert the licad and make the si.trn of .'\('j;'alioil. (ApavlK' III.) N. H. In narrative, simply disappfoidl. IliMNaliMliictioii, or lliM(*onl(>iit. The extended tinjjt'r idaeed tnnisversely before the situation of the heart, rotat*' the wrist two or tlnve times j;enlly, formiii;ia quarter of a circle each time. (Lomj.) The index ri;;lit hand held transveisely hefore the heart and rotated from the wrist several times. (DaUotu I) " Heart ill at ease; disturb- ance of the orfjan."' Our abori};ines, like modern I'liirojH'aiis, ixietically rej;ard the heart as the seat of the afl'e(;tions and emoti(»ns, not scilect- inj; the liver or stomach as other jieoples have done with trreater jthysio- lo^iical reason. 1liwfaii<*<>, liOii;; ; I'.'ii*. riace tiie hands close together and then move them slowly asunder, so slowly that they seem as if they would never complete the j;esture. A ('livi/cuiiv s\ below the two tirst iingers, then the arm with rising nu)tion as high as top of head, stretch- ing it out as far as po.ssible; then bend the hand downward, the arm falling slowly, advance the body slightly without moving feet. (OJi'o- mi IV.) Kight band, forefinger of which is extended and jtoints forward (other fingers closed) (Ifl), palm toward the left, i.s extended in front of the breast as far as the arm will reach, the body being inclined forward at the same time, the extended position maintained a nioment and then t'le body and hand are brought back with a moderately (piick movemeri To a limited ami very indetinite extent distance is .sought to be expressed by the distance the arm is extended and the amouiitof h'aning forwanl. (Dakota I.) " Di.stanee." :l '■:ainst the index, move tiu; ri<>lit hand forward and ujtwiird thr()ii;>'li an are to arm's lenjjth iind to tlie heifjfht of the head, j^radnall.v tnrnin;^ tlu; palm downward. Or with the tinficrs at rifiht anf^les witii the ]»idm, pointinj;- toward the left and their hacks forward, tlinnih in ])a1m, move the riylit hand from the ri};ht siioiddei' forward and upward to arm's lenfjftii. Tlie leftiiand, its baek forward, to be lu^ld in front of tiu' rij-lit breast. (Dxhota IV.) Elevate the rij^lit hand to a position in front of tlie chest, drop the index-(in};er toward the {{round, then move it forward and upward, rest- in;;' it on a line sli^ihtly abov(^ tin' horizon, the eyes followinj;' the direc- tion indicated. The idea of mucli {{reater distance, or to intensify the extrenu'. distance intended, is done by makinj;' the gesture a little (piicker, tiiniin;;- tlie fiiijicr hin'lier at the end of the sij^n, and throw- iufi' back tlie head sli;;litly. (l>nhotti V.) IMace the Hat hand in front of the chest, pendent, then ' to the direction intended and the hand that is used. {Oiniihd I.) " (ro around in that way." Another: Throw the rij-iit hand bac-kward over the shoulder, index extended, then upward and forward. {Omnha I.) Another: Haise the arm al)ove and In front of the head, then pointing e hand tbrward to arm's lenytli horizontally. {Omaha I.) f(»rward with index, shoot the The arms are folded and the hands, in type i)ositiou (1!), are approxi- mated before the chest. The arms and hands then widely diverge from the body to signify intended spa«;e existing between two ol)je(;ts or j)er« sons, as the case may be. {Oto and MiKsouri I.) " Wide extent of si)ace between." Point with the extended index at arm's length a little above the hvw,s'.) M<)V<> (he o])eu haud U|> in a horizontal line from back U front and, at the same time, blow li;;litly fntm the mouth. {Ifdsciisfah.) Separate the two lists from each other. { La rsou .) Halfway. ."\Iake srjiii of for Far a^vav and tlien luin,i; the hand half way back to tlu' shoulder. {Italota IV.) Slant. Same motion of hand as ;>'rt'al lliMlailCC, only i)r(>ject arm forward a little, do not raise so \\v^\\ and drop more quickly, wrist and hand bent down im)ic. no movenu'iit of body. {Ojihirx IV.) The I'orcfinncr left hand extended straight, upri,i;lit (,l except i)alm out wariihihi l\'.) Ilo, To. I liaA'c done it. Throw thcojiened riyhl hand, palm inward, froai an upri.nht position in trout <>! the ri;.;ht sliouidcr foi ward and downward until it is horizon- tal and eiiniiteen inches in tVout of the ri,;;Iit breast. [Ihihotti \\ .) Do it ajiaiii. (Compaie Ke|M>af.) I'ass the oi)eued ri^ht hand, i)alm backwanl, strai.nht across from rif-lit to lelt ei,iihteen inches in front of th(^ chest, be,iiinnin}i' a little out- side of the line of the rij;h( sid(^ and stopitin- in fnmt of the rij^ht breast. [Ihthtin IN'.) Doctor, riiysician. Make motions and nn)veiiu'nts of head and body as if huntiuj;- and examiiuu};- herbs and rctots, also by sijius of snu'llinj;- and tastinj;-, ami, us if holdin}>' the thinn' feathered, point with the riyht hand, motion as if to drink or swallow. '(OJihira IV.) Rif-ht hainl closed, leaviufi the first two tiiif^ers extended and slijjflitly separated, elevate to befme the forehead and move the (iiifiers circular- 4stas in tyix' (l|.) The iiands are then earried to the sides of head and exteinh'd indices i>ress tiie tenii)h's. The rij^lit hand is then s\vei)t vertically e(l<;e\vise u]) before the fac^e and r«'tained thus several seconds; left falls to side. {Oto I.) "One distinf^uislied, who rubs together or writes that which removes inward distress." First Muike the sign for White mail, which must be (juickly fol- lowe'«««/.• 1.) "Superior knowledge." Indian. See illeiliciiie .^lail. hi \ r : Dog. Pass tue Hat hand from above downward, stopping at the height of a dog's back. (WiciL) In the Oto sign the hand is oi)ened, palm down- ward, the whole then held about the height of the animal from the ground in i)assing from side to side before the body. It is evident at a glance that this sign and IV/crAv are similar in conception and execution. The slight ditference nniy be attributed to the contributor's misconstruction. (liotder.) Is shown by drawing the two forefingers slightly opened iKU'izontally across the breast from right to left. {Ihuion.) This sign would not be intelligible without knowledge of the fact that before the introduction of the horse, and even yet, the dog has been used to draw the tent- poles in moving camp, and the sign represents the trail. Indians less nomadic, who built more substantial lodges, and to whom the material for poles was less preciious than on the plains, would not, perhaps, have com])rehended this sign, and the more {general one is the pabn lowered as if to stroke gently in a line conforming to the animal's head and neck. It is abbreviated by simply lowering the hand to the usual r»jL. . fi7 liei}::lit of tlie woIHsli abori^jinal breed, and .Hug^jests tltr animal par ftwe/ZcHw domesticated by tlie Indians and made a companion. Kiyht iiand lowered, pabn downward, as it' to stroke a doj^'s bead and back, and moved alon;;- from betbn; bacrkward horizontally, conformin;'' to tlie liead, neck, and back of a dojj, elevated or depressed to express difference of size. {Cheyeiuie I.) Extend and siu-ead the rijibt, fore, and middle tln}f<'rs, and move the hand abont 18 inches from left to rijiht across the front of the body at the heit;ht of tiie navel, palm »h»wnward, tinj;ers ])ointinj;- toward the left and a little downward, little and rin;>' lingers to be loosely closed, the thnnib aj;ainst the riner. {Ptilcotti IV.) " Kepresents the lodj^e- jxdcs and 'travois' wlii<'h were formerly dra;;j;<'d by the (h)<;s." Fore and sectond tinkers of rij^ht hand (others closed) extended, sej)- arated V-"^liii|>cd, carried witli a downward windinj;' motion from al)out the left shou lUr in frorit of the body to the rij;ht, tlie hand stopping- riyht si(h' of the body well to the front at abont the heijilit of a j;(»od- sized doj>. (Dakota I.) " From the nse of tlie dog' in carryinj^- tiie lodge- poles." Cross the tliiiml) over the michlle tinjicr, three fingers being chwed, back of hand down. The forelinger curved represents the tail. {Omaha I.) "The tail moving u]) and down as lie walks." Another: I [old right hand in frontof yon, thumb over first joint of mid- dle finger (not cros;>iiig it), forefinger straight and pointing nji; shake it right and left, moving it ahoiit (> inches. [Omaha I.) "The tail, ele- vated, shakes in the air, as when he scents any game." Imitate the quick, running movement of a dog, by moving the hand from the breast forward, palm downward, and at the same time partly closing and opening all the fingers together (piite rapidly. (Troqaois I.) Close the right hand, leaving the index and second fingers only ex- tended and joined, hohl it forward from and lower than the hip, and draw it backward, the course following the outline of a dog's form from head to tail. {Kaiowa I ; Comanche 1 II ; Ajache II ; Wichita II.) The French and American deaf-mutes spv^cifically express the dog by snapping the fingers and then i)atting the thigh, or by i)atting the knee and imitating barking with the lips. Or wolf. Bring both arms together at wrists and hands together in i)osition ( W). Sometimes the sign is made further plain by the Indian making an accompanying bow-wow with mouth. (Oto 1.) " Height of animal and size." 13 ■■: jil np ill ih Done, liiiiMlKMl. The liaiKls pliictMl cd^v up iiimI down, |>iiriill*'l to vnvh otlicr, tlio rifilit liiiiid witlioiit, wliicli liitter is drawn ImcU as il' ciittin;;- soiiictliin},'. {Dunhnr.) "An euil IfCt after cuttiii;; is sii^^Hostcd ; pciliaps our (m>1- lo(piial 'cut sliort.'" A motion ofiMitlin;;' witli tli«' iIkI'I liaud. {Mnctjoinin.) Both lists ciiuciicd, placed helore the chest, palms faciiij;, then drawn apart aiitl outward towaid tlieir respective siih's. [Ahsurokn I ; f(i I.) " Drawn ai)art, an cud h'ft." From positions al)oMt 1 inches apart and a foot in trout of the upper pait of tlie chest, tlie uprijjht lists, |)aims facinj:', are to be separated about .'5 teet, each one beinj;' ma(U' to dcsciibe an arc downward. Or, after placiuj;' tlie iialf-(^h)sed hands lu'ar to^'ctlier and ojtposite eadi other, obliquely upward and inward, about a foot in front of the upper i)art of the chest, (piickl.v separate them about .'! teet. (Ihihata IV.) " We will part." The ri;.'li* arm is flexed a little over a rijiht anj;ie and bronjjht closer to the f[ chest. The hand in position (^ 1), moditied by beiujjj hori- zontal w. Jm toward tlie breast and ti[)s of index and rinj; lin};er.s restinj;' on biceps tlexor muscle of opposite arm. Sometimes tlu^ arm is held in same posture away from the body. The sij,'n is com|»let«'d by a euttiufi' stroke with hand, edj^cs up and down, from left to ri{>ht. {Oto I.) " We cut it short ; are done." Hold the left fist horizontally in front of the body, then pass the fiat and extended rif>ht hand, edf^ewise, quiht is jtassed down in front of and by the knuckles of the left. [Knion'u i; Comanche lil; Ajxtclie 11; Wichita I r.) " Cut off." Deaf-mute natural .vvV/h.v. — Hold both hands slightly extended, with the palms downward, and then turn the hands over, at the same time giving' a side movement to right and left with eatth arm. (llasenNfah.) Similar to the sign for i\foiie, meaning "nothing more." {liallard.) The French and our deaf-mutes give a cutting motion downward with the right hand at a right angle to the left. •l< )J) Uoor, cnf raiK'e, Skv. Tilt' iiniis lire clcvatftl and seiiiiHcxod Ix'tbrn body. Tli«' liiiii'|K'-])ositioii (|I) and tips ()r index fin;;«Ms niadt; to toiicli. Tilt' arms, witli tlii<,rt>i' tips in ft)ntaft, tlifii appntafii anil tlivt'r^t> st'vt'ral tinifs. {Ofo I.) "Tlif triaii;;iilar t'lidaiift' Id tlit' wijiwam Dpt'iin anti shuts." Doiilil. St't' liidcriMioii. Di* It 11 t)n Hit' taitsiilt' aiitl at a lt>\vt'r I'lt'vatitni than Hit' ii;;lit, bidli iiaiitls lists, thf It'll (II), Hit' ii}flit willi bat'k lotikiii;;' tt>\vartl llit> i'i}>lit ; thaw bt)lli arms in ttiwani tlitt bt)tly, anil tlii'ii t-any tint a^ain, rt'pt'atiiif; Hit' niDVt'mt'iil.s st'vt'ial Hint's as tlii»nt;li tlrawiiij;' out lor soiiit' ilistaiift'. (l>i(l,oln I.) " l''roin tlra\viii}>' but ottlic ttatt'i' or holt' a i»t'ison or Hiinjj." I>i't'aiii. FirsI make the si<;n lor Nl('('|i, anil then the hantl is fairii;tl duwu- \vartl Ironi tht; head anil i-iir\i'il npwarti and inward to the ri^iit breast, aiitl then thrown out I'roiii the body (tiirnetl over) with a tlownwartl eiirveil niovemeiit, /. <:, hantl tnrneil partially over so that the exteniletl tin;>'ers pt»int toward the left, palm of liaiitl nearly Hat, thumb ontsitle, poiiitiii};' oblitpiely tlownwartl. (Ihihotti 1.) Ili'iiik, «lriiikiii;;. The hand is paitially fleiielietl, so as tt> have sometliinj; ol" a eiip shape antl the upeniii;;' between the Ihniiii) anil liii;;er is raisetl to the mouth as in the act of drinking;. {Loiitf.) St;t)o|» ni» with the haittl iiiiMj^inary water into the month, (liiirton.) Forelinjier of rij;lit hantl erooketl, tliiinib sitle of hantl inwivrd antl bronj;ht to moiitli in npwarti tairve, then sudtlenly emvetl tmtwaril ami downward .several inches. [Cheyenne I.) l>o the hand in the shape of a enp. {Mavi/diran.) With the rifilit Iieltl in front of the botly, make with the thumb ami liiif^ers a circle re.semblinji- a cup, thumb antl ftnt'linj^er formiiifj: the top or rim, and then carry to the mouth, hand horizontal, back outwartl. {Dakota I.) " Drinkinj;' from a cup or };lass." The riylit arm is Hexed autl the hantl, in tyju'-position (V 1), niotli- lietl by t;oIlectin};- the fin/ifis antl letting; the thumb rest aj;ainst palms of the index antl initldle lingers, is then bronjiht to antl from the mouth several times sin;e,essively. The ri^tlit or left hantl may be nsetl. The motion resembles inncli an upward rotary movement of a sjioon from a I! ■ (. ! r J .( : f ■ hi hi ,' , mi 100 (lisli, tlu> liaiid bciii}; ([iiitc liollowcd in tlu^ cciitci' to rcNciiibh* a <;iii)- shaped vi'sscl in wiiicli water must be taken. {Oto and Mmouri 1.) "To tnke np in a iiollow vesNel to the mouth." Coiieet tiie lingers of tht lijuht hand to a point, and brinj; it to tlie i.ionth, pabn lirst. ( Wyundot 1.) The riyht hand with tijKS of lingei's and tliunib brouf-ht nearly to a l)oint i.s iu'onjilit to the mouth once or twice, as if drinking from a cup. {Apache I.) Ilanil iialf closed, supinated, and an U]) and-down motion in front ot the mouth. [Zuni I.) ffaliaii Nifi)!. — Is imitated witli the list. {Hutlvr.) I>i*o%«ii«mI. * First niak<- the si<>n for Kivei\ tlien make the si<>'n for Ciioiie lin- «|<>r; should the ])erson not Ix^ rescued \\\i\\iv the sign for fiend, flcafli; should he be rescued, however, make the sign for llrawili;;^ Olll, and if, after getting the b(»dy out, resuscitation should occur, the sign for liifV, living', slioidd be made to indii^ate that he has been raised (up) t(t life again. [Dakota I.) ''This is a graphic picture." Driiiii. Make the sign for Kclf Ic, with hands further ai>art, and omit the part indicating placing on the lire; then hold tlu', left hand stationary and raise the right hand upward (Fist 11, except back ui>ward ami in- ward); stiike ward, fingers jiointing to the right. (Vheycnne I.) n S loi First point towanl tli*> ^nMiiid witli the i'i;;lit index, and tlicn lirin}; !)<)tli liand.s t«»K«'tlit'r in front nf tlic chin, Hnycrs cxtcndt'd, in»intiiin to- ward tlic front, i»alnis down, Hat liori/ontal (W), and carry to tlic rif^lit and Icl'twitli a cnrvt'd motion, arms nearly extended. [Itiihotn 1.) "Tlie entire eartli, w itiiout end." K,ves (!ast vajiwelv al»out, the liylit arm is Hexed to the front ol tlie body, tlie liand in type j)osition (I* I) nioditied l»y Itein;;- inverted liori- zontal witli palm downward. Tlie hand is not hehl li^idly ; it is then moved forward and downward, an*l the palm point of the ri^dit mitldle linger is made to toneli the ^ronnd. The wiioie arm is then raised and the hand lit tyjie pctsition (\*') describes a circle before the body. (O/o ami MiHHOuri I.) "The spheiical object tonched ; beneath mh'." Ih:i(f-iniile iiutiinil s!;)!!. — I'oint at it and then move the open hand liori/onlaily, meaning how extensiv*- tiie land is. (Cnmn.) ks so d. Rifilit index points toward the j^ronnd in front of the rifi'lit side of tl»e bod\. (Diikotu 1.) " Desiynatin";- liie "ronnd.'' IL t^ KiiMf. (Compare lliiy, iiioriiiiiK'.) I'oint to the east; /. <'., point of sunrise. {Anipalto I.) Forefinger of right Inuid crooked lo represent half of the sun's disk and i)ointed or extended totln^ left, then slightly elevated. {Vhciivniie 1.) Simply jtoint toward the east with the extended riglit index. (/>«- kotal.) "Direction." Eat, ciitiii^; I liave cafoii. The lingers and tluunb are brought together in op|)osition to each otlier, into something of a wedge shape, and passed to and from the mouth four or live times, within the distance of three or four inches of it, to imitate the action of food passing to the month. {Long.) Imitate the action of conveying Ibod with the lingers to the mouth. {Burton.) IJringing the list to the mouth. {Mnvijowan.) Join the tips of the fingers and tluimbs, and move them bacjk and forth towards the mouth. CVfcycHHe sign. (Report of Lieut.'/, ir. Ahert, loc. cit., p. 431.) Fingers and tluunb of right hand placed together as if grasping a muisel, brought suddenly upward to level of nu)uth and moved toward it and downward in the direction of the throat to suggest the act of cramming. {Cheyenne I.) ••r' ^i^ 1.' ; • I : trt \M\'^^ Sf* 11 ! ii ■!) I i if- 102 llifijlit liiuul 8coo])-faslii(>ii, back of liaiid outward at the front of body, Iiei}>iit of abdomen, is ca.ried to the nioutli as thoii^Ii conveying food, and repeated several times. (Dakota 1.) ''From the movements of the hands i.i eatinj;." 1 have eaten. After making the above sifjii the extended thumb and forelin}>er of the right hand (other tinkers closed) is passed, back of hand outward, iiori/ontal, &c., from the stomacli upwanl in front of body and mouth and above the latter. [Pakofa I.) "I am full." Ch>se tln^ hand, allowiner. (Dakota V.) Hriufi' the thumb, index, and second tinj;er to a point, and make re- peated motions downward before tlie face toward the month. [Dakota VH.) Tlie liands, witli arms tiexed at elbow, and lingers, as in type (E 1), moditied by hand being held hori/.oiital, palm up, nur brongiit alter- nat«'ly to the inoutii and back, as it were, to the table or dish, as motion of Ciiincse eating rice. (Oto I.) "To till up in parts." Collect the thumb, index and second lingers to a ])oint, hold them above and in front of the month, and make a reiteated (hitting motion toward the mouth. (Kaioical; Vomattclie III ; Apache 11; Wichita II.) Place the thumb across the palmar surfa<'e of the ]»art!y extended lingers of the right hand, then bring the tips of the lingers to the nioutii ([uickly several times. (Pai-Utel.) Kxtend the index (or index and second linger) of tin' right hand, lu)ld it in front of and a little higher than the m<<".;tli, palm towards the neck, then make r«'|)eated thrnsts toward the mouth with the (inger. {Ute I.) "Indicates the direction in which food goes." ('h>se the right liand, l»'aving the index (extended but slightly curved; place the hand in front of and a little above the nnnith, making a ointing to and back from the month several times, as if ram- ming down anything. {Apache I.) Italian sii/ii. — Is imitated with the open hand (liutler.) Something to c.i:. Join the ends of tiie lingers and thumb of the right hand, place them uiiright six or eight inches in front of the mouth, backs forward; bend the hand at the wrist and turn the ends of the fingers and move them 103 toward the inontli luul then downward to the ui)i)er i)art of the sternum (breastbone). (Dakota IV.) "Tutting food into the mouth and swal- lowiiif? it." •; Tlie rifjht hand hehl up with tlu' (iiifjers and thund* extended and ap- proaehinjr each other as if hohling an eyj;; witiiin. {Diinhar.) With the (inj^er and thumb of the ri}j;ht hand suj>}fest tlu^ outline of an dug. Tiie tinkers and tiiund) of the h>lt hand are also sonant inies shaped in the same manner, and .phu'.ed over tlu', jxtiMts of the ri^iit iis they assume tlie position described. (Cheyenne I.) Glk (i'eri'xs canailensis). Stretch the arms liifjii and ah)n>{si(U^ (»f the head. ( Wirtl.) Tiiis sifiu is still in use. (Matthews.) In the Oto sii^ii both arms are elevated and the hands opened, but fin^'ers a|)pro\imated, are then placed aside the head. The liiiiids are in t.v|te jxtsition (T), l>alms outward; the ball of the thumb rests a}>iiinst parietal rid,^c. 'I'houjih there is an evident inconiplelencss in lV'/«/'.s' description, a marked identity in position of tlui arms an*l the probable conception is observable. The sifjn is completed by the rij>ht index markinj;' on the extended left index the animals slunt tail. (IMeU'r.) Is sij>'nilied by simultaneously raisinj*' both hands with the tin palmated horns, (liitrton.) All or most of the lin<;ers of both hands held toficther and biou^ht to the sides of the head to represent the |)almated horns of an elk. (Cheyenne I.) The same as Deer, except that after the tirst i)osition both haiuls with tlufjcrs spread are carried upwards and outwards to imitate the branchiiifj horns of the animal. (Dakota II.) Extend and widely sepaiate the tinf:ers and thumbs of botli hands, ])lace them u|>riji;ht, palms inward, just above and in front of the cars, and shake them back and forth tiiree or four tinu's. (Dakota IV.) "The elk's antlers. The arms are elevated and the hands plactnl aside of the licivd with the finders extended but approximated as in jtosition (^V 1) — more erect. The extende«l vijxM indexlinf^cr marks otV on the extended left index the length of the tail. (Oto and Misnouri I.) "The siuul tail and broad Iku'us of the aninnil." i. IMaee both tlat hands with tlufjers and thinnbs spread upward and outward from either side of the head at arm's len{>th. ( I'te J.) .*'5 If! ■i I II t!i ' li y f; 104 Embroider j^'. Same as that part of the sign for BeadM where the hands are in front of the body, left stationary, and the ri};ht hohlinj;' the sinew moved to and over it. (Dakota I.) " From embroidering witli beads." End. See Done. Enemy. With the right tore and michlle fingers spread, pointing toward the left, and bacjks forward, throw tlie iiand abont a foot forward and out- ward two (u- three times from near theface ("1 don't want to see him"); touch the chest over tlie heart and afterward make the sign for Bad ("my heart is bad"); then, fiomjust in front of the right eye, its palm forward, i)ush th(^ nj>rigiit fist forward six inches and a little toward tlie lefl, at the same time turning the jialm ba(!kward ("I am angiy"). Da- kota IV.) The Italian sit/ii for enmitj/. — Oiijiositicui in tiie ends of the middle lingers toudiiiig eadi other, and all the re.st of the fingeis clinched. (lint ley.) Enoii;;li, a lielly full. ((%)m]>are fiilad and Full.) The sign for Eaf in$;° is first nuide, tlu'u tiu^ tliumb and foiefinger are ojtposed to each other so as to form a .semicircidar curve, which is elevated along the body from the l>elly to the neck, in order to indicate that the interior is filled with food up to that part. {Burton.) First make sign for Eatin;;', then stretch the forefingers and thumbs apart, as if to span sometiiing; then i)lace the hand near the stonuich, and move it uj» along the body until the muscle connecting the thumb and forefinger rests in the mouth. Chci/enne sign. (Report of J. W. Ahert, loc. cit., p. l.'il.) Right hand brougiit to front of body, forefinger pointing to and rest- ing against stomach and gently drawn along upward to the throat and continued ujiward and outward. {Vheiicnne I.) The 8iou\ Indians express Enoii;(li by End, Done. (J)ahota I.) "I am done; have had enough." Make the sign Dei^ire, then the sign for Jlfo. {Dakota IV'.) Deaf-mute natural .siffns. — Move the hand (palm uj)ward) in a gentle curve downward, with a suitable expression of countenance. {Ballard.) Bend your head a little forward and move the hand (held horizon- tally) upward on the throat. {Cross.) Move the forefinger across the front of the neck from side to side, so aa to indicate that the throat is tull. {Hasenstah.) 105 Move to and fro the outstretched hand over the other hand. (Larson.) Entering a lioiiMe or ioAge. See Ijodge. Equal. See Same. Eiclianf^e. See Trade. Excited ; excitement. Same sifjn as for Coward, Fear. The heart being the primary Heat of the emotions from the standpoint of the Indian, lie acknowUidges no sneh thing as excitement of mind, therefore this word is inchided in fear, for every Indian who allows his heart to flutter is considered by his peojde a coward. {Dakota I.) "From fear, coward." Eye. Simply tward. (Cheyenne I.) "I'robably lumps of fat taken from a large or broad animal." Botb tists clincbed, placed before tbe breast, tbunibs toucbing and palms downward ; tben draw tbeni outward and downward, forming tbe upper lialf of a circle. (Abmroki I; Shoshoni and Banal- I.) Sign for illail, and tben tbe sign for Big' made in front of tbe abdo- meji. {J)akt)ta I.) " Big in body.'' Hold tbeoi)ened left band oblicpu'ly upward toward tberigbt, a foot in front of tbe breast, palm upward, backward, and to tberigbt; grasp tbe ulnar side of tbe band between tbe tingers and tbumb of tbe riglit band, tbe tlinrnb on tbe palm, iind rub it ligbtly from tbe base of tbe tingers to tbe wrist several tinu^s. [Dakota IV.) "Tbick, and tberefore fat." l)Otb arms are tlexed inward and botb bands brougbt before the body, divergent and extended tingers drooped. The bands are much in tbe i)Ositi()n (l|) on type plates. In tbis position tbe bands describe a semicircle over tbe abdomen, and are carried over tbe limbs severally. If tbe sign is a])i>lied to anj- otber object tban man, tbe sign correspond- ing to said object is tirst made. [Oto and Missouri I.) "Of increased dimensions or tbat wbi(;b increases one's size." Father. See Relationship. Fear, eowariiiee; eoi^arfl. The two bands witb tbe tingers turned inward opposite to the lower ribs, tben brougbt upward with a tremulous movement as if to repre- sent the common idea of the heart rising up to the throat. {Dunhar.) The head stooped down and the arm thrown uj) to protect it; a quick motion. {Lonfi.) Point forward] with the index, foUowed by the remaining tingers; each time tbat is done draw back tbe index. ( Wied.) Impossible to keep the coward to tbe fiont. 107 i .:1 (I) Fiiifier.s and thumb of ripht liiiiid, wliich droops dowiiwiird, closod to a point to re])resi',nt a lieart; (2) violently and r(;i)eatedly beaten against tlio left breast Just over the heart to imitate jyalpitalion. {Chey- enne L) May be sisnifled by making the sign for a f<*i«|iiaWf if the one in fear be a man or boy. {Arapaho I.) Orook the index, elosi^ the other fingers, and, with its back u])\vard, draw the right hand baekwai'd about a foot, from eighteen inches in front of the right breast. {I>aluta lY.) "Drawing back." Make the sign for Rrave, then throw the right hand, o])en and Hat, outward toward the right. (Abmroht I; tShoshoni anil lianaJc I.) "Not brave." l{ight hand (||) in front of left breast, back outward, and carried for- ward for about six inches with a tremulous motion of the fingers. Many of the Sioux, however, do not move the hand from the breast. {Dnlotn I.) "Excitement: fiuttering of the heart." Cross tlie arms over the breast, fists closed ; bow the head over the crossed arms, but turn it a little to the left. (Omaha I.) Strike the right side of the breast gently with the i)almar side of the right fist; then tlirow the hand (lownward and outward toward the right, suddenly sn;ip[)ing the fingei-s from the ball of the thumb, where they had been resting, as if spriidding water. ( Wi/aniJot I.) Deaf-mute natural nigntt. — Itepresented by shuddering with the shoul- ders and moving the body slightly backward. {Ballanl.) Ruji backward. {Larson.) Place the forefinger between the upper and lower teeth. {Zeigler.) Tlie French deafinutes, besides beating the heart, add a nervous backward shrinking with both hands. Our deaf-mutes omit the beating of the heart, except for excessive terror. Female. (Compare Woman.) Bring the two hands open toward the breast, the fingers ai)proaching, and then move them outward. {Dunbar.) Elevate the open right hand, pointing forward, to the level (»f and to the right of the shoulder; draw the fingers back, keeping them together until the tip of the forefinger rests against the tip of the thumb, form- ing an almond-shaped opening between the thumb and forefinger. {Cheyenne I.) "Probably from its resemblance to the appearance of the external female genitals." ■n m i< ! .; 'iWSt 1 1 iM 108 I f Api)lied to aiiiiniils. Same as the sign for l^oilian. (Dakota I.) " Designating sex. From the Howing liair of woman." Generic. Fingers and thumbs of both hands separated and curved ; place the hands over the breasts and draw them forward a short distance. ( Ute I.) Fence. Both hands extended, fingers si)read ; place those of the right into the spaces between those of the left; then indicate a zigzag course for- ward with the extended index. {Wyandot I.) " Position of rails in a fence, and the zigzag course." Fi^lit, fi^lltinif. (Compare Battle.) Make a motion with '>oth fists to and fro, like a pugilist of the eighteenth century, who preferred a high guard. [liurtoit.) Joining hands rajudly. {Macf/owan.) Same sign as f(U' Battle. (Dakota I.) Both hands clinched, holding them i)alm to j)alin iit a distance of about four inches from one another; form short vertical circles, as if "sawing" a hard-mouthed horse. (Dakota VI, VII.) Both hands (!h)sed, forefingers elevated and extended, facing one another; move palms toward and from each other. (Omaha I.) Close both hands, except the index-fingers. Hold them before the breast, the index-fingers upright, and move these from side to side, opposite each other, like two antagonists facing one another and avoid- ing each other's blows. Tliis movement, followed by that for Dead, would express " They fought, and one was killed." If more than one, hold ui) two or more fingers. (Iroquois I.) Both hands brought up nearly as high as the face, about twelve inches apart, fingers pointing toward those of the opposite hand ; the fingers are then moved carelessly as the haiuls are brought toward and from one another. ( Wyandot I.) Deaf-mute natural sifinii, — Act as if you strike your left open hand with your right clinched hand, and do the act of striking several times suc- cessively. (Haseustab.) Raise the fists as fiirliters begin to fight. (Larson.) ■ Indian. Extend both arms, haiuls clinched (J); place the tips of the index- lingers together, and push them first one way and then the other, still •I : :J 109 keepiiifj the tips of the ioreliiifiers together. Facial expressions add greatly to the intensity of all signs. (Comanche 1.) " Wrestling." FiniNlied. See Done. Fire, biirniii;;. The two hands brought near the breast, touehing or ai)proaehing each other, and half shut; then moved outward moderately (piick, the lingers being extended and the hands a little separated at the same time, as if to imitate the a]»pearance of Hame. (Dunbar.) The act of striking tire with the flint and steel is represented; after which the ascent of the smoke is indicated by closing the lingers and thumb of the right hand, holding them in a vertical position, with the hand as low as convenient; th-^ liand is then giadnally elevated, and the tingers and thumb a little expanded to show the ascent and expan- sion of the volume of smoke. (Long.) Hold the tingers of the right hand slightly opened and upward and elevate the hantion in the two. (Hoteler.) The sign may portray the rising forked tongues of the flauie. Bh)w it and warm the hands before it. To exi)ress the boiling of a kettle, the sign of Fire is made low down and an imaginary jmt is eaten from. (Burton.) Scratching the breast. (Macgowan.) Raise aiid lower the hand alteruately, palm up, the Angers extended upward and moving in iiuitation of tongues of flame. (Arnpaho I.) Right forearm in vertical position, and hand slowly elevated, the fingers and thumb pointing ui)ward, being meanwhile opened and closed two or three times. (Cheyenne I.) Right hand (P) extended in front to the grouiul, lingers pointing uitward, raise the hand slowly, with a tremidous motion, not more than a foot from the ground to denote a small fire, such as Indians build in their lodges. For a larger fire raise the hand higher with the tremulous motion. Ot course the body will have to l)e inclined foi'ward in making this sign. (JJakoia I.) " From the flame and snu)ke of a flre." mmm li 111 f1' •i J I 'I 110 Kiiise the right hand .several times from near tlie ground, its back forward, fingers pointing upward and a little bent and seponited. {Dakota IV.) '• Flames shooting upward." The hand is brought near the ground in liand type (tr), the body at the same time inclined forward. The fingers and thund) ai-e then suc- ce.ssively opened and (slosed as the hand is elevated by jerks, as it were. {Oto I.) ".lumping ami craekling of a Hanie." liight hand, palm toward and a short distance befcne the waist, fin- gers extended upward and separated, moved ni»ward about eight or ten inches several times. {Ute 1.) "Tongues of lire, flame." Deaf-mute natural siffiis. — Hlow tiirougii the mouth, and move tlie hand up and down rapidly. {Ballard,) Open both hands freely, move them u[) fast and down slowly several times, and at tiie same time keej) the moutii, half ()|)en, blowing. {Hasen- Ntah.) Move tlie lingers of botli hands togetiier u|»ward witii a little blow sent from tlie mouth. {Ijarmn.) To light a. Hold the left hand before the body, palm down and arched, (H)llect the lingers and thumb of the right hand to a i)()int and pass them quickly along tlie tliumb of tlie left from the basal, joint toward the tip; then i»ia(!e the right hand (piickly under the arched left for a moment ; then suddeidy closing both hands, side by side, move them upward a few inches, ht hand, tliumb npward, tinjjers jmintin^; forward, is held near the body, in front and to the right of the median line ; it is then moved rather gently forward with a latn the linger of the rigiit hand is pointed at liim, eyes resting on liim criticallj't brows raised and contracted as iu pity and aversion. {Cheyenne I.) The shaking of tin* opened fingers gives tiie idea of "hxisein^ss" with- on. reference to the liead. Bring tlu> riglit liand to the medial line of the forehead (R), fingers but slightly separated, where it is rotated seveial times two or three inches in front. [Dakota I.) " Hattle-brained." Move the opiMied right hand through asnndl cinrle two or three times in front of llie forehead, the palm toward the le t, fingers sei)arated a little and i)oiniing upward. (Dakota IV.) " Head turiUKl." Hotate the extended and sci>arated index and second lingers of the hand ujtward and toward tlu^ left before the forehead. (Dakota VI ; llidatm I ; Arikara I.) French deal-nuit«'s shake the hands above the head after touching it with the index. lie is the greatest fool of all. Sway the hand (\¥ 1), palm downward "over all," then point to the person (tig. 1), then place end of fingers on forehead (H I), and then swing hand around in circle in front of forehead, hand and fingers u))- riglit, joiiu'd, and ]>alni (»bli(pui to face (T 1, i>alm oblicpu'), and lastly make the sign Rnd. (Sahaptin I.) " Of all, his brain w liirls worst." Your words are foolish. After |)ointing to jum'sou addressed ami making sign for words (as in Cr), the hand is moved to a point in front, but little to rigiit, of forehead, fingers all naturally relaxed, i»ointing ui>ward, ]>alm (piarter- iug to fa<;e (Y 1, changed to vertical position), then swung around in small circle several times, then dropped to a ]>oint in front of body and thrown vigorously downward to side and rear. At beginning of tliis last nujtion the fingers are hooked, second resting against thumb, palm downward (CJ 1), but during battkward movement the fingers are grad- ually thrown open, palm outward (R 1, fingers jHtiutiug obli(piely down- ward). Sign Rail (C). (Sahaptin I.) " Words from whirling brain — bad." Forest. Slightly spread and raise the ten fingers, bringing the hands together in front of the face; then separate them. ( Wied.) The numerous trees and their branches nuiy be indicated, for a time obscuring the vision. 1 1.'{ iSprc'iul tlie Ilii^H'sof the ri^lit liaiul Mli{;litly ; ruist; the liaiul on a level witli tlie face, and while inoviii^r it from sitle it Im K^'iitly thrust up and down. {Dakota V.) "The lirif^er.s represent the a|)])earan('e (»f the trunks of tlie trees visible ahinj^; the edf^e of the forest." I{aise tlie hand vertically, jialni up, tiiif^ers partially elosed and ex- tended upward, in a manner indieative of tlie jjrowth of trees. {Am- paho I.) Make the sign for Tree, and then the sign for 1^1111^. {Dakota I.) ' ^lany trees." Make the signs for Ax and Treew. {Dakota VI; Jlidatxa I; Art- kara I.) "Timber that is Ht for cutting with an ax." Make the sign for Tree several times, then throw the back of the upright and Mat right hand toward the right, front, and left. (Kaiowa 1; Coiiiam'lic \ll ; Apachr \l; Wichita W.) "Trees, trunks close" (rej)- reseiited by joined lingers), " all around." For^-el, f'ors'otleii. Hands outsjuead, opened, palms downward ; crossed as in sign for iVij;iit or ilarkiiewM at a level of and angle with the elbows, left hand being over the right. {Vhcyinnv I.) Darkness in the memory. Deaf mutr natural si(/ns. — l*ut the hand on the forehead and draw it away. {Ballard.) Have the head up suddenly, and open the mouth a little at the same time, and then nod, and the ujiper teeth r«'st on the lower lip. {Ilasen- stah.) Place the forefinger on the forehead and then strike the laj* with the shut hand. {Zeigler.) Fort. On level of the breasts in front of body, both hands with fingers turned inward, straight, backs .joined, backs of hands outward, hoiizontal, turn (mtward the bauds until the fingers are free, curve them, and bring the wrists together so as to describe a cin^le with a space left between the ends of the curved fiiigeis. {Dakota I.) " A circularly f(utitied place." Found, discovered. (Compare See.) First make the sign for Nee, to, and then carry the right hand (Q) in front of body toward the ground and back to body, as though having ])icked something up. {Dakota I.) "Seeing and picking up anything." Hring the left hand opposite the breast a foot or so away, lingers closed and slightly bent, i)alm downward as if it were concealing some- 15 w i! Ill I'- t 114 tliiii);; briiij; tlic rijjlit liniid over it, liaiid in tlu* i)()siti(>ii of bciiif^ juHf rciui.v to ])i('l< soiiiot)iiii(i: up with tiic tiii;;crs; tiicii pii.ss tlir ri^rlit liiiiid over tiie left, tiic liitt«>r nMiiaiiiiiiK still, mid biiii;; the tlii^ci-s of the i'i;;lit liaiid to^ictlicr as ifyoii had picki'd i\\) scMiu'tliiii},'. (Couxtnchr I.) Jh'a/i)iiite niitiirnl h'kjiih. — Toiicii thcryclid, tlicii bond your body, and, having ])oint(>d at the Ki'<»>i>d with yonr iiand. clini;!! it and brin^' it np and dis(!l()so it to tiiC! oye. (Cnmii.) Lower the open hand toward the ground, aiid thiMi raise it Hliut np um if to indi(;at(' that sctniethinfj i.s picked np. [IIuwuHlub.) F«wl. See Bird. l Arilittni I.) {Hit! (I tan I ; Tlio h'ft iiiwl i'i)j;lit liarxls arc liioiiKlit to tlif (M'litt'i' of«!liost oju'ii, tlicii cxtciitU'd, and tlic U>t't hand, with palm up, is ^rnispcd (•rosNwisc by ri};lit liand with paltii down, and JM'ltl tluis s(>v(>ral seconds. Tiic liands arc tlicn in doni)lc ])osition (V 1), ri^lit inverted. Hands are now un- chisped, and ri;;lit list is la-id in let't axilla, b,v which it is tirnil.v };raspcd. (Oto I.) "One wl 1 1 will not let >,m>." Hrin^; both hands to;;ether in a full clasp of all the lingers, alter the ordinary manner of handshaking. ((Joiuanclie I.) Extraordinary. Uring the two hands near each other in front, and (ilasp the two index- tingers tightly, so that the tips of the linger and thumb of each touch. (Comanche 1.) , Clasp the two hands after the manner of our congratulations. {Wich- ita 1.) Friendly; I'riendshi)). Kais«' both hands, grasped, as if in the act of shaking hands, or hx^k the two foretingers together while the hands are raised. This sign given by parties meeting one another to ascertain Litentions. For more gen- eral idea of friendshij) clasp the left with the right, (liurton.) Hands (rlasped in front of body, i)alin of let't up, j»alni of right resting in that of left, hands shaken up or down one or more times. {Chey- »nne I.) Pantomimic grasping or shaking of the band, or a pantomimic em- brace. {Arapaho 1.) The left hand held horizontal, i)alm inward, lingers and thumb ex- tended and pointing toward the right about a foot and a half fr«>n) and in front of breast, is clasjted by the right, carried u]) in front of body and out from breast, thumb and lingers pointing downward and drawn directly into the b(vl,y. {Dal;ota I.) " (irasidng the hand of a friend." Our deaf-mutes interlock the I'orelingers fiu* "friendshii)." clasp the bands, right U|)permost, for "marriage," and make the last sign, re- peated with the left baud u])])eriuost, for "i)eace." The idea of iinion or linking is obvious. FroMt. (Compare Freezing* and Nnow.) Begin with the sign of lil^'ater, then with the sign of H^i^^iit or DariineM!«, then the sign of Cold, then the sign of Wiiite, and, lastly, the Eartil. {Dunbar.) ■■}':. '".Slit m »1 i 116 First iiiiiki' Mi(> si<;ii for liirnMM, iiiid IIkmi tlit> ri<;li;. Iiiiiid (W) is iiiavcd iis tiioii^li Wiiviiij;' it over lli«' yrass, (Ihilcota I.) "A covoriiiy of lilt' {^niss." FrilillCMM ; in tiiiii. Tiic Ici'l iiriii is liroii^iit forwanl, litiiiil as in ' 1^ 1), inotliliiMl hy lliuinh boiiifi' closed. Tlie ri;;iit liaiid tiieii tulies posiiioii (W I), iiioditled by he- iti;i held liori/.itiitai. Now tlie lefl iiid<>\, extended as above, pnnelies tlieri^lit |)aini, an*l is iIumi s\vei»t baeivward and «i»»\vii\vaitl by left side. (Oto I.) I'Hill, as a box or sack. Uijflit and left hands (%%', with tinjjt'rs slif^htly beni) are bronj^lit tofi'ether in fnni! of body, ends of llnjicrs point in^i outward, then earry the rif-ht iiand (iniekly over the ba«'k of tln^ left, and baek as thou^jh brnshin]:;dtf the surplus. {IhikoUt I.) "It is full; brushing' oil' the sur- plus." Ih'tif iiiiilc iKiliind sii/iis. — riaee tht> hand down, and raisiiif>' it, and niovin(>' it rifilit and left as if at tht> top of the sack or box, {liiilhuuL) Clinch y«)nr hand in the form of the letter t\ and over (he suppostMl convex surf !ce above it pass the other iiand somewhat clinched also. {(JroKs.) The same as ■•j|io (I'lirsoii.) .\ppetit«' satistle«l. (Compare l) I'-injijer and thinub rising from the mouth. (.l/firv/oHviH.) Make the si;^n for l, lo conic (in tiuu>). K'i^i'ht index upri;;ht (,l, ext^ept bat-k of han«l toward tht> body) is l»nslied straifi'ht forwaid, outward, from the shoulder and drawn bax^k three or four times, arm extended to its full ca]>acity. SeiMus to Ix^ vou- ne<'ted with |''ar. (Ihihtda I.) " Far in time." Iiiiip; rniloii. Indicate (he walls thereot with (he hands, in front of the body, palms toward each other, lin};(>rs extended and |)ointed downward. (,l>vr- paho I.) m-4 117 'M Both liiiii«ls(>ijr|ito(Mi iiK^lH's in front «)ftli(> bivast, sopiirntrd iibont six inclirs, tino'ors antl tlininhs pointing; npri^lit, with tii«> piilnis t'iifin^ '>!ivli otluT yS, witli t'(lfi(> of hands outward) thns (II); draw tho ri^'ht Inuid inward abont a loot, turn it so tiial tlic palm is d(»winvard, Hat, tln^t'rs joined, pointing str.ii^lit ont ward. !>n of th«> spaf(> forin<>*i l),v tht> iiands in th(> lirst position (|). Ot'tvn nnido witli lh«' lingers cnrvt'd. {Ihihitu I.) "Si(hvs of a canon or ravin»>; passin;; thron^ii a canon." 4.i«*if. ISrin;>' the tlnj^crs and thnnd) of tlu' left han'«>tlH>r as if something was held It.v them, ami then approach the ri^^ht hand and make tlie motion of cnttin^' across what is snp])osed '.o l»e held in the left hand, and then draw olVth(> ri^ht hand as if pidlin^' away what has be*Mi «'nt. ( l>tinli(ir.) liiciioroiiM. Mold both hantls open, the |)alms above and held in front of bn>asts or body, tlnMi present toward tin' other party an optMi smilinjj conn tonanc(>. [Ojihira IV.) Tiu' si^'ii for :id, ll<'alli, and then the si^^n for iTIail. (Ihilxola I.) "I>ead nnin from the spirit land." Index point in}i' to tin' cent»'r of tin* left hami forelliifier (whicli imli cates the hainlle or borinj^- part). Then the screw motion with the rij;lit hand conveys the id»'a clearly, (/tii'ii I.) iilw UK', or llriiiK to iii<*. Tin' hand half shnt with the thnmb pressinfj afjainsi the forelin<;er, bein^' lirst nnxlerately ext<'nded cither to the riyiit «m' left, is bronj;ht wilh a moderate Jerk to the opposite side, as if somclhinjn' was pulled al«)n;i' by the hand, i'onsetpienlly tin' sij^n of water preceding- this sijjn would convey the expression, "(iive me waier." (Ihailxir.) 'i'he Imnd exicmh'd in a pointinu position toward thi> object in re qu<'st, then br'ainst the breast. {Lontj.) Object wished tor pointed to, the ri^ht hand be.n;; held as in si^jii for lll*illjU;°; brought with two or three ,i«'rky nntt ions toward the face or breast of the speaker. ((Viryeiuw 1.) Placo tin' right Inmd nearly at arm's length before the breast, pulin np, ami nnike a slnu't ostMllating nn)tiou to and fro. (Alisiiroko I; Sho- shoni ami liaiiak I.) w:^ m H 118 Aftoi" placing tlie right liaiul about eighteen inches in front of the neck, and turning it so that the palm will be outward and the little linger toward the neck, fingers overlapping and upright, thumb in the palm, move the hand toward the neck. {Dakota IV.) Bring, to. Left hand extended ten or twelve incites in front of the left breast (P 1, palm upward); right hand (P), extended in front of right breast, arms full extent, is moved over the left as though carrying something to the left hand with the right. ( Dakota I.) Bring to me. Continue the sign lor To Bring' by bringing the hands close to the left breast. (Dakota I.) " Bring and give to me." I'oint to or otherwise indicate the person directed and the object or article desired, and imply approach by beckoning. (Arapaho I.) Deaf-mute natural sipus. — Extend the open hand and draw it back as if conveying something to one's self. (Ballard.) Stretch out tlu; forefinger and then move it toward the breast. (Larson.) Close the hand and move it to one's self. (Ballard.) Give to me or us. The right hand extended in front of body (Q) as though taking hold of anything, and then brought back to body with fingers pointing up- ward as though holding the article in it (P). (Dakota I.) " Taking the article from the donor." Deaf-mute natural sU/n. — Close the hand except its forefinger, with it point to something, and then move it toward the breast. (Hasenstab.) Give to him or another. Keverse liri ve to llie — handing the article to the person. (Dakota I.) " I give it to you." The right arm is semi-extended, also the hand (as in type-position Y 1, modified by middle, ring, and index fingers being more collected or dosed) ; arm ami hand thus point to object. Both are then brought toward the body, the index becoming more hooked as hand approaches, and finally its end concludes the arc of approach by touching center of breast. (Oto l.) " Evident in sign." I will jiive. First make the sign lor I, personal pronoun, and then the sign for Crive, as contained in (irive, as Ui\e to hint. (Dakota l.) "1 hand it to you ; I give it to you." w 119 Hand held in position for "give me," near to tlie eliin or breast, ex- tended (jnickly toward ilie person addressed. {Cheyenne I.) From an npriglit position in front of the chin, palm tnrned toward the right hand ; throw the right hand forward eighteen inches, or until the ends of the fingers point obliquely forward and upward. {Dakota IV.) Denf-mnte natural signs. — Point to the bosom, meaning the s])eaker, stretch the closed hand and then open it. {Ballard.) First iK)int to your breast with your finger, then move forward the hand clinched, and set free the fist. {Cross.) Italian siffn, — The motion that one is willing to give something, and which may be (jailed the bribing gesture, is to put one hand into the moncj' pocket. {Butler.) Iiiirl. See €liil(l. (Comi)are l¥oiiiaii.) Glad; content; pleaded; NatiMfied. (('<)m])are 4iiood.) With the raised right hand pass with a seri)entin(' movement upward from the breast and face above the head. ( Wied.) Heart beats high. Hosom's lord sits lightly on its throne. Wave the ojjcn hand (Uitward from the breast to exju'ess "good heart." {Burton.) The sign for Pretty, not made in immediate juxtaposition to the face or any jyart of the body, is significant generally of content, satisfaction, complaisance, etc., expressed by the Indian phrase Good, or ft is (jood. {Arapaho I.) Strike the chest over the heart lightly two (U" three times with the palm of the right hand; then make the sign for good. {Dakota IV.) "Heart good." The right hand, extended horizontally, palm downward, is held iu front of and near or touching the throat, and is then moved forward a few inches. Tiiis denotes a comfortable feeling of fullness or satisfac- tion; but to indicate the more intense feelings of being cloyed or glut- ted the hand may be held at the (thin or at the mouth, tlie sign being otherwise unchanged. These signs may be used to denote satietji from other causes besides eating and drinking. {Maiulan and Hidatsa I.) . With the right hand (S) ta]) the left breast several times, and then carry the hand forward and toward the right, with palm downward (W), Content, glad, good, happy, satisfied, are all expressed by this sign. {Dakota I.) "The heart feels good." -B ■ '4-. H'. 1 i 120 Make an inclination of the body forward, niovinjj at the same time both hands forward from the breast, open, with the pabn upward, and fjradually lowering them. {Iroquois I.) "I give you thanks." Extend both hands outward, palms turned down, and make a sign exactly similar to the way ladies smooth a bed in making it. ( WichiUt I.) Smooth and easy. Left hand arched, the tliumb and forefinger meeting at their tips, forming a circle, is held in front of the left breast, horizontal back of hand upward, thumb and forefinger toward the body; then the right index is brought up close to the body in front and ])assed forward from the breast, describing a series of circles to the center of the circle formed by the left hand, but not placed within it. Daylight is included in this. (I)nlota I.) "From the same rays of light i)assing through a pane of glass into the house." fwllltfoii; Parasite. Italian xiffn. — Pinch the cheek with the linger. {Bufler.) tio; jt'oaway; fle|iai*t; leave here. Tiie back of the liaiid stretched out and ui>ward. {Jhinbar.) Like Coupe ( Wicd), but begin near the face and extend the hands with a lunnber of gentle Jerks. ( Wicd.) The sanui remarks apply to this sign as to that for Coilie. {Mattheics.) Tlie right arm is bent and the hand in position (B 1) horizontal is brouglit to the epigastrium and suddenly arm and hand are extended. Tlie identity of the concep- tion of this (Ho sign and Wicd^s is evident. The movement of extension in the latter des(!ription "by Jerks' has little relevancy, and may be reasonably explained by the caprice of the subject. {Botcler.) Move both haiuls edgeways (the palms fronting the breast) toward the left, with a rocking-lnu'se motion. (Burton.) Kight hand held toward left shoulder forearm across the breast, fingers and thumb extended, palm upward and inward; brought with elbow for a pivot suddenly to the right. (Cheyenne L) The right liand is carried to the left side of the body, level of the breast, horizontal, i)alm outward, thumb Itelow (W 1), extended fingers jiointing toward the left; carry the arm out to full extent in front of body and to the right. This is emphatic. "Dismissing the person." Many Indians make the sign for fio, Ho away, by using the iiulex Jield ui)war' the motion of the liand several times in carryinj^ it out to its final extended position, in leseniblance of the walking away of the person. {Dtikota I.) "lie has walked away." The opened riyht hand beiiiR' advanced about a foot and at the height of the navel, palm toward the left lingers separated a little, hand bent at the wrist and pointing downward and forward, move it straight ahead about a foot, and at the same time raise the ends of the fingers until the hand is horizontal. {Dakota W.) This is indicated by a motion the reverse of Come, and when the sign is completed the hand stands as in the beginning of the former gesture. {Mandan and lUdatm 1.) IMace the closed haiul, knuckles upward, before the breast; elevate the index and pass the hand slowly, in a jerking or interrupted move- ment toward i\w front and left, palm facing the front. {Kaiotcn I; Co- manche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) With the index only extended, point to the earth and trace a course along the earth toward and above the horizon. {Apache I.) Go away. Place the open left hand twelve inches or so in front of the lower i)art of the chest, pointing forward toward the riglit, palm looking oblicjuely upward and backward; then (piickly i)ass the i)alin of the light hand forward and upward across tliat of the left and beyond it about a foot. (Dakota IV.) I'he hand, with the palm facing downward and backward, is held close to the body and about on a level with tiie stomach ; it is moved upward to a level with the top of the head, a foot or so in front of it, describing an arc whose convexity is forward. {M((ndan and Hidatm I.) The right hand is closed as in type-position (O), and arm semiHc^xed, bringing hand to (lenter of body. The arm is now siuldenly extended to full length and hand expaiuled in the movement. {Oto I.) "To re- move from." The right arm is flexed, and the hand, in positi(m (O 1), more horizon- tal, is brought to the epigastrium. The arm is then suddeidy ext«Mided, hand likewise, with the index finger pointing directly from the body. Accompanying this sign there is generally a repulsive or forbidding- frown assumed by the countenance when one is ordered to depart from disi)leasure. To go on a mexsaffe, the countenance assunu's a sn)ile, but sign is identical and is combined with sign for Speak. {Oto and Mis- souri I.) " To withdraw or move from." 16 .■?;'.1 > i .i 'i,! I t ■fs , 1- 122 riace tlie riglit liand at tlio heifylit of and in front of the abdomen, ])ointing ui)ward, palm outward, fingers sliphtly Hei)arated and bent; then move the hand cii" toward the left. (Fai- Ute I.) Throw the ri}>lit hand over the right shoulder so that the iudex points backward. (Wichita I.) Deaf-mute natural siyns. — A slight movement of the feet on the floor and moving the hand forward. (Ballard.) Open the hand and move up, and at the same time point it forward. (Hasenstah.) Close the hand, excejit its forefinger, and move it forward, i)ointing in the direction you wish the person to go. (Hanenstah.) Move the hand forward and forward. (Larson.) To a iilacc, to go. Make the sign for C^o, and when the hand is near at arms' length ex- tend the left and jdace it horizontally before the moving right so that they come together audibly. (Kaioical^ VomanehelW; Apache \\; 117- chita II.) i^l ' % 1 (woat. l*ass both hands, with the tijjs of the finger and thumbs brought to a point, in a curve backward ami downward from the ears in the direction of the horns, then jdace both hands at the lower part of the abdonu?n, palms about 3 inches apart and facing, with fingers sejjarated and curved so that the tips touch. (Apache 1.) "Curved horns and large testicles." GoiiigTv traveling:, Journey. To describe a journey on horseback the first two fingers of the right hand are placed astride of the forefinger of the left Land, and both rep- resent the galloping movement of a horse. If it is a foot journey wave the two fingers several times through the air. (Ojibica I.) The kind of loconu>tion nuiy be indicated, as on horseback, &c., after that pantomimic, the arms and hands being nmde to represent the legs and feet. (Arapaho I.) Touch the nose with the right index for I, then make the sign for Cio. (Dakota \\.) Touch the heart with the right index, and then with a wave of the hand outward, point in the direction to which you intend to go. (Iro- quois I.) Strike the palms of both hands together obliquely and gliding past one another. (Zuni I.) m '.vVl 123 Place the liiiiids tliiuiib to tliiiiiib, palms foiwanl, tiii};eivs exteiuled, sei)ai'ate(l, and pointiiifj upward, then move them from above the lij^ht hip forward and toward the left. (Pni-l'tc 1.) Deufnmte natural sign. — No general sij>n, but for ridiny, whether on horsebaek or on wheels, the si^;ii was made by bendiny the arms and raisin}'' and dei)ressin}> the elbows in imitation of a man ridinjn' on horseback, and movinj;' the hand horizontally forward to siyiiily aicay. {Ballard.) Kunnin^i^. Hold the hand in the same position as "Walking', ai»'', with the fore- tinjj;er exteiuled forward, advance the hand, keepinjj: the closed portion underneath, ami turninj; it sli}::iitly aiul rapidly to rij^ht ami left by a quick motion of the wrist. {Iroquois I.) Travelinf>' ; marching'. The hand held vertically as high as the iR'(!k, with slightly divided lingers, and rocked edgewise forward and backward u])on the wrist, extending the arm a little forward. This sign resend)les that for 4{iieJi- tioil, but differs in tiie direction of tlie motion of the haiul. {Lony.) Hands placed in the i)osition for n»akingthe sign for Datlle,excei>t that they are further sei)arated, and tlien describe a series of half circles or forward arch like nmvements with both haiuls. {Dakota I.) "Per- son walking." Hand on edge, extended, tips forward, palm in (T on edge, forward); wave it vertically and forward. Both hands used, indicate two i)arties, especially the double column in which troops always march. {A2>ache III.) "Ambulant, forward motion." Walking. !-^ Close the haml except the index linger, and with that extended, at the height of the breast, umve the hand forward, bringing it down a little, at regular intervals, to imitate the steady nu)vement of a walker. {Iro- quois I.) Gone under, diMappeared IVoni %'ieir. Left hand flattened and held ba(!k upward, thumb inward, in front of and a few inches from the breast, right hand slightly clasped, forefinger more extended than the others, and passed suddenly under the left haml, the latter being at the same time gently moved toward the breast. The idea here is that the person has gone under a covering of some kind, as a table, tent, blanket, &c., or gone under the water, i. e., disappearance from view, not used in the sense of dead, death, or permanent disap- pearance. {Dakota I.) All; no more. See Destroyed. I , if! I. ■i I \ ■ ' fl 124 C^onorrhwa. Close tlic, I'if-ht liaiitl, allowiiif; tlio, index to remain lialfe.Iosed, jmint- iiip downward ; liold the hand at the heij;ht of tlie liip, eitlier at the Hide or in front, making qnisiti(>n to several of those for Bad and iVo, show- ing the idea of a(!cei)tan('e or selection of objects presented, instead of tlieir rejection. riace tlu', ri{>ht hand horizontally in front of the breast and move it forward. ( Wied.) Tliis description is essentially the same as tlu' one 1 furnished. (Maiidan and lliilatsa I.) I stated, liosvever that the hand was moved outward (/. c, to the ri};ht). I do not remember seeinj;' it moved directly forward. In nnikin};' the motion as I have described it the hand would hav«' to ;;o both outward and forward, (Matthcim.) The left arm is^ elevated ai.d the hand held in ])osition (W). The arm and hand are thus extended from the body (ui a level with the chest; the elbow lu'in}>' sli'n and WiefVn are notic^'ably similar. The dilference is, tlie Oto sign uses tlie left arm in con.juuction and both, mon to the left. The concep- tion is o< somc^thing that easily passes; smoothness, evenness, etc., in both, {lioteler.) Wave the hand from the mouth, extending the thumb from the index and closing the other three tingers. This sign also means I know. (liinton.) (1) Right-hand tingers pointing to the left placed on a level with mouth, thund) inward ; (2) suddeidy mo\ed with curve outward so as to present palm to person addiessed. {Cheyenne I.) Pass the openeil right hand, palm downward, through an arc of about 90° from tlie heart, 24 inches horizontally forward and to the right. (Dakota IV.) " Heart easy or smooth." IMace the flat right hand, palm down, thumb touching the breast, then move it forward and slightly upward and to the right. {Dakota VI, VII; Kaiowal; Comanche HI; A2)ache 11 ; Wichita il.) Pass the Hat hand, palm down, froiu the breast forward and in a sMght curve to tlu^ right. {Dakota VI; Hidatsa I ; Arikara I.) 125 The extended lifjht hand, palm downward, tliniiil) backward, lingers pointing to tlie left, is held nearly or (|nite in (H)ntaet with the body altont on a level with the stomach ; it is then carried outward to the riglit a toot or two with a rapid sweep, in w]ii<'h thc^ forearm is moved but not necessarily the hinnerus. (Maiulan and Ilitlafm I.) JSIove right hand, palm down, over the blanket, right and left, several times. (Omaha I.) Another: Hit the blanket, first on the right, then on the left, palm down, several times. (Omaha I.) Another: Point at the objealms in, thumbs uj), move hands right and left, keeping them about six inches ai>art. (Omaha I.) Another: Look at the right hand, first on tlie back, then on the palm, then on the back again. (Omaha I.) The above eight signs were all taken from one Omaha, who stated that they all gave the idea of the word uda", liiood. The Hat right hand, i)almdown, is moved forward and upward, start- ing at a point about twelve inche.- befor(^ the breast. (Wyamlot I.) Throw right haiid rom front to side, tingers extended and palm down, ftn-earm horizontal. (Nahapfin I.) Same sign as for Ciilad, PleaNt'd. (Iroquois I.) JJring both hands to the front, arms extended, palms outward ; elevate them upward and slightly forward; the face meanwhile expressive of wonder. (Comanche I.) Another: Bring the hand opposite the breast, a little below, hand extended, palm downward (W), and let it move off in a horizontal direcition. If it be very good, this may be re]»eated. If (!omparatively good, repeat it more violently. (Comanche I.) ^11 1r' 126 If; :«! Y ; li I ! Ikn/mnta nutural iiuftm. — Smack tlie lipM. {liallitrd.) ('losu thu liiind, wliiUt tliu tliiiinli is up, and nod tliu lioad and smile aH if to approve of sometiiin};' K»»>d. {Ildstnshth.) Use the si^n for HnildMOllie, at tlic same time nod tlie head an if to say "yes." {ZeUjlcr.) Italian Kijjns. — Tlie tinj-crs jiatliered on the mouth, liissed and stretched out ami spread, intimate a dainty morsel. {lUttler.) The oi)en hand stretched out horizontally, and gently shaken, inti- mates that a thinj,' is so so, not \nw(\. and not l>ans appear to be connected witii a pleasant taste in the mouth, as is the sij^n of the French and our deaf-mutes, waving' thence the iiaiid. back upward, witli finjicrs straij>ht and joined, in a forward and down vard (iiirvc. The same ;.;csture with hand sidewise is theirs and ours for j;eneral assent: " Very well !" (lood, Heart is. Strike with ri^ht hand on tiu> heart and make the si^ii for 4iioodf from tiie heart outward. {('Iici/fiinc 1.) Touch the left breast two or three times with the ends of the tinj^ers of the rifjht hand, tluMi nnike the sign for Ciood. {Dakota IV.) Place the lingers of the tiat right hand over the breast, then make the sign for #iJoo«l. [Dakota VII,) Move hand to position in front of breast, fingers extended, palm downward (W I), then with (pii(;k movement throw hand forward and to the side to a point lU or lo inches from body, hand same as in first position. (Sahaptin I.) "Cut it off." (lOod, Very. Place left hand in position in front of body with all fingers closed except first, thuml) lying on second (H 1 changed to left), then with forefinger of right hand extended in same way (iH 2) point to end of forefinger of left hand, move it up the arm till near the body and then to a point in front of breast to make the sign Good. {Sahaptin I.) Ciri'aiKliiiotlier. See Relationship. Cii'Siw!^. (Compare Forest.) Point to the ground with the index, and then turn the fingers upward to denote growth. If the grass be long, raise the hand high ; and if yellow, i)oint out that color. {Burton.) '■M 127 ■1 8i^ii for Forc'Mt, but (liHtiii^iiislicd tlicn^l'i'tMii liy relative lieiy;lit to wliicli the IuumI i.s raised. {Arapaho.) Kxteiid the rifj'it hand in front of body and near the j^ronnd in tlio same position as the lirst part of the si}>:n for fire (hand P) ; raist^ the hand but slif>htl,v, however, turn il over thit (^V), and carry it witli a i^ort of waving motion to tiie rijrlit and h;ft as in imitation of tii(> waving of a h>r<>'(^ field of {^rass. {Pakota I.) "Tiie si>rinj,'in};' np of tlie {jrass." Ilolalm down before the breast, the ri};hr underneath it at a distance to show height of grass; move the right hand forward and backward from the ti]) to the wrist of tlie left (maintaining juevious distance) to show tne spreading of the growth over the surface. (Ute 1.) "This sign is used only in conversation, when it is known that grass is meant by ju'evions reference; otlierwi.se the following sign is used." Another: Is also represented by holding the flat right hand, palm downward, a few inches from the ground, different elevations rejjreseut- ing varying heights of growth. {Ute I.) Hold the right hand at the height of the knee, back down, fingers jtointing ui>ward and diverging; then indicate the height by placting tlie fiat and extended i>alm (h)wnward at the recpiired height. (Apache I.) Pea/mute n(tt Ufa I sign, — Imitate the nmnnerof nH)wing with a scythe, and, having touched the lips while the Jaws are in motion, hold the hands apart, one over the other, and then move about the liaud horizon- tally. {CrosK.) Fine or nice. Make tl>e sign for CiJraxN and Crood. Literally, good gra.ss. {Pa- kota VI.) UrawAnK. Sec Fee«lin|i?. (ireame. Left hand held carelessly to level of and in front of left breast ; two first fingers of the right hand .slightly extended and rubbed against the palm of the hand at the ba.se of the thumb. {Cheyenne I.) Probably a reference to the manner in which marrow is used in painting. I: m m ni m -H- i k 1 m 12K Iti^lit liiiiitl witli (lii}i;*'rs IxMit in i-«'S(Mi)l)liiii<'(> to tliu bowl of a spoon, )in*l tli«-n in tliis position liron;{lit ov«>r tiirt,as tlioii^:li fni|)t,vin;; <'on- fonts of spoon into it, \vlii(;|i is In'ld level of stoniacli liori/ontal, palm upward, tln;;(M's cxttMHlt'd, curved iipwanl, pointing' outward, ri^lit hand then joinin;>' tiie left and in sanu' position, Itotli hands are pushed out in front of body as thou^^h holdin<:' a pan in theni, and at tint same timit ineliiuMhe h(>ad forward and lilow on the liainls. (hiik-ota l.) "Front eoolinj; hot {jfrease, or food cooked in it." Ciil'Cal. (dompare lli|i', in tlie sense of ;;rcat.) The two hands op«'n placed wide apart on each side the body and m()ved forward. (Ihinhnr.) Tlie sijj;n for IBi;;', in the sense of Utt'ffe around, used tr represent tho (jindity of ji't'idness. {('Iiei/enu)' I.) Ih'dJ'mntv iiotitral sitfH. — Separate the haiuls widely apart. (UuUnnl.) €ij|*(>nf Fallicr: l*i*(>Mi(l(>ii( ; uImo Mrcrcl.'iry of Interior. Make the si^iis for WliKc mail, I'liicl*, and l<'allH'r. {Kaiotm 1; Vomanohe \\\ \ AitncheW; Wiiltifa II.) Iiircen. Kee C'olor. iirlef. lirinji- the ri^ht hand up to the left breast with lingers and thumb together (U, liug(?rs downward), foretiuger against breast, make a down- ward movement, the hand turning as it goes down till the palm is uj)- ward. {Cheyenne II.) Downhearted; lost heart. Phme the ends of the tingers over the ey(\s with both hands at the same time, and gently let the hands droj), imitating dropjiing of tears by repeating the motion two or three times, tln^ hands falling about to the breast, the head bowed forward. (OJihica IV.) The sign for Weepinn, Cri/infj " a i»'irt of the sign for grief, which would hardly be complete, however, without reference to the heart, and the following is the sign for grief or sorrow of the heart, or, as tlie Sioux say, " //fcYf/-^ (.s' (loivn, iq)sef."' Ihe palmar surface of the right haiul horizontal, with fingers exteiuled, pats the left breast several times, and is then turned over threes or four inches in front of the left breast so as to bring the palm ui)ward, thumb outward. {Dakota J.) " Upset heart, weeping." rirtce the palmar side of the extended lingers of the right hand to the front side of tlu? head, close the eyes, and drop the head forward upon the breast. ( Wyandot 1.) 12:) liil'i(>«(Ml ; Wduiidcd tf«-liii(<;s. With tlu^ iiulcx only (>.\t«'iid(>i'(>tcnd to puncture tliu licai't at re pt»att'K('t»l(>, To. Turn hand and lorctlnj^'cr up from the ground, indicatin;; the ^rowin;; or coming' from the ground or ont of the *>arth, *-los(^ the bahinro of fin^-'crn over tin* upturned pidin of tin* ri;;lit hand, raise hand by a (piiek motion a few inelies from tlie earth. {OJihini IV.) Commence with the.si;>;ii for liilV, living, iS:(\, l)ut stop the u])\vard motion of th(« hand at the projter time and turn it over, and hold as seen in ;W). {Ihihofit I.) " Desiji'natinj; the amount of {^rowtii by heifjht from the f>round." The hand is collected somewhat cui»-sliaped, as in type i)osition (O), the tin^^crs more closed and hand horizontal, and made to appr<»ach liie mouth, as in the act of eatinj,'. The extended rijjht and left indices are then crossed and brouj;'ht near the t;roMiid. From this position the hands (H .v(7» are uniforndy and siuM-essively raised in jerks. [Ofo aniJ Missouri I.) " The cominj;' up of something to eat from the cartli." Iiillll. Hold out the left hand, as in the act of supporting the ^un when directed horizontally, ami with the rijjlit appear to cocU it. (/.'>"//.) Close the lingers against the tlnnnb, elevate, the hand, and oi)en the finjicrs with a (piicrk Miit}). (Wicd.) It seems to me tliat here li(> only describes in sli}>htly varied language the motion already referred to in Arrow, To mIiooI with, and liiiiii, DiMcliarge ol', the tiring of a gun and not the gun itself. The oidy sign I ever remember to have seen for lirllll was made by tln^ arms being held in the position of shooting a g...i ; but whether this sign was conventional or im[»rovised 1 do not reiiHMnber. (Mottliews.) The dexter thumb and lingers are flashed or scattered, /. <:, thrown outward or upward, to denote fire. (Burton.) Itight-hand fingers pointing ui)\vard, partially closed against the thund), held to level of shoulder, suddenly elevated above the head, and the fingers and thumb at the same time snapped open to imitate the (juick discharge of smoke from a gun. (dhcyennc I.) IJotli index-fingers extended (others closed), thund)s resting on second fingers, the right brought to the right eye, with back of hand toward the right, horizontal finger pointing straight outward, and the left arm i 1 .-U) cxttMHk'd to its full (!!i]>iicit.v in front of tlie «'.V(', so that llie cxtondod fort'tinjjrer of tliiit lunid is on a lino with tlio extended foretinger of tiie iij>lit, buck of left hand toward the left, hand horizontal, Hnjjer i)ointin{j forward. I-Mge of the finjjers of both hands downward. {DnUota 1.) " Kroni the act of aiming with the {{un." : I r« Semi-Hex the tin<>ers and thninb of the left hand, and i)la(;e the hand in front of tiie chest, witli its palm inclinin};- downward, backward, and toward the rij>ht at an an<>le of 4')°; pass the rijjht tivst upward along the ])alm of the left until the rijuht wrist lies between the left thumb and index, then suddeidy ojjen all the fingers. {Dalotii IV.) The right hand brought to the right side of {(le chest's to]) in posi- tit)u (E 1), horizontal ; the fingi'rs suddenly opened, :is in grasping a trigger; the left arm and index-finger extended, and tlu' right hand in above j)osition brought to tiie middle of the left arm; the rigiit liaiul suddenly exjtanded upward, as the smoke from the exjtlosion of the cap when tlu' gun isdisciiargfd. (Oto nnd Missouri 1.) "That which is dis- charged by a trigger from the shoidder." V\i\), ]»eicnssion. Left hand held in front of the breast, half dosed, lingers of the right imud clasped as tiiough grasping a small object ami brought down to left hand ; motion made with the right hand as though cocking a gun; right hand slapped into the palm of the left hand, ir.aking a sharp clap. {CIh'i/viuk; 1.) Discharge of a. JMace both hands as in Arrow, to Mhoof an; extend the left arm, contract the right before the face, then snap iiie ends of the fingers forward. ( Wicd.) The des( ription is so ambiguous thar I can not siitisfy myself as t') his meaning. l'< ihaps he is trying to describe a form of tlu' sign for Volley, whicii I ga' e you. (Miittheics ) There is indisputable similarity in the {Oto and Misxoiiri 1) sign and Wicd's as to conception and execsut'on, the slight dittere'ice being in executing it. (Boteler.) Left hand with ail the tingei .; I'xtended, horizontal, back outward, edge of fingers 3! 131 :ht cut ott a piwie of the oxteiidtHl thninl), so tliat the tiii<;vr is laid across the thunih-iiail. ( Weid.) I have seen this siyn made, (^[(t(tll( irs.) 4ir II II powder. Aj.pear to take uj) a piiieh ot lie jxtwder and to rub it between the finger and thnnib, then turning the hand spring the lingers from the thumb upward, so as to represent the exploding of the powder. ( hoiuj.) IJub the tluunb and index finger together repeatedly. ( Wied.) I remember having seen this sign nmde; but I thiniv that when the lingers were rubbed together they were held points downward, an inch or s(> above the o\w\\ palm of the left hand. {}'a1thews,) The left hand Ixnizontal, palm njiward, fingers to the right (X), is lu Id in front of tlie breast; rigiit in-nd (I'), with fingers pointing do .tuward, baiik outward, is held over the i)alm of the left, witli a slight motion of the thumb and forefinger, as though feeling the grains of powder with them. {Dokoiu I.) " Kxamining tiie grains of powder." Kill) the thund) and index of the right hand fogether f«)r several seeonds. (Dakota IV.) Ciriiii-Ni'rew. Elevate the hand to indicate the gun and twist the fingers spirally around the thundi. ( W'icd.) (irllll-MllOt. First make the sign for Ex|iloNioil with the rigli hand, which is made by the list (B li), excepting that the thumb is un(U'r the fingers i. (' , resting in the |)alm of tiie hivnd, the lingers are snapi)e(l forwitrd aiul ui)ward from the level (tf the breast to that of the iiead, where all rhe fingers are closed bi'l the index ami second, which are fei)arited and i)oint upward (?¥). {Dakota I.) " Indicates the explosion or dis- cliarge of both barrels of a double-barreled shot-guii." To hit w'Mi a. !'iac(^ the tips of the fingers dowjnvanl uimii Hie thumb, then snuj) them forward and strike the hands together. ( Mied.) Probably wlien he says, "strike the hands together," he wishes to describe my sign for ^liot. When the person wlioiii the prince saw making tliis sign, I'aised the finger, he may have done so to indicate a iHail, or One .sliot. I do not think that the raising of the finger is an integral i)art of the si gn . ( Mattheics. ) Same as Bow, but in making th»> '"rst sign have l)oth hands opened and the fingers pointing toward the left. (Dakota IV.) ¥■: I ::i:i ^ :ir i 11 |:: r i ■ ii !l Ifit* M ' J i!i * ) : 132 Place the left hand at arm's loiifttli in front cf the breast, the rifjht at the same e? vation hut in front of the rif^ht shoulder, then snap the finfjers from the thumb simultaneously. When the sign is rsed in con- nection with other {gestures in a s(^ntence it is thus abbreviated ; when used alone, the backs of the lingers of the right hand are :-itruek Hat against the ])alm of the left. {rai-Ute I.) Extend the left hand, closed, nearly at arm's length. Place the closed right hand before the right shoulder, first two fingers resting on the ball of the thumb; then simultaneously snap forward the index and secoiul fingers of the right hand and the forefinger of the left; finally, throw the open riglit hand over and downward toward the right. (Ute I; Ahsarohu 1 ; ISlioslioui and Jkniak I.) "To hit and kill." To hit the target. Witii the lunula' ii; the jmsition stated -it the completion of the sign for liiiin, (liainst base of tlnunb of left hand ; (L') sign foj- firrnMM made. This si^ii is sometimes made over other portions of th(; body, the idea beinfj skin grass. {Cliei/eiine 1.) Touch I'he hair of the person or animal with the rigiit index. (Dako- id I.) "Designating the hai.." Haiti §fo|>! liaise the hand, with tiie i)alm in front, and i)usli it backward and forwart? several limes — a gestnr«', well known in the I'^ast. (Burton.) I'alm of rigiit hand down, move sideways two or tlirc e times, during the extension of arm slowly extending to natural length (not stretched), then stopped and held still a moment, gently lower a little, with a care- ful movement to tiu' right of said slioulder. [Ojibira IV.) Ikiglit hand brougiit in iront of the right breast a few inches, hand and lingers nprigiit, joined, palm outward (T), carry it in this |)ositiou directly outward from the body witii a ([uick movement, and when the arm is extended about two-thirds of itscai>acity, come to a sudden stop and hold there a monu'ut. {Dalotd I.) "From the act of stopping suddenly." IJotli hands i-linchcd as in (.\), lield in front (»f the body, the right hand above the left. l>ring tlic rigiit hand down (piicklyon top of the left. (Dalota III.) Siiake the upright o|)ened ri^'ht hand four to eight inclu's from side to side a few tijues, from twelve to eightee)' inches in front of the right shouhler, tin- j. dm forward, lingers relaxed and separated a little; then close the hand and lower the fist about eighteen inciies, back outward. (Ikikota IV.) An(»ther: Iiu;line the body forward, ])Iace the right fist at arm's length forward, a little higher than the navel, bent ui)ward at the wrist, back outward, then move the fist downward about eighteen inches. {Dakota IV.) Extend the left hand, palms turned inward, fingers dosed. Extend the right in the same way and bring the extended palm of the right smartly aiaess the tips of the fingers of the left. Just missing them. Wiiile traveling, if they want to stoji and camp, this sign is used with the following aihlition: Clinch the rigiit fist (F) and bring it smartly down. This indicates they will sit down there. (Comanche I.) "Cut it off." Closo the right, leaving the index fully extended ; place the tii> to the mouth, then direct it firmly forward and downward toward the ground. (PaiUte I.) m :! ' M till 184 Deaf-mute natural sif/n. — Lift both iiaiids up. (Zeigkr.) Italian Niyn. — The open hand stretched out witli the lingers up. (Buthr.) Halt. A storipin«-i)hu'e. Must be in(li(!ated by tlie ]»roper name of the i)lace (as Had River, Standing IJoeiv, Big Woods, ifn:.) at wliich the lialt (wliich is also the sU'eping|)laee for tlie niglit) is made. Indians have no "halts" in the ICiiglish sense of the word, but would say instead, " I slept at such a river or rock." In only one way can Indians be said to have halting- places, i. e., as on a long journey over a well-knowu country the same caiii])s are nuide time after time as long as tind)er and water last, and distance is rougidy calculated or estiinate pointing obliciuely upward (W 2), bring tb.e hand down over the face to the left breast, there turn the hand so that it will be as in (W) with tips of extended fingers pointing toward the left, ami carry it outwanl and toward the right. {Dalcota I.) "Pretty fa(!e, good heart." Deaf-mute natural nign. — Draw the outstretched palm of the right hanen the left hand atnl strike against it several times with the right (with the backs of the lingers). (Wied.) Still used for hard in certain senses. (Matthcirs.) Same as the sign for Mtoiie. {Bakota I.) " Would seem to refer to t' . time when the stone hammer was the hardest pounding instrument these Indians knew," Rotate the right tist a very little from side to side while raising it about a toot from just in front of the right breast, its palm inward. The tist represents the heart which is hard, and the motion its beating. {Dakota IV.) I i ; > 1 .'io Strike the palm of the left liaiid with tiie front of tlie rif>ht list several tinie.s. (luiiowal; Coma nvlic III', Apache II; Wichita II.) Push the tii» of the rijjlit index ajjainst the ti^ijiitlyelinehed left fist (A) at several imints. (Apache III.) " Impenetrability." Deaf-mute natural sigm. — Strike the tists together, {harmu.) Hold the forefinger and thumb :ahota IV.) Hare. With the fore and second fingers (,\, with the two lingers consider- ably separated) of each hand on their respective sides of the head, and with the extended fingers jtointing upward, backs of hands light to right and left to le t, wafv them forward and backward, and then with both hands oi)en, fingers stiaight, slightly separated, ])ointing upright, backs of hands in the same relative; position as above, in front and at tlie level of the face, and with the left hand seven or eight inches forward of the right, make the forward movements with both at the same time in imita- tion of the running jumps of the rabbit by moving them forward on a short curve, and then at the level of the bnjast lay the ext<'n(h>d straight and. joined first and . e(;ond fingers of the right hand across the backs ot of the similarly extendelit si(U' of Unt lu'iul, tlii'ii (Iniw tlu'iii to}>etlu'r on it liorizontiil lino wlierc tlio liat rests upon the Iieiid. ( Dakota Vi) The arms and hands are raised to the foreliead, the thumbs are erect, tlu* extended indiees meet at th(^ midtUeot'the foreliead — the hands are in position (L) — and diverf;e, drawing a line to the ears. The fingers are now elosed and seemiiijily pull something" from the to]> of the head down- \vard. [Olo - outward, hands hori- Kontal, Hat, &c., when the curved motions cease, and the hands (W) are carried straif>iit downward six (u- seven inches and brout^ht to a stop suddenly as thoufih pattinj;- down the top of a i>ile. (Dakota 1.) "From tln^ shai)e of a mound, heap, or pile." llear,lo; lieai*iii$$'; heard; liMleii. ((Joiii]>are I'lidei'Mlaiid.) IMaci^ the open thumb and imh^x-liiific^r over tiie ri^ht ear, and move them hither and thither. (Wied.) I liave }jiven you this sijjn with a .similar meanin}>', but, as in si<«!is for Coat and Lej/j/inns, I say tiie fni;;er til»s are in contact, which he says they are not. The remarks I make about this diHereiice in the former signs may apply as well to this. {Matthews.) Tap the right ear with tiie index tip. (lUirfoii.) A twirling' at the ear. (Mae{)oi(Hni.) First and middle finger of right hand pointing upward held close to right ear; moved gently downward and forward, eyes looking askance, eyebrows contracted as if in the act of listening. {Cheyenne I.) IMace the hand paitially closed, palm to the front, behind the ear. {Arupaho I.) First makethe sign for Attention, and then carry tiie hand back in the same position to near the right breast, and at the same time in- cline the head toward the sound or the direction in which it comes. {Dakota I.) "Same as wiili us; lirst attracting attention as an indica- tion to keei» (piiet and then listening." Close the right hand, leaving the index and thumb fully extended aiul separated ; place the hand upon tlu^ right ear with the index above it and the thumb below; then pass forward and slightly downward by the v!heek. {Ahsarokal; Jlidntsal; Arikaral; IShoshoni and lianak I.) Forefinger right hand extended, curved, (others closed); thumb rest- ing on second finger is carried directly to the riglit ear. {Dakota I.) "From the act of hearing." 18 ■1 W] i'rv 'I ■M ^^'' ill : ..',-■' > If .;',.■;'* |if! ^ ml llii; ■li:«-l m H \•^H Holding Uw, fingers as for I know, place tlie riglit iiulux, back out- wanl, in front of tlie riglit car, poiiitinf^ upward and a little forward. (Dakota IV.) Tlie tips of the fore(in{;cr and tliunih bcinjj;' opposed, the liand is held a few indies from tlu^ ear and then caused to apjuoach (he latter. Tlie hand may tiien be restored t() its ori}{inal i)osition and motion repeated. (Mandan and Jlidatm I.) Spread tiu; lliund) and index widely a])art, remaining' lingers closed; place the liand, palm forward, to tlu^ side of the head, the thumb below the ear, and tlie index above it; then move the hand forward and down- ward. {Kaioira I; Votnaiwlie III ; A jiaelte II ; lV7c/i(7 of tiie right hand closed, index crooked, ])laced opposite and pointing to the ear, palm toward the shoulder, and moved toward tiie ear several times. [Apache I.) To listen. Hold the right index in front of the ear as for I Hear, and then turn the hand a little from side to side two or three times. ( Dakota IV.) Bring the hand (R with last three fingers shut) near the ear, thumb and index raised, oth(;r fingers closed; turn the head to bring the ear toward source of sound; facial expression inquiring. {Apache III.) " Sound coming to ear." Deaf-mute naturaJ aUins. — I'lace the foix'fingeron the ear; at thesanie time incline the head as if to listen to something. (Zeijjler.) Move the forefinger nearly to the ear. (Ballard.) To i)oint the finger to the ear. (Larson.) Do not. I do n(>t understand. Make the sign for I Undei*!iitaiifl, 1 Hear, and then the sigu for ]Vo, or throw the hand outward from the ear. (Dakota IV.) Point the forefingers of both hands to the external meatus of the ears. (Zuni 1.) With one's own ears, To. Make the sign for Hear, then pass the index of the right hand from the left ear outward toward the left. (Arikara I.) 139 Heard, I linvc. ()l)on wide tho thumb iiiid iiKlcx-Hii^jfc? of tho rij^lit liiiiid, pliici^ tlnMii ovor tlio ciir, riiid in tliis pusition move tliein quiclvly jmst the chin and nose. ( Wied.) Ihiuji tlie extended palm (\¥) to tlie ear a timr or two, as iC fannint; the ear. {Comanche I.) Heart. Same as the sijjn for I, ])ersonal pronoun. {Paknta I.) The lieart is seh'eted as the seat of all the emotions. liad. See Bad heart. (Jood. See fnuod heart. Heat. Tlie two hands raised as hifjli as the head and l)eu;lin{f forward hori- zontally, with the i»oints of tlie fingers eurvinj;' a little downward. (Ih-)ilKir.) (i) lioth hands, i)alni downward, elevated to the level of the eyes and e\tende-. Ueference to the sun's rays, for nu»re ]»artic- ular idea ''it feels hot," rij;ht hand hehl with little tinker ajjainst the part affected and sif>n for Fire made. [Cheyenne I.) Place both hands over the head, palms down, tinj;ers pendent and hangin}<; downward at a short distance from the foreliead. (Kainira I; Comanche III ; Apache II; Wichita II.) riiis si-^n if made a little lower and in front of the face, the hands also beinj;' lowered and raised afiain several times quickly, siy:nities Raill. " Kays of \\\i\\i and heat." Heavy. Place both Hat and extended hands before the chest, i)ointing forward with the palm u]», about tour inches ajn r- "s if supporting a large i)ody; then move them simultaneously upward and downward about two or three inches, the upward motion being nuule more rapidly than the downward. (Kaiotoal', Comanche III; Apache W; Wichita \\.) Point at an imaginary object; seize with both hands and lift with great effort; also, take up an imaginaiy object in one hand and lift .slowly two or three feet (Y). {Apache HI.) With both hands clinched (B), anus more than half extended, draw them u])ward in front of the ■ ody from the level of the abdomen to that of the face, with a slow and more or less interru])ted movement, as though the hands seized and (ionveyed ui)war 1 ■'! ? m VS^ m ' '' 'i. 'fWt\ ■ i? 140 ll('l|l. To ilMMiMt. I>riii<; i'ij;:lit liiiiid up to ri};:h^l)R>a.st, t'orofiii^rcr .straight (J in upri;;lit position, palm on^) ; tlic left to tlic left Itrcast, sanu' jiosition, liands aiioiit six in(^lu's ajtart. Move i)otli forward. {Oto and Missouri I.) Only by others coniin;;' to join in doiiiji' some 8[)(^(!ial work. (Apuvlie III.) ■ I'irst commence witii tlu' oikmi ii<>lit liand (V) bai-ic outward, i)oiutiii;i; obliciuely ui)ward, about two feet from tlie rif^ht side of tiu' front of tlie body and draw inward nearly to tlie body, des(!ribiii}( a .series of circu- lar inovement.s, tl.;'n without .stopjtinj;' tlH^ movement of the hand, carry it with nuMlerate force, liack upward, horizontal, linjicrs extended, strai^iiit, .joined, etc., a^'ainst the palm of the left hand, (inner side of th(^ riyht index strikinj;' it), which is held horizontal, ab(Mit a foot in front of the body, with liufiers e:;tended, straifiht, joined, etc., edj;e downward, back toward the rij;ht, and then the rif^ht hand is carried outward from tlu! b(»dy by a series of cir'udar movements the reveise of the first movements jjiven above. (/M/'vj'a I.) "Come and help me." Here. Ui^iht hand closed, list, back outward, uprij;lit, is moved ujtward and downward in front of rij>ht .side of body from the level of the breast to that of the top of the head. (Diikota I.) "It is ri{,dit here; at the place." The rif>lit arm is flexed toward tlio body, and tlie hand in type- position (A) describes a (circle before the breast. The sifjfii continii- illy' from the completion of the circle, the hand is fully opened as in tyi>e- positioM (S 1), horizontal, nndedjjes beiiiy held upward and downward, and made to sti'ike the {fround forcibly. [Oto and Mmouri \.) "On this very spot of earth." Only by pointiuj?, as to fjfround or into my tent as I sat at its entrance, {Apache III.) Where we .stand. Same position of hand as Cireat fliMtance, and point down directly in front to the feet or between them with sudden droiipiii};' of head or quick bow, the ey^s folio wiiify the direction of the hand in every instance. (OJibirn IV.) Slide, To ; Coneeal. (Compare Steal.) Place the hand inside the clothing of the left breast, to put away or to keep secret. (Jiurton.) This means also (1) Sitfii for §teal ; (2) left hand flat, i)alin downward, placed near some part of the body ; (.'{) right-hand fingers hooked ; covered by left. (Cheyenne I.) 141 r '?,4l Tlic left liaiid staticMiiii'.v ahoiit cijilit iiiclics in front of Icift broast, lioii/ontal, hack oiitvvarti, (■)!;;(> downward^ lin;:rr.s clost'd, anleH it verv nnn^h, and it is used to denot«> concealment of any article from view, inneli the same as we woidd put ont of M\f\\t any article we did not wish seen for any leason other than that the article was stolen. (Dahitii I.) "IMacin;; it out of sij,'ht." Hold the o|iened left liand, palm downward, l!n|i>'ers pointing* toward th»' ii;;ht a loot or eifihteen inches in front of the lower part of the ciiest, ami ])ass the opened t i^lit hand, palm downward, over it, and alun;;' the forearm to the ell)(»w ; then close both Innnis and carry the rij-lit tlst under the left arm, as if hiding; it. {IhiUotn W .) (Irasp the foj-fflnj^ei' of the rijtht with the palm of tli«' left. Some- tinn's. when (h.'siriny to express Theft they f^o thntn^h the motion of concealiiifi sonn-thin;;' under their blanket. {Comonclie 1.) hciif mute niiliirtti sij/ns. — First h(»ld the open left hand in Iront of the body, next i>ass slowly the oi>en rifjht hainl beside the left, and at the same time incline the head, with the nH)nth (ilosely shut and the eyes half opened, toward the left, and then point totlie hidinjjplaee. (Hanen- stah.) To put the outstretched hands to};ether toward the head. {Larson.) To incline the head and face as if seeking' some i)lae(> of refufje. (Zeii/ler.) Secret, secn'ted. Dcd/viute iiiifiintl nif/iis. — Having- touched the lower lip, tlie mouth oi)enin};' and shutting;' alternately, shake your head. {Crotm.) Place the foretinj>'er on the mouth, at the same time moving the lips as if speakinji', and then shake the head as if to say "no." (ZeigJer.) Hide, Mkiii. SIkii f*>i' Animal ; both hands closed, palms facing but not touch- ing each other; quickly but slightly drawn apart. (Cliei/enne I.) Hi;$'ii. See Di^ in the sense of Hi^ii. Hill, biiifi; iiioiintiiin. A clinched hand held up on the side of the head, at the distance of a foot or more from it. To signify a range of mountains, hold up the fin- gers of the left hand a little diverging from each other. (Lomj.) 1 V. iM iii ■m ''■■■J .' 'W , i ■: ' 1 ■ q^j' -:f':Mi 11 Ji 'WJ V'.: M IK: mj il' It • 142 Closo the (liif,M'r tijts (tvcr tlic Ih'ikI ; if a inoniitiiiii is to Im" oxpn'sscil, raiHc tluMii lii;,'li. T(» dciiotc! tin iiMcciit on riMiiifi (>rouii(l, |hih.s tlic rijxlit ))ii1iii ov<>i' tli*> lt>t't liiiiid. Iiiilt'tloultliii}; up tli«> latter, so tlisit it looks like a lid^fe. {liitrton.) Motli liaiuls oiitspreail near eaeli (ttlier, palms downward, and elevated to the level of the liuie; broii^iht downward to represent the slope of a liill, the motion at the base being Nonunvlnit more rapi«l than at tli(> llrst part. {('Iirj/ninv 1.) ITold tiie left hand clinched at some distance before tlu' face, the knuckles i»ointin{i' upward, representing the elevation or hill, (hahotii VII.; (loing over a. First make the sign for Hill as contained in .lloillltaill, with both hands or with the left liand, in front of breast, and then the right hand is wiiward. [Dakota Iv .; Peak. Place tin' left tist, with the knuckles pointing upwanl, at some distance before the fa lo siiMtp Miff«>,s- HJVfly t'orwiirtl tVoin tlit> iiioiitli, in iiiiitiitioii of tlir iiiiiriiiil itimviii^ tiic };r<)iiiMl. {Olo anil Missouri I.) "A liciiij: witli lar;,'*' ears tliat plows up eartli witli its nose." (1) lliiiidoii I'dfjf, lorwanl (T on tMln't')i waved \t'rti(rall.v and forward, sliort, (piicii motion; (-') Inind nearly extended, tlnj^ers {•atliered to;;etlier (U, nioru loosely and beat a little), and jdaeed in front of the niontii, tips forward. {Ajxtchv III.) "(Salt of aniiniii, and snont. Tiie. lirst part of the si>;n is an ideally perfeet re|>rodiietion of the trot of the liaU'jiiown porkurs H(!avenj;iiif>' the apniey riibbisli." IIoiK'mI, lioil«'M|y. (('onipare Tl'lllll.) Hi^dit hand held with thinnb inward a;>'ainst the heart; foretin^er extended, knnckle phieed a;;ainsl the month; tlirnst straii^ht forward and outward in a sli;iht downwaid enrve to e\|)ress "strai;;ht from the heart." (Chfifeinic I.) An honest man. First make the si^^n for .^ail and then the si;;n for 'I'rillll. This relates to YVi/r, /<•«//(, in speakinj;'. //<• /«7/.v no lies. It is sneh a rare ueenrrene(4 for one Inerson with the index, then jdaee both hands, Hat and extended, about eif^hteen inches apart, with palms faein};. as liif;h as the head, and move them eastward to arm's lenjith. ( Wi/antlot I.) " Uni- form fronj head to foot, or, literally, the same from end to end." Indieate object. (I) Grasp toward it (P, elosinji more and prone); (2) .si^n of nefjation; (.J) wave the hands otf forward and down ('; (2) no; (.{) leaves it where it is." First point tu the ])er.son, then make si^n for Ciiood ; then phiee fist of left hand at a jtoint in front of body (A. 1, ehanf,^ed to left), and make a pass under it with ri^^lit hand, as tlionj;li }^raspin}«' somethiiifj and ])idliiip: it away from where it belonjis, tinkers and tlnunb naturally relaxed at tirst (Y 1, palm down), but before the return movement is made the tin};ers and thumb are closed (A 2, palm inward), as thoufjh laying- hold of soniethinf>'; then the linal motion is nuikinji the si;,ni of TVe^'alion, i^ot. [ISahajithi I.) " lie is a good man; will steal noth- ing at all." Horror. The palm of tlie right hand (W 2) laid over the numth, and at the same time the sign for SiirpriMe is made by drawing the head and body backward. 1 have seen a few Indians use both hands in making -i:; •^ i'-' ••'5' ■Siestmrnaamilj m^ this -siyii, layiiijjf ono over the, otiier crosswise, thus +, covering tVe inoiitli. One of these signs would be iiseil sis above if an India:) waliv- ing along should unexpectedly see the body of a dead person lying on the ground, when the sign for ISurpriNe would be made simultaneously as expressing his emotions. Uue of the rtigns would also be used by a l)erson on hearing of an unexpected death; and I bu.lieve it was some occurrence of this kind tl\at misled the Prince of VVied-Neuwied and caused him to givt^ '■.ubstantially the second sign above as the one for I>e(t(i, Douih. [IHihAal.) Horwe. Th* light hand witii the edge (lownwariifto)i'H sign for Dog'^ and is easily confounded with his ni^u i'oi- 'tliiiik, fiTileMf>i. Place the first two lingers of the right hand, thumb extended {X 1), downwaui, astraddle the first two joined and straight fingers of the left hand (T 1), sidewise to the right. Many Sioux Indians use only tbo forefinger straightened. {Dakota I.) " Horse mounted." The first and second fingers extended and separated, remaining fingjrs and thumb closed ; left forefinger extended, horizontal, remaining fingers 145 and thumb closed ; i>lace the rifiht-haiid flugeivs astiide of tlie Ibrelinger of the left, and both hands jerked together, up and uo'.vu, to represent the motion of a horse. {DakoM III.) The two hands being clinched and near together, palms downward, thuud)s against the forelingers, throw them, each alternately, forward and backward about a foot, througii an ellipsis two or three times, from about six inches in front of the chest, to imitate the galloping of ahorse, or the hands nmy be hehl forward and not moved. {Dakota IV.) Place the extended and separated index and second fingers of the right hand astraddle of the extended forefinger of the left. {Dakota VI, VII ; Uulatsa I ; Arikara I.) The left hand is placed before the chest, back upward, in the position of an index-hand pointing forward; then the first and second fingers of the right hand (oiily) being extended, separated, and pointing down- ward, are set one on each side of the left forefinger, the inter-digital space resting on the forefinger. The i)alm faces downward and bau the sign for Spotted. ( Dakota IV.) Hoi'Mvbaek, To ride. Make the sign for Horsne, with the dirtcrence tha; liand «'xteud8 farther and the gesture is made cpiickly. ( Wied.) Separate the fore and middle fingers of the right liand, over the fin- gers of the left extended and joined, both palms t«'«;ird the body, the forefinger of the right along the back of the left hand. (Arapaho I.) Place the fore ami middle fingers across the forefiiigei' of left hand, both advanced in front of breast, both hands advatuin dotions as if riding, by up and down nu>tions on finger and left li.i (Ojibwa IV.) Place the first two fingers of the right hand (PIT with thumb resting on third finger) astraddle the two joined (many Sioux use only the fore- %:«■ I'li I 41 4 ma 1 ;• 148 finger straightened) and straight first finger of the leti (T 1); then make several short arched movements forward with liands so joineil. (Dakota I.) " The liorae mounted and in motion." Double the fists and make a succession of plunging motions, alter- nately with either hand, forward and downward in imitation of the motion of a horse's forefeet in trotting or galloping. The sign of strad- dling the fingers for ruliiuf is also in use among the Sioux, l>ut is not so common as the above. (Dakota II.) Extend and si)read the right fore and middle fingers and place them, thei: ends jtoiuting directly downward, astride the fingers of the left hand; the little and ring fingers of the right hand to be semi-flexed, thuulv against index; the radial side of the left hand to be upward, fin- gers extended and joined, pointing forward, thumb in palm, the" iaise and lower the end of the left hand several times. This sign is also used for Horse when the hands aio kept still. (Dakota IV.) Exti^nd the first two fingers of the left hand before the body, then straddlt the fore aiul second Hngers of the right hand across those of the left; in this position, niake a series of short jumps or jerks from left to right, imitating the gallop of a horse. (Dakota V.) Make the sign for Hor^e, and as the hands are retained in this position, move them forwjird in short curves to represent motion of riding. (Ihtkofa VI; Hidatsa I; Arikara I.) The hands are arranged as in tlie sign for Horwe, and then moved forward. (Hidatm I.) This indicates in a general way a journey on horseback ; but ditt'erent modes of riding may be shown by approi)riate modifications of this sign, thus: a slow journey is shown by moving the hands slowly forward, a race by moving them rajridly, a gallop by mov- ing them in a series of small arcs whose convexity is upward, a jog-trot by moving them in a series of small angles witii a slight arrest of n,ot'.on between eacli angle, etc. Left hand rei)resents the horse, forefinger held up a little from the other fingers. Kight forefinger and middle finger astride left forefinger ; right thuml) curved ui)ward nn left I' left forefinger. (Omaha I.) Place the first two fingers of the right hand astride the left hand, and move both forwanl. (Jrot/uois I.) Place the hands as in the sign for Horwe, and move them forward in short interrupted arched curves. ( Wyandot I.) Throw the iiulex and middle fingers of the right hand astraddle the forefinger of the left. (Sahaptin I.) !it:(-i 149 Place the extended and separated index and second fingers of the right hand across the extended forefinger of tlie left, back of the hand forward. {Pai- Ute I.) The index and second linger of the right hand alone extended and separated, i)laced astrmldle the extended •oiettnger of the left, the palm of the right hand facing the back of the left hand. {Apache I.) Hot, Hot weather. (Co]n])are Heat.) Hands at the height of the head or sometimes over it, horizontal, tlat, with fingers and thnmbs extended, separsited, i)ointing toward the front, palm of hands down (W), make a slight trennilons motion with the fingers, withont movin;"" the hand. Sign is also often made with the extended fingers pointing toward each other. (DaJiOtal.) "Glimmer during hot weather. lleHection sind refraction through the atmosjthere often seen during hot weather." Hour, Time of day. (Compare Day.) To indicate any particular time of day, the hand with the sign of the sun is stretched out toward the eastern horizon, and then gradually elevated until it arrives in the proper direction to indicate the part of the heavens in which the sun will be at tlie given time. {Lorn/.) Forefinger of right hand, crooked as in sign for !?Ioi*ninj;', made to d''scribe an arc over the head from east to west, being stopped at any point in tise arc according to the time of morning or evening. {Chey- enne I.) Indi(!ate the spot at which the sun stood wiien the event to which they are alluding occurred. Point fixedly to that point and hold the arm in that ])ositioii for several moments. {Ojihica I.) Curve the index of the (^osed right hand in the form of a half circle; move it from the eastern horizon, following the course of the sun, and allowing it to rest at the ])ositioo occ;i[)ied by that body at the time to be indicated. {Dalota V.) The sign for $$iin being nnule, the hand is held in the direction of the place which the sun would o(^cui>y at the time to be indicated, or the hand is made to describe an arc corres|)oiuling to the (!Ourse of the sun during the lapse of time referred to. Tluis the forenoon is shown bj' stretching the hand (in position of sign for sun) toward the horizon, and , then slowly sweeping it up toward the zenith ; the afternoon is shown by a reverse motion ; noon, by holding the hand toward the zenith. {Hidatsa I.) Deaf-mute natural signs. — Indicated by striking the air with the fore- finger, signifying the stroke of the clock. {Ballard.) ■VA :vl'-»: m\ ■i mt' ii' II 1*^ I «1i I It; 150 Move the forefinger in a circle, indicating the motion of the minute- hand, and then indicate the number of hours. {Hasenstab.) HoiiMC. (Compare Ijodge,) The hand hjilf open and the forefinger extended and separated ; then raise the hand upward and give it a half turn, as if screwing some- thing. (Dunbar.) Partly fold the hands, the fingers extended in imitation of the corner of an ordinary log-house. (Arapaho I.) Both hands outspread near each other, elevated to front of face ; sud- denly separated, turned at right angles, palms facing ; brought down at right angles, suddenly stopped. Representing scpiax'c form of a house. {Cheyenne I.) The fingers of both hands extended and slightly separated, then those •.."the right sire placed into the several spaces between those of the left, the tips extending to about the first joints. {Abmroka I.) " From the arrangement of the logs in a log building." Cross the ends of the extended fingers of the two hands, the hands to be nearly at right angle, radial side up, palms inward, thumbs in palms. ( Dakota IV.) " Kepresents the logs at the end of a log-house." Both hands extended, fingers spread, place those of the right into the spaces between those of the left, then uiove the hands in this position a short distance upward. ( Wyandot 1.) "Arrangenumt of logs and ele- vation." Both hands are held edgewise before the body, palms facing, spread the fingers, and place those of one hand into the spaces between those of the left, so that the tips of each protrude about an inch beyond. {Hidatsal; Kaioical; Ankara 1; Comanche III ; Apache 11; Wichita II.) "The arrangement of logs in a frontier house." In ordinary con- versation the sign for white man^s house is often dropped, using instead the generic term emi)loyed for lodge, and this in turn is often sibbreviated, as by the Kaiowas, Comanches, Wichitas, and others, by merely placing the tips of the extended forefingers together, leaving the other fingers and thumbs closed, with the wrists about three or four niches apart. Both hands held pointing forward, edges down, fingers extended, and slightly separated, then place the fingers of one hand into the spaces between the fingers ot the other, allowing the tips of the fingers of either hand to protrude as far as the first joint, or near it. {Shoshoni and Banak I.) " From the appearance of a corner of a log-house — protruding and alternate layers of logs." Deaf-mute natural signs. — Draw the outlines of a house in the air. (Ballard.) ■in 151 Put the open hands together toward the face, forming a right angle with the arms. (Larson.) Going into a. Hold the open left hand a foot or eighteen inches in front of the breast, palm downward or backward, fingers pointing toward the right, and pass the right hand, palm npward, fingers bent sidewise and jwinting backward, from before backward underneath it, througli a cnrve until near the mouth. Some at the same time move the left hand a little forward. (Dakota IV.) Going out of a. Hold the open left hand a foot or eighteen inches in front of the breast, palm downward or backward, fingers pointing toward the right, aiul pass the right with index extended, or all of the fingers extended, and pointing forward, about eighteen inches f«)rward underneath the left through an arc froui near the mouth. Some at the same time move the left hand toward the breast. (Dakota IV.) Stone, Fort. Strike the back of the right fist against the palm of the left liand, the left palm backward the fistuprig'.if (idea of resistance or strengtli) ; then with botli hands v>pened, relaxed, horizontal, and palms back- ward, place the ends of the right ♦'ngors behind and against the ends of the left; then separate them, and moving them backward, each through a semicircle, bring their bases together. (Dakota IV.) "An inclosure." Humble or meek. Express by bent body, the right hand holding the mouth, or over it, the hands also sometimes blackened. (Ojibwa IV.) First njake the sign for Poor, in property, and then the ex- tended forefinger of both hands (others closed), pointing upright (J), with backs inward, are carried straight outward from about a foot in front of their respective eyes as far as the arras can be extended. (Da- kota 1.) ^'' Closely related to poor in property ; and possibly means not seeing anything belonging to the person." Hungary. A sawing of the breast. (Macgoican.) Touch the epigastrium with the forefinger of the right hand, and then opening the mouth point down the throat with the same finger. (Dakota II.) " The first motion indicates the emptiness of the stomach and the second the mode of remedying it." 11 i: i m "■":i ' ■' n if , -1 I. ■ n I li'iU 152 The arm is Hoxt'd ut the elbow, the hand collected into sliape of a 8poo]i, tin^f^ers and thumbs approximated and tbrmin;; a hollow in the iiand, not (■h)sed at points. With the ]>alm U]>, the hand is then drawn edgewise across tiie epigastrium twice. (Oto \.) "Am empty or ex- hausted." Anotlier: The arm is Hexed and tiie hand brought to the pit of stQuiach, as in ]>ositi(ni (^ii 1), inodihed by being hori ontal and the back conclave outward. The hand is tluui passed seniicircularly «lownward and outward from tlie abdomen. (Oto I.) *• IIolh)wed out or empty." Pass th«* outer edge of tlie tiat right liand across the epigastrium witli a sawing motion. {Kaioirn I; Comancho III ; Aixwhell; Wichita II.) "Tiie craving of an empty stomacli." lioth hands placed near t(»gether in front of stomach, lingers pointing toward the body, then each hand (piickly Jerked aside as though tearing something ai>art. (iSdlKiptin 1.) Place the Hat right hand transversely to the pit of the stomach accom- panied by an expression of weariness. {Apuchc I.) Italian nigii. — Tap the side with the open hand. [Butler.) Iliiiitiii^ or ••ieareliin^ t'oi*. The forefinger is brought near the eye aiul placed in the attitude of pointing; it is then waggt'd from side to side, the eye following its devious motion, and seeming to look in the direction indicated. Home- times the hand is extended far before the eye, and the same motion is given to the finger. [Loih/.) Kight forefinger extended (others closed) ^.,1), is carried outward from the right eye, with considerable up-and down and right-audleft movements, as though searching for something lost, the eyes following the course of the finger. {Dakota I.) " From the act of hunting or searching for anything." With the iiulex (or index and second fingers separated) only extended, place the hand nearly at arm's length before the face, the finger point- ing slightly above the horizon ; move it from side to side, with the eyes intently following the movement. (Dakota VII; Ute I.) The hand is held as in the sign for See, and is then moved forward with a laterally zigzag motion. (Eidatsa I.) With the right hand extended at arm's length, palm down, fingers pointing to the front and slightly above the horizon, move it horizontally from side to side, allowing the eyes to follow the motion, with an expres- sion of inquiry. (Apache I.) 153 Deaf-mutt! nutural Kiffnn. — Knit the eyebrows •tiid move the lieiul in (lirt'ereiit direetions, bending the eye upon vacji'icy. (liatlard.) IJiinfj yonr head forward a little and change your look, .showing that yon are looking around for something not yet found. (Crosx.) Another: Having touched the eyelid, i.iove horizontally the iinger. with an expression of hunting for sjinethin,'. {(JroHH.) Place the forefinger on the eye; at the sane time incline the head as if hunting for something. (Zi-iffh'r.) For game. Same as the sign Hunting for. This is a general sign, and if hunting for a i)artieular kind of game it nuist be si)e(!itied by its i>roper sign, as deer, antelope, buffalo, etc. {Dakota I.) " J-'rom tlie act of .seek- ing, .searching." Hiirrjk. Close the right-hand, index extended and elevated, jminting upward, back of hand forward, and beckon by drawing the hand toward tiie body .several times excitedly. [Omaha I.) Place the hands, palms up, near the stonuuih ami in front of it, then make an up-and-down motion as if tossing a large light body a short distance. {Kaioira I; Comanche III; Apache 11; Wichita II.) "Evi- dently from the movement of the stonuich .sometimes experienced when running." Hiiwband. (Compare Coiiipaiiioii; j^aiiie; iHarried.) The two forefing(U's are extended and placed togetlier with their backs upward. This sign is aLso used for Companion. [Lomj.) ^lake the sign in front of the privates for Iflan, and then move the right fist, l)ack (mtwiird, forward a foot or eighteen inches from six inches in front of the navel. {Dakota IV. ^ " Man I have." ■ And Wife. The same sign frecpiently u.sed for both: Lay the two forefingers together, side by side, straight and pointing forward, the other fingers loosely closed. {Dakota IV.) "Two joined as one." Or Wife. Extend the forefingers of each hand and bring them together side by side in front of the breast and a foot therefrom. {Comanche I.) I, me, myself. The fingers of the right hand laid against the breast. {Dunbar.) 20 II 11': m ■ill mw<\ 'Ir- ■ts3i fl I* »i liili ,' ! lu-\ 154 The <'liiicluMl liaiid Htrnck pcntly, and witli a «A'o/rt i.) Touch the end of the nose with the radial side of the right forefinger, the forefinger jxtinting ui)ward. [Dakota IV.) Place the extended index against the middle or upper portion of the breast. [Dakota \\\.) Touch the middle of the breast with the index. [Hhlatm I; Arikara I.) Strike the left breast with index-finger of right hand, the other fingers being closed. [Omaha I.) With the right hand arched, so that the thumb rests along the side of the index, place the inner side of the hand against the breast, with the fingers pointing downward. [Kaiowa I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) Another: Place the index or the ends of the extended fingers against the breast. [Kaiowa I ; Comanche III; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Place the index npon the breast rather (piickly. If this gesture is made slowly, and when in connection with other signs of a narrative, or preceding the expression of want, or desire, it expresses to me. [Pai- ne I.) Sweep the hand up the body and raise the right forefinger up with vigor Just before face. (Apache III.) Deaf-m,ute natural «iush tlie t'oretinfjer ajjainst the i)it of the stomach, otiiers against tlie breast, and otiiors point it to the neeiv for tliis per- sonality. Objective. With the tinjjers phieed closely together at the tips, the thund) restiii}^ alon^^fside of tiie index, brinjf the hand, i>ointinfj upward, slowly to and against the iniriident — Rash. Shade the eyes with left hand, relaxed (IT palm inward), right hand in front of breast, forefinger straight upright (J palm outward) ; move forward, making three or four short stops in the movement to represent the motion of a person walking. This is the general description ; if re- referring to raxh charge in battle, the sign with left hand is first made, then sign for charge is made with both. (Cheyenne II.) "(Joing blindly, without looking." • I'lace the tips of the extended forefingers to the tenii)les, then throw the hands outward and downward. (Wyandot I). "No Judgment — literally.'" In, Witliin. Forefinger and thumb of the left hand are held in the form of a semi- circle, opening toward and near the breast, and the right forefinger, representing the i>risouer, is placed upright within the curve, and i)a8sed ■fi ■ I \\ Ml E! I, If ■ , Jkt 156 froiik oim HuU' U) aiiotluM', in ordiM- to hIiow that it in not perinittt'd to pass out. This is tin"! Hijjn for PriMOner, as a'iVMx in " Introduction to tlie study ot siKiiliiiipjuan*'," i'U'. This si^ni is tlic one nuulc ity tiu' Sioux for In, U'j7/(/h, and also to indicate rrisoiu'r,\u\t wlicn soused tlic scnii- cinth' \v«»uld Ito continued to a vhvW after passinn- th(! linger within it. This siffii, however, \» not lindted to J'rinoner. (Ifakotti I.) Tiu' U^fthand tliiKt'rs exten(h'f(ntiTe, >. c. Yen— So. {Arapaho I.) The right haiul bnaight to the region over the heart, with the tirst two fingers extended, ])ointing oblicpiely (h>wnward toward the left, thumb resting on third linger, which with the fourth is closed, back of liand outward, make several tate the right hand to the right i,nd left, describing an arc upward (to imply doubt.) {Dakota IV.) " Perhaps 1 will get it, or have it." Index and second fingers straight and separated, remaining fingers and thumb t'lo.se»l, place the tips near the region of the heart, pointing to the left ; move to and from the heart repeatedly as if puncturing it, at each thrust rotating the hand slightly so that the position of the lin- gers will be similar at each alternate movement. {Kaiowa I; Comanche III ; .4prtc/je II ; Wichita U.) 167 ■ IViiiluxity. JlalidH hiffii. — OiM'M IiiiimI sliakcii Ih'Ioiv the tbrclii'ail uh if iiii ajjitation of tlio luaiii. {lititltr.) Doubt. Hulitui sifiii. — Hotli liaiuls witli liiiKcrH apart and palms forward, raised l>,v the licad. {liuilrr.) lii«liaii AKeiic'v. Firttt make tlie sign for Wliilt' liinil, and tiien the si^rn liiive, tliendesi;jiiatetlH'paiti»'Mlara}j:en(',v (see local names in "IMloPKll NAMES, PiruASKs, KTO.") h.v its jtroper sij.fn, if desiring:; to be si»eeifie. (I>ah()ta 1.) "Tlie jdaee where government provisions are issued, and tlio white nnin wlio issues them." Ill(lifli>l*<'llt'e. None of my busiiu' ss. Italittn Hiiins. — Both iiands held down by the thighs. (liutler.) The hand waved under the ehin. (liutler.) Iii«liftcii<. S(>e Poor. Illlhlll. See (Chilli. Ill<|llil*>. See QiieMtioil. If Im mo. See Yen. Journey. See firoiiiK'. Kettle. Same sign as tor VillaK'C* '»"t '■*< niade clo.ser to the earth. ( Wicd.) The eonliguration of a eomm«)n kettle (the utensil obtained from the wliites in trade being, of course, the one referred to) is the same as that of tlie stoidvaded villages of the Mandans and llidatsa,the intervals left between the hands re|»resenting in this (rase the interruption in the einde imule by tlie handles. The differentiation is effected by the posi- tion closer to the earth. First nuike the sign for Fire, and then place the fingers and thumbs of both hands together in fnuit of the breast so as to describe a circle looking downward, and then move the hands still held in this position as though jtutting a kettle over the tire. [Dakota I.) "From one of the uses to whily to clin(;h the right hand in the man?u'r described ami strike it down and out from the right side. [C'lieycnne I.) Both hands clinched, with tic thumbs resting against the middle joints of the forefingers, hold the left transversely in front of and as high as the breast, then push the right, i)alm down, at the right side, strike downward and outward, with back of hand upward, thumb to- ward tiie left, several times. (Bnkota I.) " Strike down." With the first and second joints of the fingers of the right hand bent, end of thumb against the middle of the index, palm downward, move the hand energetically forw;u'd and downward from a foot in front of the right breast. (Dakota IV.) "Striking .ithastone" — nuin's first -eapon. Hold the right fist palm down, knuckles forwsird, and make a tnrust forward and downward. (Dakota V'l, VJl; Hidutsa I; Arikara 1.) The left hand, thumb up, back forward, not very signally extended, is held before the chest and struck in the palm wi'ii the outer edge of the right hand. (Mandan and Uidatsal.) "To kill with a blow; to deal the death blow." ^1! 159 Kij>:l»t liiind, tiiiffoi'M oi)eii but slif^litly curved, i>alin to tlie left; move tlowinvard, desciibiiiy- a curve. {Omaha I.) Another: Similar to the last, but tlie iiidex-tinj^er is extended, poiut- iiifi' ill front of you, the other finder but half open. {Omaha I.) Another: (Hose the riufht haiul, e\«^<'!!(liiijjthe f<)refinj,fer alone; jmint toward the breast, then throw from you forward, brinyinfj the hand to- wanl the {jround. {Omaha I.) IJotli hands, in jmsitions (AA), with iirfiis semiHexcd toward the b<«ly, make the forward rotary si f>ii for Fij;-||f in;;- or Battle; the right hand is then raised from the left outward, as dutchinj^' a knife with the blade ])oiiitin and Missouri I.) "To strike down in battle with a knife. Indians seldom disa}j;ree or kill another in times of tribal peace." Place the Hat rijiiit hand, i>aliii down, at arm's len}>tii to the right, brinjr it quickly hori/outally, to the side of the head, tiien make the sign fen- Dead. {Wi/aitdot 1.) "To strike with a club, dead." Deaf-mute natural sif/us. — Strike a blow in the air with the clinched list, and then incline the head to one side, and h)wer the open hand. {Ballard.) Strike the other hand with the list, or point a gun, and, iiaving shot, suddenly point to ycuir breast with the linger, and hold your head side- wise on the hand. {Cross.) Use thecloseoint- ing «»bliquely upward toward the left, obli(pu?ly upward and downward from side to side behind it. (Dakota IV'.) "Holding a piece of meat with the left hand and the teeth, and cutting a piece otl" with a knife." The left hand, fully opened, with the Hngers dose together, palm up- wanl and finger tips t() the front, is lield before the person. Then the right hand, also fully opened ami with fingers not spread a|)art, with the palm inward and the thumb njiwanl, is laid transversely on the left palm — the outer edge only touching the left palm. Sometimes the right hand is then ; motion at the knnekle en- metaeiirpo-pliahmf^eal joints of the left hand, which is eonelnded by a seoopinj^; or earving movement. {(Ho niid Missotoi \.) '* That by whieh we open joints and cut or carve." Ikafvude ntitiirnl sir/iis. — Imitate the act of whittling: with one fore- finger upon the other. (lialhrd.) Pass one forefinger over the other several times. [Udsenstab.) Skinnini; witii a. The hands are i)larea(l and slifjhtly flox the thumbs and forertufjevs, and hohl the hands, palms inward, near together or far apart, according ♦^o the size of t!ie hike referred to. {IhtTcota IV.) After making tiie sign for liVater, indicate a circle, by extending the hands hori/ontally, allowing the tips of the forcHnger and thumb of one hand to Join those of the other. A larger ein-Ie is made to indicate a large lake by making tw<» horizontal semicircular air lines with the hands, the termini of the lines Joining. {Shoslioni and BanaTi I.) DedfniiUe ndtiiral sif/iix. — Maice a circle with the foretinger, and imi- tate the act of drinking to signify 1V:il('l*. {Hdllard.) Partly open your mouth with the head held back, place the fingers — arranged in such a manner that tlie hand looks like a cup — to it, and then suddenly move the hand horizontally along a line des(!ribing an ellipse. {Cross.) Lame. llight-hand tist (B, tuiiu'd downward) in fnmt of the body ; make the forward an-licd movements in imitation of the walk of a lame person. (J>al(>U( I.) " From a hnne person's i inner of walking." l, or $|»eai*. Is shown by an imitation of darting it. {Jiitrttni.) Hands elevated and closed as though grasping the shaft of a lance, left hand before rigid, sudden motion made from the left shoulder diagonally forward (hands being carefully retained in their relative jtositions). [Clu'i/ciinc I.) Kight liaml extended in front on a level with the shoulder, as though holding a spear (U- lance in position to use it. {Dakota I.) " From the throwing of a si)ear." (1) Point to tent-pole; (2) cut olf left foretingcr, with right index; (3) rub it with the latter toward its tip ; (4) place tip of right at base of left index ; (.">) thrust both forward. {Apache 11 [.) " (1) Shaft- (2) head ; (3) shari>en.s it to i)oint; (4) adjusted head to shaft; (5) put it in service." Lar^e. See Crl'eat and Big', iu sense of Large. l^aiigli, To. Laiigliter. Place the hands as in Beavy, but forward from each side of the lower Jaw, then move them up and down a short distance rapidly, the face expressing a smile. {Kaiowa I; Comanvhc III ; Ajmche II; Wich- ita II.) i, , 165 Lazy. Lay tho archod liglit hand (H) on the middle of the upiior left arn> partially (extended in front of the body, biick of liand upward, and in the same manner lay tiie left hand on the rij,'ht arm, and then carry both hand.s upward on their respective sides in front to the level of tlu^ face, where both index-Hnfjers are extended and jtoint uprijfht (J), from wiienc.e they are carriiMl slowly downward in front ot the body to thi? level of the stomacti. {Dakota I.) " Lazy ; no yood with llie arms and hands." Denf-mute natural ttUjn. — Ilaviiifjf extended your cheeks, shake your head, implying no, and tlien conjpress tliem with the liands. {Cnm.) Lean. Bee Poor. Leavew (of trees). Tlie sign for Tree must be made tirst, and in this case with the left hand. Beginning froin low down on left side, witli lingers and tlnunb sei>arate(l, pointed upward (P), move tlie hand ujnvard till it reaclu's a little abov(^ the liead ; this is the tree. Itight hand in jiosition (CiJ) is brought to toudi tluMlitferent lingers of the left (wliich are thc^ brandies); foretinger and thumb describe the leaf, an and down (piickly in imitation of aspenleaf motion. When the tree is near, point in both cases to the tree or trees w'*^h the finger. (Oiib- ira IV.) LelY-lianded. The left hand clinched is held before the neck; the elbow is then brought in to the side, at the same time giving to the forearm a twist, so as to bring the dosed jialin opposite the breast. {Long.) M I: M 166 Simply point to the left haml with the cxteiuleil t'orefiiitjer of the right. (Dakota I.) Separate the thuiiib and index-tinker of each hand, and draw them upward alon};- both legs. ( Wicd.) 1 have described his sign in essen- tially the same terms ; bnt as for the sign for Coat, I say the lingers are closed. Tiie same remarks apply in one ease as in the other. (Mat- thewn.) Notwitlistanding the indetinite an first two tinkers of tlie liaiid oju'IumI, tliniiil) and other tin^i'iMs »i oppoHitc sidi' of iiioiitli. Soinctiiiu's l«»tli iiidex-Hnfjcrs an; tisod from corners of mouth, palm outward, and made to thusdiverge as tliey recede. (Oto I.) *' Duplicity or d(Hd)le-ton};ued." Make the sipn tor Talk, then throw the ri^ht tist outward and downward toward the ripht side, and snap the fingers from the thumb, as in Bail. ( Wnaiidot I.) "Talk, bad." After pointing at jierson addressed, the hand is placed in front of month, bark toward moutli and lingers projecting forward (P 1, with knuckles ujnvard). Then with (piick motions move hand two or three times to a point six ()r eight inches from mouth, as though casting some- thing from the month. Then move hand to side of mouth, the two lirst tingers only extend«'d and slightly scparat<'d (.\ 1, changed to hori- zontal position and thumb obliquely extend), and past the mouth to a ])oint on the left. (Saliaptiii I.) "Words doublc-tctngued." Pass tile rigid hand to the left close by and across the mouth, with the tirst two fingers of the hand opened, thumb and other lingers closed. {J'aiUte I.) With the third and fourth lingers of me right hand closed, resting the tips of the lirst two tingers against the. ball of the thumb, i»lace the hand in front of the chin or mouth, and while moving it diagonally forward and to the left let the fingers snap forward from the tlnnnb; repeat this two or three tinu's. (Ute I.) '' Double-tongued." Another: Hold the index, pointing uitward, in front of the mouth, and move it repeatedly and altermitely obliquely forward toward the right and left. The index and secoml finger extended and sepirated, are sometimes used to represent extraordinary lying. ( Ute I.) " Talk two ways." Sign as for Tl'iifh, but make the motion obliquely and alternately toward the left ami right. (Apache I.) Run the index from each corner of the mouth. (Zuui I.) Deaf mutes gesture Truth by moving one finger straight liom the lips, "straight-forward si)eaking," but distinguish Lie b^\ moving the tiuger to one side, " sideways speaking."' Lie down. Point to the ground, and make a motion as if lying down. {Bttrton.) The sign for (Sleep, the eyes remaining open. {Arapaho I.) IfiO Only (lifferH fruni the Hifjii for ^Ie6p in incliniiij]^ the liead and arms sidcwiHe (to tlio rijflit) toward tlie ground, with olbow out as tliongh used as a support. (Dakota I.) Wave tJH^ hands h»w (h)wn, palms up (X), horizontally and laterally; Sleep. [AiHwhe III.) "Suitable phutu to lie upon." Denf'mute natural Hiiju. — I'laee the hand upon tiio cheek, incline the head t'li;;;ht is equivaleut to NiinTiwe. See also dil.iMN. ( Dakota I.) The left arm is extended from left side of the body with tlu' hand in type position (II) moditied by the index being a little more extended. In this manner the left hand indicates tiie rising sun. 'V\w liands are now approximated at lingers, jyalms belbre the face, and gi'adually di- verge, as do hanging curtains. The hands are liehl wiMi the edges in- ward and outward. (Oto and Missouri I.) "That which acicompanies the sun ; the curtains of night being unfolded." Deaf mule natural sign. — Move the outstretched hands apart from each other. (Larson.) Ijij^llt (in weight). Ivight hand horizontal, biiek downward, fingers extended and |)artially curved upward, is carrioil upward by easy nu>tion in front of tlie body, with arm nearly extended and as though the hand contained some light object. (Dakota 1.) " Not heavy to lift." Point at an imaginary object; lift it with one hand, easily and rapidly, high above heiul (If). (Apache HI.) 22 f M :;rt ii M U I ' i' 1 ■ !■.!(■: w it! hi 1 m i: 170 Liirhfninit:. (Comitan^ Thunder.) First tlni siKii for Thlin«ler; tlipn oi»eii or Heparnte llio hands, and lastly brinK tlui riulit IiuimI down toward tlio earth, in the center of the oi»enin(j.jnst made. (Dunhar.) Hitjlit hand eUnated before ami ./u./ve the liead, foreflnjjer pointing upward, bronglit with K>«'iit rapidity witli a sinnons, undulating motion; Hnger still extended diagonally downward toward the right. {Chvy- enne I.) Ah thunder and lightning generally accompany each other, there is no separate sign for Lif(lltllill^. (Dakota I.) Extend the in«lex straight and earthward, raise the hand to the height of the head, ami pass it (piickly down toward the ground making a ro- tary movement with the linger in doing so. (Apache I.) lAnien, See Hear. Little. Miiiall amount. See Small, also IVone. lioeoniotive. Place the right hand, with the fingers and thumb partially curved ui)ward and separated, knuckles outward, in front of the breast, ami push it up and down a short distance wliile moving it f(U'ward (putling smoke and forward nu)vement of engine) ; then place both hands edge- wise before the chest, palius facing, and while moving the left but a few in(;hcs forward, pass the right ra of both liaiids togt'thcr in front of tlio bivast, witli tlio wrists sonu; distaiift* apair, as in tlic outlines of tliu It'ttiT A. {Dakota V.) With hotli iiands Hat and extended, pointinj^' upward, ])alnis facing, place the tips of both toj-ether, allowiiijj the wrists to be about three or four inches a]>art. {Shonhoni and lianak \.) "Outline of lod^^e-poies with covering." Hoth hands lliit and extended, jdacinji- the tips of the tinfjers of one afjainst those of the other, h'avin^ the |)ahnsor wrists about four inches apart. [Abmroka I; Wyanihttl] Shoithmi ami lianak \.) "From its exterior outline." i Tipi is the preferred word with the Sioux. WUjnyim is not known. Both hands carried to the front of the breast and jdaced V shaix'd, with the i>alnis looking,' toward eaith other i'dj,'e of linn'crs outward, thumbs inward. {Dakota I.) " From the tiiti." Cross the ends of the extended forelin;;ers, tlie ri^^lit oneeither in front or behiiul the left, or la.v the ends to;;('thcr ; rest the ends (»f the thumbs together side by side, the ulln-r tlnj^ers to be nearly cl(»sed, hands lu'arly uprif^ht, ami the fingers restingagainsteacih (»ther, palms inward. {Da- kota IV.) '• Hepre.sents the tij)! jsoles and the siiajie of the tipi." i Fingers of both hands extended and separated ; then interli.ee them so that the tips of one hand protrude bt^vond tiu' backs of tiiosi' <>f the (tpposing oiH'; hold the liands in front of the breast, heaving the wrists about six inches apart. {Dakota Yil', Ilxilatsa \ \ Arikara \.) The extended hands, with tiiiger tii)s upward and touching, the palms facing one another, and the wrists al)out two inches apart, are held before the cliest. {Mandan and Hidatm I.) I'lace the tip of the index against tluf tii> of the forefinger of the left hand, the remaining lingers and thumbsclosed, before the chests, leaving the wrists about six inches apart. {Kaioica I; Comanche III ; Apache II; Wichita II.) "Outline of lodge. This is an ablneviated sign, and care must be taken to distinguish from to meet, in which the lingers are bron^'ht from their respective sides instead of upward to form gesture.'^ Place the tips of the fingers of the tlat extended hands together before the breast, leaving the wrists al)out six inches apart. {Kaiowa 1 ; Co manclie III ; Apache II; Wichita II.) m m ■ 'M ■6m ' ( »U;;'r Itl 172 Both liaiidH flat and extended, flngers sliphtly sei)arated then phice the flnfjers of the rifjht hand iMitween the finders of the hift as far nn the second Joints, so that the tinkers of one hand ])rotrnde about an incli beyond tliose of tlie opposite ; iiie wrist ninst be hehl about six inchesapart. {Kniowa I ; ('omnnclic III; Apache \l; Wichita II.) "Out- line of Indian lodfje and crossing of tcntpolea above the covering." Phice tLefore tiie i)ody, leaving a space of from four to 8ix inches btftween the. \vrists. {Ptii-Ute 1.) "Represents the boughs and branches used in the construction of a I'aiUte wik-i-ni)." Place the tips of tiie two flat hands together betbre the body, leaving a si)ace of about six i.iches between the wrists. {I'tv I.) "Outline of the shape of the lodge." Couiiiig out of a. Same as t!>i' sign forliOllffe, Entering a, only the fingers of tlu' right haml point i)bii(|uely u|)ward after passing under the left hand. ( Dakota I.) "Coming out from undercover." Entering a. The left liauil is held witi. the i»ack ii tward, and the right hand also with the ba(rk up is passed in a curvilinear direction down under the other side of it. Tiie left haiul here represents the low door of the skiu lndg«^ an i the right \\w man stooping to pass in. {Lontj.) Pass the flat right hand in sluu-t curves under the left, which is held a short distai>!(" tbrwanl. [Wird.) I have described the sanu? sign. It is not necessary to pass the hand miue t'aan once. Hy saying curves, he seems to imply many |)asses. If the hand is ]>assed more than ons stretcdied on a frame, and which must be shoved aside, and the subseses both Inindsare slightly curved an■> time. 8ee Time. Looi4 ! ^ee ! Toneii tlie iij;lit eve witli tlie index and i)oint it outward. (liiirton.) (1.) Fore anil iniddh' linf-cis of ri<,'hr liand (extended, placed near to the eyes, poinliiij' ontwaid, and (!') tiniist witli a slight downward eiirved motion (piicrkly forward toward the object to be seen or looked at. (('htj/ciuK' 1.) Initlnded in To iooit, Ne('illtf°, with the addition of the sign for AfleilfiOH made lirst. [Ihihotti I.) liOoi«, lo. Neeiii^i. Fore and second lingers right hand (.\) brongiit to liie level of the «',\cs, extended fingers pointing outward. i)ack of hiinil iipwanl, hori- zontal, is then carried dirci-tiv outward on the same level with a slight toand fro or sidcwise motion of the lingers. Many Sionx Indians use both hands in makin<> '^iis sign with only the tordinger of ^/M/^fi <'«teiided. {Otihilii I.) "Tiiriiing the eyes in looking."' I>rii>' miilf iiahiiiil s'nins. — INiiint to something and strain tlioeye toward it. accompanied by an expression of comnmnd. {liullnnl.) I'nt the open hand on the shoulder, or the hand, or the arm of soin)>- body (when this Itody asks what); point witli the forelingci of the other hand to something valnable to look iit, noddirg the head, so as to canse him to look at it, and then to lilt np the eyes toward it. (HiinrnHtah.) Kicp the eyelids more open than nsnal, and then put the forelinger toward one of the eyes and (piickiy stretch and keep it in a straight hue from the same eye. {LtirxDM.) Place the I'orelinger on the eye and then point with it as if to point to sennet hing. {/fii/liT.) Lo4»i4iiiK-t?laMM. See Hirror. IjOmI. The right hiind is brmight in front of brea:.t. pulm outward (T, with left hand palm near thumb of right), right is moved forward at the same 175 tiiiu" the U'f't is moved hack toward riylit shoulder in oblique upward position with palm to ri^jlit. (Vhcyvmie II.) "The rij^ht is the object di8a|)pearin|j; from view till lost. The left obstructs the sifjht." Use the same hand and motions as in Cra.'£y^ describ(> rapidly en- larj^inj; circles, then reverse motions of circles, Point in ditferent di- rections and a};'ain ie]>eat thecir(;les anmnd the head from ri^ht to left, with rij^ht lian(*fioii. The <-liiiche as ;%4liiiiralioil. (Pnhotn I.) Cross the forearms near tlu' wrists on the ujjper i»art of the chest, hands closed, backs forward. (Ihib>t<( IV.) Ilu^ both hands to th" bosom as it claspiii}; somethiiij^ attectionately. {Wichita I.) heuj'-mute nuturul «jV/«. — Ivi.ss your hand an*l point to the heart, with a hap|)y smile, (dross.) Italian sitpi. — Place the o\h'U hand over the heart, (liiitler.) .Hale (applied to animals). Make a tulip with forelln}>'er of right hand on the cheek. [Dunbar.) ■ Kifiht liiin«l, back u|)ward, tbreliiifici' pointing outward and upward, elevated to front of |)erson, and motiom>d once or twice up and down. {Cheyenne I.) Same as ITIalc, appli«>d to nmn. {Dakota I.) " From the male organ of generation." Ajjplied to man. Right hand (dosed, tinust through the left hand, which then clasps the wrists, very slight u]>-an(!-(U)wn inotion nuule. {Cheyenne I.) mW' mi AnotlKM-: Kight hand (dosed, lieM in obli(piely erect position, left hand loosely clasping it and rubbed up and down from the knuckles to the upjier part of the forearm. {Cheyenne I.) ■.'\] I! ■m. ■I • ■•?;:■ tl 1: 1 'i' 1 I'.i '. ' i \ ■ « : :■ 1;ll lii lii! :\ \ I »^ : (1 ,t ■ r i ) I'l I ■ ^ f^ -» 1 i .' i . 176 Another : Right-hiuul lingers and thumb brought to a imint aud thrust throuffli the left hand, which then chi8i»8 the wrist as before; slifjht ui)wanl nu)tioii made. (Cheyenne I.) Left-liand forertiif^ef straijjfht, i)ointiii{j backward and upward; fore- tiiiger of the right hand hiid across thi^ bacii of the left, seemingly to isolate and lengthen ont the forefinger of the left hand. (Cheyenne I.) Sign tor NqiiaH', ttdlowed by that of I¥(>f|^af ive. Also, sign for IVIalf* ai>|»lied to animals. (Araimho 1.) Tlie extended foretinger of the right hand (of which the others are closed) is laid in tiie crot(;h, finger pointing downwanl, back of hand upward. (Dukota 1.) Applied t«» man and animals. Ik'nf-iniite udtiiral .sit/ii. — Take iioltl of tiie pants, at the siime time shake tiiem. (Zeufhr.) iHaii. With the foretinger of the right liand extended, anne man, nv that a nuiii was alone. A finger directed toward the pubis. (Maeyoivan.) Hold the index-tinger erect before the face. (Ifodye.) (ieneraliy, any sign as a Sioux, a Oheyenne, etc., is understood to re- fer to the male, unless tiie sign for a iSV/Mrtw or Winniin follows. (Am- jKiho i.) Righthand i»iilin inward, elevated to about the level of the breast, foretinger (tarelessly ])oiiitiiig iij>ward, suddenly ])oiiifed straight ap- wanl, and the whole hand moved a little tbrwaid, at the same time taking care to keep the back of the hand toward the person a(hlressed. (Cheyenne 1.) The right hand is held in front of the right breast with the foretinger extended, straight upright (J), with the back of the hand outward, move the hand upward and downward with finger OAtended, etc. This ^m 177 is g(Mieral. White man haa a special sign, also uegro, and each tribe of Indians. (Dakota I.) First, the extended right index, ]>()inting forward, back upward, is to be placed horizontally in front of the privates, or a little higher, and the hand suddenly lowered about an inch. Then carry the hand (index still extended) to the right and ujtward through an arc, and bring it u]>- right to a position a foot or so in front ()f the right shoulder, its baiik forward, and the index pointing upward, and siuldeidy move it forward an in(;h or so. While nutking these movements the middle, ring, and little fingers are to be closed and the thumb against the middle tinger. (l)uliota IV.) "Male one." Klevate the extended index before the right cheek, and throw the hainl forward, keeping the palm toward the body. {Ihikota VI.) Place the ext«'nd('d index, i)ointing n|)ward and forward, before the lower portion of the abdomen. { Dakota VII.) The right hand in the ])osition of an index-hand, pointing u|)ward, is held a few inches in front of th»' altdonuMi or chcist, the outer edge of the iiand being usually forward. {Mamlati nnd Jlittatsa I.) The left arm is elevated and the iiand, in type jyosition (S 1. horizon- tal), is drawn across b»>f(»re the body on a level with the shoulder. The right arm is then raised and extended before the body with the hand, in positHHi (J 1), more stiffly «'xten(hMl. {Oto and Missouri \.) "A being with projecting sexual organ." Raise the (tlosed hand, with the index only extended and elevated, pointing u|)ward to the front of the right breast (cheek or shoiihler) keejnng the back of the hand to the front. {Kniowa I; Comanche III ; Apache II; Wichita II.) The forelinger of either hand is brought before the bodv, pointing up ward. (I'ai i'te I.) Pass the extended right hand downward, forward and upward from the hip, then liiy the (extended forelinger acro;-is tiie I'ack of the right wrist. (Ute I.) " Male genital organ and length oi." Deaf-mute naturc.l Hignn. — Put the hav.tis on the legs and dniw the ha.'als up, in imitat'on o!' the twt of putviag on a ]>air of p;iiitaloons. {}iaHarit.) Stretch up the open hand over the h<>ad, indicating the general height of the man; next use both hands as if to stroke the beard or the mus- tache, uid then nod the head. (UaHcnutab.) Make the motion of taking the hat fro. a the head, lliarmtn.) #1 i a i-'^^ ' 'i'^S' 1 '■' '^W&^- 13 li i r 178 Old. (Compare 0|fl.) Hold the rifjht hand, heiit at elbow, lingers and thumb closed side- wise. {Cheyenne I.) " Old age dependent on a start'." It is made more emphatic by a tottering step. Place the right extended index, pointing forward, back upward, hori- zontally ill front of the i)rivates, and suddenly lower the hand about an inch, as for Han; tluMi move the right first, its ba, i)iiliii down, allawing the fmelinger to droop toward the gronnd. {('omanchv H.) " Form a ])()sition of the flaccid glans pe- nis of an old man.'' Close tlic right hand, i)ointing forward from the body, i)alm down, then i)artly extend the index, the tip pointing toward the ground; the lower the liaiu' is iicld and the nun-e the index is crooked, the greater the age of the individual. ( Utv I.) " Curved and flaccid glans penis of an aged individual." Toiuih teeth; make the sign tor IVe^^'^.tioii; tou( :: hair; touch whiJe tent. [«'<'|. (.l/;(ft7(e 111.) "Toothless, and white haired." Vonng. With the right hand, index only extended, ])lace the hand a short dis- tance in front of tlie hip at the hei;,ht of the elbow, ])ointing ujjward at an angh; of about -'0°, palm to the left. {Comanche 11.) 'Tendency of erection in a young man." ]VInr<*liiiiK. »Se( fiicinK'. iTIai'i'iaKe. There is no marriage cerentony with the Sioux Indians, and conse- (pu'iitly no sign designating "marriage," and it can oidy be expressed by f^oilipailioil. {Dakota \,) iVIai'i*i<>(l, to marry. (Compare Miiiiics Similar.) The hands are placed in front, the arms pronated, and the extended forefingers (the others being flexed) are i)laced in contact side by side. (Manilan and Ilidatna I.) Close both liaiids, except the two forefiiifiers, and phice them side by side, pointing forward, in front of the breast. {Troquoix I.) Tliis sign exju'esses mated, also Imnhand or wife. Hring the two forefingers side by side, hands j>ronated. (Zuni I.) Italian Hiffn. — Pretend to put a ring on the ring tinger, or lay the two forefingers together side by side; yet this last is more commonly used of any union or harmony. {liiitler.) match. As though striking a match on the palm of the left hand held in front of breast, with the right hanose(l t(» represent singing and shaking tne wand in int-antations." ^[ake shaking and siiort Jerking motions of the body, with arms and hands jerking and tingt>rs pointing to and around head, iu>ck, and body, with wild gestures and distorted features, also short quivering steps, the toes .scarcely leaving the ground, and wild shakes of the head. [Ojilnra IV.) First nmke the sign for Dakota Indians (See TuinAl. Skjn.s), ((M' any otiier tribe, as may be desired), then the sign for i?lan, and then the right hand with fore and index fingers extemled, pointing upward, others closed (i%), is carried from tln^ partially exteiuled ])osition of the haml on com|)leting the sign for iflail, upward, with a s])iral motion, directly above the head. (Dakota 1.) Witii its index-finger extended and pointing upward, or all the fingers «'xtended, biick of hand outward, nn)ve the right hand from just in front of th(^ forehead, spirally upward, nearly toarm's length, from left to right, in the opposite direction to the sign fur Fool and Craxy. (Dakota IV.) 181 lOlcvato iiiul nttiito tlio extendtMl index before tlio forelieiul. {Da- kota V'l ; llulatna I; Ankara I.) Hub tlie ri{>;lit elieek with tlie ])iibiiai- .surface of tlie extended tiiifjers of the iif,'ht liaud, tlieu nib the baek of tlie (•h),sed left liaiid witli the index and seeond fin;><'rs of tiie rifjfht, and couehule l».v holdiii'oiie, then make thesij-ii of lo l^fll. (Apache I.) ''The preparation of jdaiits or herbs for internal administration." Iflei't, To. (('om|)are IjOtiffe.) ISrinK' the extended forelin;;ers from either side, allow the ti|)s to M((Hr/(/' 1 1 1 ; Apache II; Wichita II.) melon. Kin}>evs of the riyiit hand separated and curved; place the palm about ten or twelve inches from the ;;round, linjiers pointing forward, and pass it forward in an ujiward curve, correspondinjj to the elimjifated and con- >ex form of a melon. {Kaioira 1; Comanche III; Ute I; Apttche I, II; Wichita II.) .Hercry. Kxtend both foreliiififers, pointing;' upward, ]ialiiis t<»ward the breast, and liohl the hands befon' the (-hest ; then draw them inward toward their respe«'tivt( sides, and pass them u)>ward as hifjih as the sides of the head by either (rlieek. {Kaioira 1; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) On another. To have. Hold both hands nearly side by side before the chest, i)alms forward, foretinj^er, only extended and pointing;' ui)ward ; then move them for- ward and upward, as if passing- them by the checks of iinothcr person f.(mi the breast to the sides of the head. {Kaioira I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita 11.) lllcxicaii. (S«'e also Til niAi, Sions.) Kifilit hand (V). back outward, is held, with liiiffers iMtiiitiug down- ward, at the chin. {Dakota \.) " From the wearinji of a beard. The Sioux say the Mexicans are tlii' only Indians that wear a beard." Move the rij^ht hand in a small circle from rit!:ht to left beneath the chin, palm upward, Hn^jers .semitlexed, thumb a^iiiiist index. {Dakota IV.) " From the beard on the chin of the first they saw.'' Ill .'I 1A2 Irtl f ! i J In I id;.-"' I i ' IMa(H». tlio riglit Imiul about tlin'c incrlics holow the cliiii, wri.it toward the neck and knut-kh's forward, palm np, curve the spread flnjjers and tliiinih NO tliat tlie tipH are all directed to one |>oint; then w«)rk the tinkers and thumb at the se(;ond joints as if seratirhin^, but keep the palm motionless. {Kaiotra I; domanchc 111; Apache II; ]yichita U.) " Whiskers." Pass the tlat ri^ht hanert>'. H(>e PoMMeMMion. .nirroi*. The palm of the hand held before the face, the tin}iers ])ointin;i' upward. (/>««ht hand, |)alm backward, is held before the face, at about the distance a mirror would be hehl, and the ^h/m is directed toward the palm. [Mantlan and IliilaiHa I.) The left arm is elevated aniu}>' man). (Compare PeiiiirioiiM.) Italian si(fns. — Italians exi)ress this idea by a doubled fist, with the fiufjers curled very cilose in the palm ; also with the fist drawn flrndy toward one, with lingers spread like claws and ulutchiug. {Butler.) .llodeMt>'. Italian ttif/n. — Cover the eyes with the fingers of one hand drawn apan. {Butl»r,) 183 IVfoiiey (iiu'tallic). Witli tli» i-i^lit hand point downward toward a piuuo of int;tal, and tliun carry it U) tiiu luft liaiid held in front ot fin; ImkI.v liori/.ontall.v, with palm npwanl (X) as thon^^li piittin^; tlio |ti(M-tt of metal in it, and then with tin; «;d^(; of the tinkers of the, <;ld ri;;lit tint (A 1) pound in thu palm of th(^ left. {Itakohi I.) "This is sliapin); the metal inltt coins." I'ajter. Point to a pi(>ce of jtaper with tin; ri^ht hand, anil tlien witli it make the si;;n for Wrifin)(over th(> l«>ft hand held in front of the left breast, with the thumb and forelin^i'cr des(!rii)in},' a sc^nieircle, witli tiu' free ends l)ointinK downward, other llufjers <;losed. (Diikotn I.) "This indicates money with writinj; on it." .Tlooii or JTIoiilli. The thumb and tln«:ers are elevated toward the ri;jlit ear. This Hi<>'n is nr|.||,.|-iilly pre(;eded by the si;;n for .\i;;iil or llarklK'MM. {Diinhar.) Make the si^n for Nun, after having nnid(> tiiat for .\i;(lil. ( Wiiil.) Combim^ si relative apparent sizes. (Ariipulio I.) The rifiht hand closed, leavinj; the thumb and index extended, i>ut curved to form a iialf circle, and iiold the hand towai'd the sUy nearer the i'astern horizon than zonitli. (Almwokn I ; Hidtitsii I ; \\'i/i(inlt>t I ; Ariknrn I; ShoHlioni and lianak I; Vie I.) First make the si{;n for .l^i^'lit, and then the si^ni for the Nun. {Ifdkittii 1.) " Niffht sun or luminary.'' First make the si;;!! for .^ooil, and then the ri;;ht index is held upn;>ht in front of the body to indicate luw. (Pakota I.) Same as for Null, but instead of the si N' ^\ Wr^ ^ ^ ''b "^p ^ ^ 1 ^ o^ 184 Make a cresent with tliuinb mid index, project it toward the westevi horizon, and by successive jerks carrj' tlie same to zenitii. {Apache II.I.) " Xew moon first seen above western liorizon, seen ea(!h night succes- sively hij^lier toward zenith." Dc(i/-muff unturiil sit/it. — Move tlie liaiid in a curved line from the settinj; to the rising of the sun, and turn the tbretinger, outstretched, ar(»und and around like a wheel. (iMrson.) New. Close the right hand, extend and curve the index and thumb so that they form a half tMrcle ; tiien hold the hand towaril the eastern horizon. (f>I.) Full. Reach out l)oth arms as if hugging a tree, then make the sign tor .Tloon. iUtel.) Make a crescent witli thumb and index, project same to western hori- horizon, and by several successive Jerks from west to east change crescent to circle ; hold at eastern horizon ; retrograde toward the west with a few less distinct Jerks. {Apache 111.) "Apparent lunar course." Montli. Sign for .TIooil, and passed across tiie heavens from east to west. {Apache I.) Denfmute natural >ii(jiin. — Make a zigzag motion in the air witii the forell nger. ( Ballard.) Move the finger in a zigzag way. {Larson.) .Hore. See .4«lward, and move the other hand over and above it. (Ballard.) Move tlie outstretched hand obliipiely. (Zeif/ler.) Divide. Hold the left hand flat, and extended before the face, fingers i)ointing toward the right, the tij) of the thumb slightly turned ui)\vard ; then with the extended index indicate the gaj) over the left palm against the base of tlie upturned Joiut of tlie thumb, allowing the index to go down upon the back a siujrt distance. (Apache 1.) Pass. Place the flat and extended left hand edgewise before the body, elevate the thumb, thus forming a crotch ; tlien pass the index, poiiitiug over the left hand, between the thumb and forefinger, from the palmar side down over the back. (Ute I.) Range. Make the sign for IVIoiintaill, holding the hand at various points continuously toward the horizon. (Utel.) " Mountain, and contiiuia- tion of, along the horizon." ]?love, To. The oidy ditt'erence from marchings, Traveling', consists in reversing the direction of the arched movements of the haiuLs, bringing them toward tlie body instead of carrying them from the body. (Da- kota I.) " Moving toward you." I 111 ■ .< i 1 much. See (Quantity. mud. Both fists pushed alternately downward to the ground several times. {Raiowa I ; Comanche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) " Horse's feet." 24 III i:H I ;,i"i I* t' :t! ' ' 186 ]fliile, or Amn, Hold th3 o]>en hands hifjfh beside tlie head, and move them from back to front several times like winjjs. (Wied.) This sign is still in use. (Mntthercs.) To denote the mule or ass the long ears are imitated by the indices on both sides and above the head. {Tiurton.) H<»th hands, fingers and thumbs brought to a point, placed by the side of the head, hollows forward, moved slightly backward and for- ward. {Chri/enne I.) The liands (T) at their iesi)e('tive sides of the head make movements resembling the Hoi)ping of the mule's ears. {Dalota I.) "From the mule's habit of Ho]»])ing his ears." Move the opened upright hands back and forth several times above the ears. (Dakota IV.) Place both Hat and extended hands to either side of the head, the wrists as high as the ears, then rock the liands to and fro several times, nuivement being made at the wrists. ( Ute 1 ; Apache I.) " Large ears.'' ]?liirdei*. ffaUnn si(/n. — Push the thumb against the heart with a stern look. dill tier.) Mute. Place the extende«l and joined fingers of the right hand over the closed lips. (Kalowal; Coma iiche lU ; Aijache 11; Wichita II.) ]Veai* or ^ooii. The hands are brought before the l>ody both in type position (H 1), motlitied by the tist being a little niore closed and the index a little more extended ; the points of indices then touch and are rotated together. Speaking of near future, the rotary movement forward is executed. [Oto I.) '' Ai)proaching contact." Deaf-mute natural signs. — Move the forefinger from here to there a short distance. (Ballard) Use the sign for ^mall^at the same time point with the forefinger as if to sometiiing at the feet and then to something at a short distance. (Zeiyler.) IVe^TO. (Compai-e Timbal 8i(}NS.) First nnike the aign for l¥hite Iflan, then rub the hair on the right side of the head with the Hat hand. (Wied.) The present common sign for "black" is to rub or touch the hair, which, among Indians, is almost universally of that color. ,.., ^ § '' ii\ ''V m Ik. 187 IMace the l«^ft forearm transversely before the body, hand extended, dat, pahn down, then pass the Hat rijjht hand downward from the lower jtortion of the breast, forward and ujjward (formin}» a curve); then in- dicate any object tliat has a black color. [Ahmroka 1 ; i'ihonhoni aiitl Banal- I.) " Literally— bor.j black." .Mak(i the sijjn for W^iile illail, then i)oint at a black ol)je(!t, or rub alonjj the back of the left hand with the hnjieis of the right (for black). (Dakota IV.) Touch tiie hair with the fiufiers of the rijjlit hand, then ri'b tiie thumb and middle tinjjer together as if sna])])iug theni. Kinky hair. ( ]Viiaiuht I.) Sweep the hand over the hair('W); gather it up in Hnger-tips (U, witli thumb advanced to tinger-tips). {Apadie 111.) Another: Sweep the hand over the face; then touch some bhick object. (A2)achc III.) "(1) Kinky hair. (2) Black tace." (Jrasp the hair between the thumb and index, rolling it several times between theui. ( ^Yichita I.) The two hands, open and extended, crossing one another horizontally. (I)nnhar.) The head, with the eyes closed, is laterally inclined for a moment upon the hand. As many times as this is repeated, so many nights are indicated. Very fre(iuently the sign of the Sun is traced over the heavens, from east to west, to indicate the lapse of a day, and precedes the motion. {Long.) Move both hands, open and tlat — that is horizontal — backs up, and in small curves in fnmt of the breast and over one another. ( Wial.) This 1 believe to be primarily the sign for darkness, secondarily feu- night. Night, as a period of time, is more commonly, I think, indicated by the sign for sleej). {Matthews.) The Prince of WiciVs sign differs from the {Oto and Missouri 1) in execution and conception, one reitresentiiig the course of the cause (sun), the other the effect, obscurity, w night. " The time or day that the sun moves beneath us when we sleep." {Botcler.) The conception is coveriny and consccpient obscurity. In tlie sign for Day by the same author he probably means that the hands, palms ui>, were moved apart, to denote openness. Make a closing movement as if of the darJcness by bringin ,' \gether both hands with the dorsa upward ami the fingers to the knv. The motion is from right to left, and at the end the two indices are along- side and close to each other. This movement must be accompanied by ,'M.i 1 ■^fSt ■ii^] I'M mm mWi M I! ; > ■■ i ti k^r- 188 bending forward with bowed head, otlierwise it may be misunderstood for the freezing over of a hike or river. (Burton.) The sign for Day reversed. {Arapaho I.) " Everything is closed.'' Both luinds outspread, palms facing, i)assed in front of tlie body and crossed, the right hand over the left. (Cheyenne I.) I'lace the Hat hands in fnnit of and as high as the elbows, ])alnis up, then throw them inward toward the middle of the breast, the right over the left, turning the palms downward while making the gesture. (Abm- roka 1; Hidafsa I; Kalnwa 1; Arikaral; Comanche \\l ; Shonhoni and Banak 1; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Xotc. — "For the plural, the sign is repeated two or three times and the nnmbor indicated by elevating the fingers of the left hand, and right if necessary. Time is reckoned by nights, and if but two or three nights (or days) are nu'utioned, the sign is made that number of times without elevating the fingers, the nundjer of rimes the gesture being nuule referring to the number of days, with- out the accomi)anying numeration." Extend the arms to full cai)a('ity to the sides of the body on the level of the slioulders, ])alms downward, fingers joined, etc. (as liV), and then move them to the front of the body on the same level or on a slight curve until tliey have crossed eacli other at the wrists. (Dakota I.) " The coming of darkness — the ch)sing in of night." Extend both hands to tlie front at about the height of the elbow (as in "W), and then slowly move both at the same time, the right hand to the left and the left hand to the riglit, passing one above the other, representing the darkness closing over the earth. (Dakota III.) From a' to accept the i(h'a or statement ])resented. .Move tlie hand from right to left, as if moti(niing away. This sign also means "I'll have nothing to do with yon." {Burton.) I{ight-hanrtr/(r II; Wichita II.) (^nick motion of ()])enhand from the mouth lorward, palm toward the moutii. {Sahaptiii I.) IMace hand in front of body, fin<;ers relaxed, i)alm toward body (Y 1), then with easy motion move to |>oint, say, a foot from body, a little to riyht, lin<>ers same, but palm upward. (Saliaptin I.) "We war(l, move them alteinately several times up and down, striking the ends of the fingers. Or, the left hand iM'ing in the abov«' position, rub the right palm in a eirele on the left two or three times, and then move it forward and to the right. [Dakota VI.) " HublK'd out. That is all. It is all gone." Pass the jialm of tlu^ fiat right hand over the left from the wrist to- ward and of!' of the tips of the fingers. [Dakota VI, VII.) Hnmli the |ialm of the left hand from wrist to finger tips with the ]>alm of the right. ( Wtfandot I.) Anotlier: Throw both hands outward toward their respective sides from the breast. ( Wyandot I.) I'ass the flat right palm over the pilm of the left hand from the wrist forward over the fingers. [Kaiowa I; Comanche \U; Apache II', Wi- chita II.) " WijK'd out." Hold the left hand open, with the [>aliu uitward, at the height of the ellM)w and l)efore the body ; pass the right (juickly over tlu^ left, palms tou(;hing, fn)m the wrist toward the tij)s of the left, as if brushing off dust. [Apache I.) Deaf-mute natural sif/n. — Place the hands near each other, iialms downward, and reverse and move them over in opposite directions. [Ballard.) > IT'S i m' 9 II.' • I'i S illi U i i ^?( f'i Si :i 192 AniitniMnnsign. — Panitie (none or notliinp). For inHtivnce, a native says liomako inf/ina (f^ivo a tomahawk). I ri'i>ly by sliakiii}; tlic hand, thumb, and all tingei-H, 4ei>arat(Hl and loo8<'ly extended, ]>alin down. (ISinnth.) Exhanstcd for the present. Hold both liands naturally relaxed nearly at arm's Ien}jrth before the body, i»alms toward the faee, move them alternately to and fro a few inehes, allowing' tiie llnf^ers to strike those of the oi)]»()site hand each time IIS far as the second joint. (Kaioira I ; Cotnanchc l\\ ; AjKtchcW; Wichitd II.) 1 have none. Ikiifuuite HdtKnil .sif/ns, — Expressed by the si};ns for none, after point- inj; to one's self. (liuUafd.) Stretch the tinijiue and move it to and fro like a jiendidum, tlien shake the head as it to say "no." [Zc'Kjlcf.) ]Vooii. See Day. Hiyht index crooked, turned, i)ointin}>- downward (other tiii}j;ers and thumb closed), is passed downward fvom the U])per part of the nose to the level of the nostrils, with back outward ami tinker touching the nose. {Dakota I.) Bleedinji-. Lean the head slightly forward and continue the movement, as above given, downward from the level of the nostril, and repeat several times, which indicates the drojtping of the blood from the nostrils, (l)alota 1.) IVow, at once. Tlie two hands forming each a hollow and brought near each other and put into a trennUous motion upMard and downward. {Dunbar.) Cla]) both liands together sharply and re[)eatedly, or jnake the sign of To-day. {Burton.) Forefinger of the right hand exteiuled, upright, etc. (J), is carried upward in front of the right side of the body and above the head so that the extended finger points toward the center of the heavens, and then carried downward in front of the right breast, forefinger still pointing upright. {Dakota I.) Place the exteiuled index, pointing upward, palm to the left, as high as and before the top of the head ; push the hand up and down a slight distance several times, the eyes being directed upward at the time. (Hidatsa I ; Kaiowa I j Arikara I ; Comanche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) 193 Hiiiiiliei*. (Coinitan; Coiintiiijir; Qiinntity.) Deaf-mute natural huju. — (Jouiit the tlnjjcirs until the iiiiinber nine is rciiclu'd, and beyond it connt doubles of the hands, eaeh denoting ten. ((V(MX) Olij«H'lioii. Italian sit/n. — A tin;ior placed on the lower lip is understood to mean some new and suddenly started objection to a previous i)lan. {lUitler.) Obtain. (C'ompare PoNMeMMioii.) First make the jicsture for i^iite, then move tlic riffht hand rijilit and left before the fa^ie, the thumb turned toward the face. ( Wieeaf-ninte natural sif)ii. — Kxtend the liand, and close and move it back. {liallaril.) Ocean. Make the sif>n for "Waleiv then place the tlat hands, ])alms down- ward, thumbs Joinin{>-, before the breast, and move them horizontally outward to either side. (Ahmrnla I; tShoshoni and linnalc I.) "Jlroad water." Officer. Turn tiie hands ui)ward and inward, allowing the tips of the tinkers to touch the top of eaeh shoulder. (iSac, Fox, and Kiekapon 1.) "Epau- lets." OffwprinK. Bee €liild. Old. (Compare Oi(tl;ot(( IV'.) "White nose." Olll, Outward, Without (in position.) The semicircle as made in the si}>n for in, \%'itllin, with the iiprij;ht riyht index i»la(!ed without the circle between it and the body. (/>«- liota I.) "Tiie variant of In, Within." Over (on the other side). Collect the tinf>ers of both hands to a point, place the left horizontally before the breast, pointing to the rijiht, and the rifjht behind the left, ltointin<>' to the rif>ht, palms down, then ])ass the right forward, over and down a short distance beyond the left. {Kaiowal; Comanche III; Apache 1 1 ; Wichita 1 1.) " This sijj|;n is abbreviated by merely using the extended forefingers instead of the whole hand." Pai'ii, carrying;- a. The hands are placed each side of the head, as if they held the strap of tjie hoppas, which passes round the forehead, iu order to relieve that part, by sui)porting a portion of the weight of the burden ; with this motion, two or three slight inclinations of the head and corresponding movements of the hands are also made. ( Long.) Paci^in^'. See also Horwe (packing a). Paint. Daub both the cheeks downward with the index-finger. {Burton.) 195 Left liand Ih^M up, back juid thumb upward, (Irst aud middle fhi^jors of v\}i\\t luiud dipped t'orwuni as Miuu;;li tuu*!liiii<^ somctliiu;;, aud tlicu rul»b(Ml a;;aiu.st back of iiaud ncartlic bast^ of tlu' tliinub, as iu .si;;:u tor cJHM'k with tli(> ex- tcutb'il tbiv aud sccoud (iuj^crs of the rigiit haud. [Dahota 1.) " Mix- iuy: till' paiut and applyiiij; to tiu! face." (1) Halt tho riH:lit fori'liuHor iu tilt' left pabn ; (-) tliru iid» it ou Ihf fhi'i'ks. (AiuuhcAW.) " (1) Mixiu^' or ;;'i'iudiu};'; (-) appi.viu;;'." Paper. Tlu' h'ft ai'iu is sciuicxtiMuh'd, the haud open iu position (W). |>idm u]i; tiio ri^'lit luiud tlu'U approaclics tlu> left aud iu position (K) sceiii- iu<;l,v writes iu tiH> h'ft palm; l)otli hands tlu^u assume position (W), ajtpioximate each otliei', then widely diver^ie. {Oto and Missouri I.) " Sonietiiiuj,^ e> tended upon \> liieh t(» write.'' Parent. See, also, KclatioiiMliip. (ieuerically. riace the haud, bowl-shajjed, over the rifjfht breast, as if {jraspin;;- a l>ap. (Dodfie.) ^Fake the si;;u for Paflier twice Bunnk I.) (AbmroJm I; iSlioslioiii and Collect the tiuj-ers aud thumb of tlu' rij>ht haud nearly to a point ami l)reteud to yiasp the left l)reast aud draw it out toward tlu^ trout about twelve inches. (Dakota VI.) " When this sijju is made (uu-e it means father (which may be uhhc specifically designated by elevating the tiuger as for Man, i. e,, manor male i)arent); when it is made tuucc it uieaus Parents, aud is used generically; when mother is meant, the signs for I'arent aud Woman, i. c, long-haired parent; wonuin parent." The right arm is extended (witii the hand iu ty|)e|)()sirion J), ami made to point to the object. Tin' hands (iu type-i)ositions A A) next api»roaeh the inannnary region and thus hold for a uuuneut. The right liaiKl is then opeued (as iu type-positiou S, modified by being horizontal) aud made to describe a semicinile downward, inward, and outward from the lower ]>art of the trunk of the body. {Oto and Mis- souri 1.) " Him or her from whom eouu's the offspring." Same sign as for Father, also made for mother with the addition of the sign for li¥oilian ; literally Woman Parent. (Kaiowa I; Co- 7nanclie 111; Apache II; Wichita 11.) Partisan. See Chief, l¥ar; Patience. See t^uict. i i m :!ll ■■i ■: \!)if:' m :;|i^:'::v: : 196 Peace. (Compare Friendship.) Inteftwine the fingers of both hands. {Burton.) ParJominiic. — SimuUite shaking of hands. (Arapalm I.) The extended fingers, sei)arated (R), interlocked in front of the breast, hands horizontal, backs ontward. (Dakota I.) " Let us be friends. Let ns be at peat^e." The left arm semiflexed, hand closed and elevated, then spirally ro- tated across the forehead for An^'er; this is followed by the sign for yio, indicating no anj/cr. Tlie arms and hands then fall to sides, right arm is now raised, and dosed hand clasped in the left axilla — the sign for A dear friend. The arms are then extended and drawn inward from before the body. {(Ho and Missoxri 1.) " What (jomes of nintnal friend- ship and good feeling." PeniirioiiN or wfiii^y. (('om|>are .Hiser.) (Minch l)()th iiiiids firmly, tiie right hand resting on the left, both drawn to the chest, held lirndy with a slight sliake, pressed against breast, back of right hand above, with compressed lips and light shake or (piivcr of iiead. {(tjihira IV.) Pei'Mon, A. All Individual. i'lace the half-closed hands over the front of the forehead, backs outward, tiien i)ass them outward, downward over the (iheeks aniasi)s tlie btem from the left side, witli back down- ward near the mouth end. (Dakota I.) '< From tlie filling and manner of iioldin^' the i»i])e." The jtalm of the ri^ht hand beinf>' upward, the fingers nearly closed and thnmh extended forward, mov«^ the hand from the malms backward and fingers relaxed, quickly move them a few inches outward several times, each time nearly closing the lingers. (Jhikofa IV.) " Because the ribs show and the fingers tit in between them.'" IMace both hands with fingers joined but hooked upon the mi(hlle of the chest, and pull them apart as if tearing open the flesh. [Kuiotca I; Vomnnche III; Apache II; Wichifa II.) With the right hand to the breast, imitate the grasping and tearing open thereof. (Slioshoni and Banal- I.) Deaf-mute natural sifin. — Place the hands upon the cheeks, and draw in the cheeks. [BaUanL) In property. Kxtend the left forefiugi^r in front of the left side, remaining fingers and thuml> being closed; then with the extended index make several ])asses over X\w back <»f the left from tip to i>ase. (Ahnaroka I; Sho- shoni and lianak I.) Left hand in front of body, forefinger horizontal (.11 palm of hand to the right), right hand same position excei)ting to have i)alm inward, stroke the finger of lelt with forefinger of right fronj end of tiie finger to the kniu-kle several times. [Vlmienne 11.) Left hand as in (K) is hehl about twelve inches in front of the breast, and the right hand (]?■), forefinger extended, horizontal, i)alm downward, the side of the right finger glided over the back of the extended left forefinger. {Dakota I.) «|!plli!;l •mn hHLi m ■m [■•.v. '**«*'*****'«^W***'W»8*W««B-,**i.ifctt,««,„,^_,„ lii!' m 200 The extended forefinger of the left hand is stioked rather rapidly two to many times from point to base with the extended index of the right hand, tiie motion resembling that of whittling a stiek. Sometimes the left hand is sliglitly rotated so as to present ditterent i)arts of the finger to the stroking process. {][aH(l(tH((n(l Ilidutm 1.) Plaee the point of the extended index npon tin^ back of the basal joint of the middle finger of the left hand. ( Wydndot I.) Kub the extended index back and f'cntli over the back of the extended forefinger of the left hand from ti|» to base. (Kaioira 1 ; Comaiicliv III ; A2)ache II; Wivhito II.) Another : Pass the extended index of the right hand alternately along the ni)i)er and lower sides of tlie extended forefinger as in whittling toward file hand. {Kaioira I; Comtoichc III; A pticlie II; Wichita II.) Same sign as for A|»ilt'lie. See TinilAL Sui.NS. (Comanche II.) Itnb the back of the left hand back and forth with the palmar sur- face of the extended index. [Ute I; Apache I.) J>c<(/-)nute iialand Nif/ii. — Pass the thnmb over the forefinger seveial times (indicating "money"), next move the open hand from side to side once, and, at the same time, shak«'f lie head (indicating "no"), and then, nodding the head, point with the forefinger to some person who is i»oor. {Jlasenstab.) Pony. See Hoi'mc. PoMition, Cliaii^ew of. See Ahead. PoMMeMwion, iiiiiKt; my properly; To belong' to, Th<^ hand shnt and held nj* to the view. (Dunbar.) With the fist, pass nj)ward in front of the breast, then push it for- ward with a slight Jerk. ( Wicd.) There is no api)reciable similarity in the execution of the Olo and Mismnri I sign and that of Wicd. The conception of the latter is diflicnlt to see. (lioteler.) It ap|»ears to l»e the grasping and disi)Iay of proiierty. Touch the breast with the index-finger. (J)odgc.) Right hand closed as though holding something elevated to level of and in front of the ciiin, drawn (piickly with a downward curved motion toward the neck. (Cheyenne I.) Both hands (flinched about twelve ineiies before the body, palms in- ward, the rigiit about eight inches above the left; both are then forcibly pushed toward the ground. {Absaroka I ; Shoshoni and Banak I.) of Ion liu- |»iy 201 First make the sign for I, personal pronoun, tlien i)oint to or make the sign for the partieuhir article to which reference is made, and com- plete the sign by (crossing the arms at the wrists, abont a foot in front of the breast, witli hands natnral, relaxed (Y), palms inward, npright, draw the hands to the body so tiiat they will (!Over the riglit and left breasts (the right hand the left breast and the left hand the right breast). {Dakota I.) " Possession — my property." Another: First make the sign for I, first personal pronoun, and then the sign for the property, if it has one; if not, then tlie particular articles constituting the property must be ])()inted to. {Dakota I.) "These things are mine." Strike the palms of tlu^ hands together, i)aluis inward, and tiien make the sign for $>ioiiie, I have moiiic. {Dakota l\.) Thnnv the clinched right hand edgewise toward the eartii, before and as far as the lower part of the body. (Dakota VI, VII.) The arms are crossed and the hands loosely collected as in tyjjeposi- tion (B), are folded on the chest. {Oto and Missouri I.) "Tiiat i)er- tains to me." Throw the fist, edge downward toward tlu> ground. Wiien i)osses- sion is elsewhere, the arm is extended in that direction, and the above sign made. {Kaiowa I', Apache II; Wichita II; Comanche III.) Both lists, with palms forward, are held before tiie body, right above left, and forcibly pushed downward a short distance. (Shonhoni ami Bauak I.) Deaf-mute natural siffiis. — Point to the object owned, ami then point to the breast. (Ballard.) Point to something with the forefinger of one hand, and, nod the head, then rest the otiier ojjen hand on ihe breast. (Ilasenstah.) Slap the breast with the hand, and at the same tiuie oi>en the mouth as if to say " iMy." (Zeigler.) Our instructe . ?! I;'- 202 Point with the right forefinger as if to point to sonietfuug, and tlien from the thing to myself. [Zeigler.] I Iiave. First make the sign for I, personal prononn, and tlien the back of tlie right liand wliicli points obliquely upward and toward the left, with lingers extended and Joined, is carried out from the breast about eighteen inches, and ])laced in the palm of the left, held pointing obliquely upward and toward the right, ]»alin ujjward, lingers extended, joined, and then both hands drawn in to the body. {DaJiota I.) "Pos- session — I have it right here in my hands." Place the lists, backs outward, about a foot in front of the navel, the right just above the left, then move them straight forward a couple of inches. Some place the right a little in advance of the left. {Dakota IV.) " Holdii - last to everything." Make the signs for I, i?Ie, and Have. {Hidatsa I; Arikara T.) Ikaf-mute nafural sign. — Move to and fro the finger several times to the breast. (Larson.) Another has. Pass the right hand (piickly before the face, as if to say " Go away,'' then n)ake the gesture for Ifliiie. ( Wied.) The arms are raised and (ilosed over the breast as in the sign for mine. They are then sudde ily thrown open from the breast toward another person, with the palms out- ward. There is no similarity in either execution or conception of this sign with that of Wied ; they are evidently of different origin. (Boteler.) " Not mine." First point to the person who has the article, or who has done it, with the right index (HI), and then make the sign for Have it. {Dakota 1.) " Reverse of I have it." Rotate the right hand, back upward, from side to side, six or eight inches, descril)ing an arc, liugers separated a little, slightly bent, and pointing forwanl ; then make the sign for Have. {Dakota IV.) Another : Point at the person and then make the sign for Have. It belongs to him. {Dakota IV.) Make the sign for Po!iiJ>ieMNion, mine, in the direction of the per- son, or if the person is named and not present, the gesture is made to one side. {Dakota VI.) Same sign as for His. {Kaioica I ; Comanchelll) A'pachell] Wichita II.) Kct'erciice having been made ti> the paiticuhir artiele the rest is ex- pressed by tlie si}>ii for i\one, I have none. {Dakota I.) "Not mine." 203 ■■■'' i 4 III To have. Hoth liaiids cliii«lied, hehl edgewise, the right about six inehes above the left, and struck downward toward the ground as far as tlie waist, retaining the same distan(!e between the hands during tlie whole of the gesture. {Hidatm I ; Ankara 1.) His. Indicate tiie person, and throw the clinched hand edgewise toward the ground a shoit distance (stop|)ing suddenly as if striking a resisting body), the hand directed toward the person or his possessions. [Kaio- tea 1 ; Comanche III; Apache II ; Wichita II.) It does not belong to me. First make the gesture for Inline, then wave the right hand quickly by and in front of the face toward the right. ( W'ied.) 11: '■■M^ Deaf-mute natural niyns. — The same sign as It lielong'!>« to nie, supplemented by a shake of the head. {Ballard.) Use the sign for It belonjs;:^ to nie^ at the same time shake the head as if to say "No." {Zeigler.) Potato. Collect the lingers and thumb of tlie left hand to a jtoint, hold them upward before the body (size), then with the fingers and thumb of the right hand similarly collected, pointing downward, malu? several motions forward and toward the earth (planting), then with the fingers and thumb of the right hand pointing u])ward, curved and separated, make a motion upward at arm's length (growth). yKaiowa 1; Comanche III: Apache IT ; \yichita II.) Ponr, To. With the left hand held in front of the stomach to represent kettle, bucket, d-c; then the right hand held (A) to tiie right, and below the left hand, makes tiu* sign f(U' CH|»,and is so carried over the stationary left, and turned up as though pouring its contents into the left. {Da- kota I.) " Dipping of water with a cup to fill a bucket." Prairie. See Plain. Praii^e. Italian sign. — The foretiuger raised, inasmuch as to say a thiug is to be extolled to the skies. {Butler.) \-i III I •si ,r ''' 1 i 1 ■; 1 1 J. tI RicV'' 1, I; i' ii i! m> I'/ ; . ' 204 Pray. I \m\y yon. The palm of the liiuid ia liold toward the person or persons addressed, riometinies both liands are so held. The Oniaha and Tonka Indians say " wi-bdhaha"," I ]>ray to yon, T petition yon; or "wi-bdhistn-be," / smooth i/nu down with the hand. In praying to the snn the hand is ele- vated and held with the i)aliii np. Say (Lonjf's Exped., i, .'{84) gives the meaning, 4;j : " Be qniet, or be not alarmed, or have patience." (Oma- ha I ; I'onlm I.) " Soothing." Witli the face inclined npward, eyes looking toward the heavens, both hands are brought togetlier from their natnral i)ositions at the sides of tlie body, describing a considerable sweep in front of the face or above or below it, with palmar surfaces looking towanl ea(!h other, upright, fingers extended, thumbs inward (T); then the body and hands are lowered toward the ground (nearly our kneeling), with eyes looking uj)- ward. [Dalotn I.) "This is much tlie same as with civilized i)eople." Tiu». (!onntenanc«^ i»lacid and turned upward, the arms elevated, and with ()i)eiied palms the hands vibrate and diverge to and from the body in imitation of an angel flying and in execution of the sign for Deity. Tiu' hand now assumes jiosition (K), and the semi-extended index-finger points in successive jerks from the mouth upward, a rude imitation of the sign for Talh. [Oto and Misnouri \.) "Speaking to the Winged-one above." Pea/mute natural nign. — Clasp tiie Ininds across eacih other, shut the eyes, and move the lips rai)idly. (liallard.) Prayer. If the Hat hand is pressed to the lips, and then(!e moved upward to the lieavens, it indicates a i)riiyer or address to Deity. (Ojihwa I.) Elevate one hand high toward the sky, spread hands opposite face, l)alms u]) and backward (X). [ApachelW.) " Reference to God — desire to receive. Preftiiaiic*y. Pantomimically expressed by passing both hands, slightly arched, palms toward tlie body, from tlie pubis in a curve upward and in toward the pit of tlie stomach. ( Utc I.) " Corresponds to the rotundity of the abdomen." Pretty. See also fiiood and HandNOiiie. The fingers and thumb, so opi)osed as to form a curve, are passed over the face, nearly touching it, from the forehead to the chin ; then add. the sign for tirOOd. (Long.) Another : Curve the forefinger of the right hand, and i)lace the tip on the ridge of the uose between the eyes, so as to represent a high Boniau 'Jl 205 iiOKc; tliiMi bi'iii^ down tlu; liiind in a curviliuciir inanntn-, until tlu> wrist toiirlics tin* lireast ; after which add the sign for liiood. (Lony.) I'aHx tlie exten(h'd liand (rif^Iit n.suall.v), finf^ers Joined, ]»alrn toward tiie lMM!y, in a (raressin};' or stroliin;;- manner, vertically downward in front of, aiui tlienet^ liori/ontally from, the body, in immediate JM\ta|>o- sition to the fanl;(>ta IV'.) hmfmute. nntural niyn. — Arch the eyebrows and smack the lips. [Hal- lurd.) Priewl. Ilalitin xiffn. — The palms laid together before the breast avd the eyes tixed eitlier on liHaven oi earth, [liutler.) Priwoner. (('omitare In, Within.) The forefinger and thiunb of the left hand are held in the form of a semicircle, opening toward and near the breast, and the forehnger of the right rejiresenting the prisoner, is placed upright within the curve, and passed from one side to another, in order to show that it will not be permitted to pass out. (fjoiiff.) Sign for Take priMonrr made, and the hands clinched and crossed back to ba<'k as though bound tightly, {('hei/enne I.) "Taken and bouiid." Cross the wrists a foot in front of the lu'ck, hands closed, biwiks for- ward. (IhikoiaW.) "Tied." Same as the sign for C!a|>llll*C, with the addition of the sign for VoH or I when a pr<'sent individual is (Muicerned. (O/o and MitiHouri I.) " To seize when in battle." Itoth hands (rlinched, the right laid transversely across the h'ft at the wrists. (Wiiaiitht \.) " Tied arms." Make the sign for Battle ; then with the right gras|> an imaginary person from the right side, extend both forelingers toward the ground, the remaining fingers and thumbs closed; place them siotli hands, tinners slij^htiy iiooked, tiinml> lyiriy a^iainst foretinf^er, snddenly tlinist forward to tlie left and Jerked baek <|ui('kly toward the body. {Clifuniiic I.) The left hand held abont 18 iiuthes in front of the left breast, oblitpiely n])ward, ed};e of tinficrs outward (R L'), is <|iii('kly seized aronnd the wrist by the riyht hand, |»assed from in front of the riyht breast, back npward, and drawn rapidly in toward and near the left breast. {Dakota I.) " Me is eonu' ; I have taken him; leadiii}'' him captive." l»oth arms are rtt^xed before breast, and hands made to execnte the sifiii for ti^ht; the left arm then, serniextended, is h^ft a second; then siezcd at wrist by the rij^ht hand in type i»osition (W); palms of both face the j^ronnd. {Ota I.) "One taken in (ijilit or miseondnct." Property. See PoMM(>MNioii. Prudent or C'iiiitioiiM. (Compare Danger.) Hold ri};ht hand in front of ri;;ht breast or partly to the right side and lower down, i»alm down, f>ently nnive it np and down two or three tinu's, then hold it still a few monuMits, and }i:ently depress the hand, with slifiht bow of the head to riyht {OJihica r .) See Danger kota 1.) I'n((h'iit, caittioiis, are not the opposite of /«»/. {I)a- IMace th(^ tips (»f the ext«'nded linfjers af^ainst the temples, then point them npward, the eyes following tho same direction. " Snperior Jndg- ment." ( WyaiKlot I.) Pure ha Me. See Trade. Put it liaek. See Let alone. Quantity, larft-e; many; niueii; number. The tlat of the rif^ht hand pattinjjf tiu>. ba(!k of the left hand, which is repeated in i>roportion to the {greater or lesser quantity. {Dunbar.) Simj)le rei)etition. The hands and arms are passed in a curvilinear direction outward and downward, as if showing the form of a large globe; then the hands 207 iiiM' closed and ch^vatt'd, as if soiin'tliiiifj: was grasped in each hand and Iield np altont as liifjii as tlie (ace. (/>««//.) Uiiiiff tlic liands n|> in front of tlu' body with tiic linjicrs carefully kept distinct. (Clici/ninc sipi, Report of Lieut../. W. Aherf, he cit., p. 4;m.) Hotli ininds closed, hroufj'it np in a curved motion toward each otiier to the level (»f the neck or (!hiii. [Vhciicnne I.) ('hitch at the air several tinu^s with both hands. The motion };r(>atly resembles those of dansenses idaying the (jastauets. {Ojilnni I.) Mauv. A simultaneous movement (»f both hands, as if f;atherin(j or heajtiu;; np. (Arupolio I.) Literally "a heap." Hoth hands, with spread and sli;;litly curved hnjjers, are held jtendent about two feet a]»art before tht^ thij;hs; then draw them toward one another, horizontally, drawin}>' them upward as they come tofjether. {AhmirolxK I; Shonlioiii and Jiitnnk i; Kttioira I; Comanche III; Apuclw II ; Wichita II.) ".\u accunudatoin of objects." Hands about IS in«'hcs from the ji'rouud in front and about the same distance apart, hehl s(!oop-fashion, |»alms lookiu}"' toward each other, separated tinkers, etc. ; then, with a diviu}; motion, as if scoopiiifr uj) corn fnun the fjround, brin}^' the hands nearly t()}>ethcr, with liufjjers nearly closed, as th<)uj>h holdin}^' the corn, and (^arry upwaid to the heifjht (»f the breast, where the liands are turned over, liuf^ers |>(>intiu;>' downward, separated, as though the contents were allowed to drop to the j-round. ( Dakota I.) Open the fiufjers of Ixtth hands, aners rapidly four or five times. { Wifaiulot L) " Count- iiiK' ' tens' an iudelinite luimber of times. " Deaf-mute natural Higm. — Put the tiufiers of the two hands tofjether, tij) to tip, and rub them with a rapid motion. (liallard.) Make a rapid movenu'iut of the tinj^ers and thumbs of both hands ujtward and downward, and at the same time cause both lijis to touch ea(!h other in rapid succession, and both eyes to be half opene(L {Ilofi- enntab.) Move the lingers of both hands forward and backward. {Zeif/ler.) S«! Mi ■mU- ■m f m ■ ,3! i] J! m i I H ill .i . 208 TToi'soH. Kaiso the i'i};lit urrii iibovci tlic head, |)alrii torwiinl, and tlinist tor- wanl torc/ibly on a liiiu witli tlic Nlioiildcr. (Ointilui I.) IVi'Hons. Tak(^ lip a l)iiiich ot'^'rass or a clod ot'caitli ; place it in tlu^ hand of the pcrMon addressed, who looks down upon it. ((hnaltu I.) " Uepie- sents as many or more than the particles contained in the mass." Hands aiwl iin^'crs interlaced. [Mmaownn.) Miidi. Move l»otli hands toward one anotln-r and slijihtly ui)ward. ( Wifd.) 1 have seen this sifiii, but 1 think it is used only for articles that may b»' piled on the ground or formed into a heaj). The siwnward as if smoothiiif;- the outer surface (»f a };lobe. (Ahnnroka 1 ) Nlioslioni and linnuk I ; Kaioira I ; Comanche ill ; Apache II ; Wichita II.; "A heap." illlll'll is included in i?lail>' or Bij;;', as the case may require. (/>n- h)ta 1.) The haiuls, with tinj>ers widely separated, slightly bent, pointing for- ward, and backs outward, are Id be rapidly ai)i)roximated through down- ward curves, from positions twelve to thirty-six inches apart, at the height of the navel, and quickly chtsed. Or the hands may be moved until the right is above the left. {Dakota IV.) "So much that it has to be gathered with both hands." Both hands and arms are partly extended ; each hand is then made to describe, simultaneously with the other, from the head downward, the arc of a circle curving outwards. This is used for Tiai*g;e in some senses. {Mandan and Hidatsa I.) Hands o])en, palms turned in, held about three feet ai)art, and about two feet from the ground. Raise them about a foot, then bring in an upward curve toward each other. As they pass each other, palms down; the right hand is about three inches above the left. {Omaha I.) Place both hands tiat and extended, tliunibs touching, palms down- ward, in front of and as high as the face ; then move them outward and 'i I 209 downward a sliort diHtiiiio^ towwiinl tlicir rcspectivo Hides, thus dcscrib- iiiH tlui iip|»»'r halfof a circlo. ( Wj/ntvhit I.) "A Iicap." Sw(U'p out botli Iiaiiils as if iiuilosiiin; a lar;:o ()l)je(',t; wavi* the hands forward and soiiunvhat upward. {Apavhe III.) "SuyjiVstiiiKiiuniensity." And h('a\'.v. Similar to I?lnil, except when hands are raised close the tists, Itaclis of liaiids down, as it' lit'tinv: sonielliin;; lieavy; then move a sliort dis- tance up and down .several times. (Omnlni 1.) Plenty. Raise the arms a'oove the head, llnjiers interlaced to rei>re.sent the lodfje poles, .separate and brin^ to;;etiier aj;ain. (Omaha 1.) " Vou see Low I sit in a lar^^) lod^e and how comfortable I am." Another: Same as the precedinj^', then brinjj open hands toffether in front, palms dowri, extentled ; .separate tln^ hands to tluur respecttive pules. {Omaha (.) " J am sitting in a {^ood hxlge, or have a {^food tent- fire here." Another: Ili};ht arm curved horizontally, with the tips of the tinkers toward the breast ; then slij^htly extend the arm and descril)e a (Mrcle by ret urn in J:; the hand and i)assin{;' it inward past tiie breast toward the Tight shoulder. {Omaha I.) "A man has i)lenty in his tent ; or I have plenty around here." Deaf mutv natural xiffn. — Stretch the left arm at full length, and move the foretinger of the right hand along it to the shouhler. {Ballard.) QiiCMlion; inquiry; iiilcrroKalioii. (Com])arc Fool ; In- decision. The palm of tiie haiul upward and carried circularly outward, and depressed. {Diiiihar.) The hand held up with tlic thumb near the face, and the i)alm directed toward the ]>erson of whom tiie intpiiry is made; tiien rotated U|)(>n the wrist two or three times edgewise, to denote uncertainty. {Loutj.) The motion might be mistaken for the derisive, vulgar gesture (tailed " taking a sight," " donner un pied de nez," descending to our small boys from anticpiity. The separate motion of the fingers in tlie vulgar gest- ure as used in our eastern cities is, however, more nearly correlated with some of the Indian signs for Fool. It may be noted tliat the Latin "sagax," from which is derived "sagacity," was chietly used to denote the keen scent of dogs, so there is a relation establislicressions " restare con 27 210 m lUi-v, \HT ■) ' uu palino (H naso," "con tsiuto di iiiiso," etc., ineii'ioiu'd by the ''anon De .louio, refer to the saiiie vulgar gesture in whicli the face is sup- posed to be thrust forward sillily. Extend the open liantl perpendicularly with the palm outward, and move it fitiui si(U^ to si(Ui several times. ( Wicd.) Thi,> sign is still used. Fcu' "outward," however, I would substitute " forward." The I:'ind is usually, but not always, held before the fa(!0. (Mattheips,) Itiglit hand, lingers jiointing upward, i»alin outward, elevated to the level of the shoulder, extended toward the i)ers(Mi addressed, aud slightly shaken I'lom side to side, (dliri/t'iuif 1.) hen/mute unturnl sifpi. — A (piick motion of the lips with an iiuinir- ing h)ok. (lidlhinl.) Ausfralidn .s/V/h.— < bie is a sort of note of interrogation. For instaiTee, if I were tiMueet a native and make the sign: hand flat, lingers and thumb extended, the two midfMe tingers touching, the two outer slightly separated from tiie middle by turning the hand i»alm upwaiul as I met meet him, it would uiean: " Where are. ycm going?" In other words I should say '■^ Miinui /'" (what name f), (Smi/lli.) lias he? Deaf-mute natural sij/ii. — Move to and fro the tinger several times toward the person sjKtkenof. {Ijarnoii.) Have von ? Deaf-mute natural nit/u. — Move the tinger to and fro several times toward the person t(( whom the one is speaking, {fjarsou.) VViu'n ? With its index extended and pointing forward, back u])ward, rotate the right hand several times to the right and left, describing an arc with the im'ex. (Dakota IV.) Are von ' Deaf-mute natural .s'/V/«.v. — Point to the jjerson sjioken to and shghtly nod the iiead, with an incjuiring look. {Ballard.) Pi)int with the tbretinger, as if to i)oint towaid the second person, at the sanu' time nod the head as if to say "yes." {Zeij/ler.) Quick, (|iiickly. Sanu! motion and i»ositi(ui as ^ooil, arm slightly more raised and moved out faster and thrown back more rapidly by a (piick motion, {Ojibira IV.) .:.| $'.i m: 211 Both hands sliouhl bo i)hiced horizontal, pahns upward, pointinj)^ for- ward, about throe iiichos apart in front of the h)wer part of tlio cliost, and then quickly raised about ei};ht inches, at the same time shaking them a littU< from si(hi to side. {DakoUt V'l.) "Idea of lightness, and therefcu-e (piick motion." 4|lliet, he; be not alarmiMi ; have ])iitien<.-o. Tiie palm of tiie hand is iiehl toward the person. This is also the sign for Surrender, (l.oiu/.) Place the forefinger en- the hand over the mouth. (Arapaho I.) The right hand with palm downward, horizontal, tlat, lingers ex- tended and pointing forward (W) brought to the front median line of body, amlaltoutafool from it, and then carried on the same level to the right side of tin^ body, where two or three (piick upward and downward movements of the hand and arm complete the sign. {Dakota I.) " Sit down ; be (iiiianl\ then rais(* the hands even with the f(U'ehea])ing of water. {Duubar.) The sign for UVater P''*'*'*'<1*''^ that for Jiiiiow. {lAmij.) Scatter the lingers downward. The saiiu* sign (lenot(^s Niiovr. {liurton.) Imitate its fall with th«> hand, jtalm down, partially closed, (Ingers separated and pointing rapidity, as lu'arly as possible in imitation of the droj)s of rain falling on tiie face and body. {I)(tl,-<)ta 1.) "From the falling of rain." Suspend the hands about a foot in front of tlu' slumlders, backs for- ward, fingers separated and bent a little and jiointing downward, aiul shake the lingtMs, or approximate and se|>arate their ends once or several times. Home, »'ach tim(^ while s('i)arating the ends of the fingers, throw the liiinds downward about eight indies. (Dakota IV.) Hold the right hand pendcMit, witii fingers separated and jtointing downward, i)ef<)re file right side nnd on a level witii the head; then thrust it downward and back to its first position, repeating the move- ment two or three tiiiuis. (l)akot(t V, VI ; llldatsn I; Arikara \.) The hand is held on a level with the toj) of the head, fingers separated and pendent; it is then moved downward rapidly a few inches and .suddenly arrested. It may be restored to its original position and the motion may be rei>eated once oroftener. (Mandaii and llidatm I.) Both hands held to either side and in front of the head, palms down, fingers jielideut and separated; then nu)ve the haiuls (U)wnward ami back again, repeating several times. ( Wi/andot 1.) Uaise right hand in front of breast, say fifteen inches from body, back upward, lingers hanging down (P 1, with fingers hanging down, hand horizontal), then make motion as though sprinkling water, moving hand up and down from wrist out. (Saltaptiii I.) "Spriidiling water." Hold the right liand in front of the side of the head, palm down, fin- gers pendent and sejiarated; then move the hand up and down a short distance several times. (He I.) Hold the right hand in front of or to one side of the face, palm down, fingers pendent and separated ; then move the hand downward and back to its original position, several times, most of the movement being at the wrist. For a very heavy rain both hands are similarly employed, but with a more vig<«'ous motion. (Apache I.) Deaf-mute iiataral siyn,,. — An up-and-down motion of the extended fingers. (Hal I a id.) Flr.st, point out in some direction; next, move the open hand down fast and up slowly, successively, and then nod the head. (Hanenxtab.) 213 Move tlu> fiiifjers upward and downward. {Larnon.) Drizzling. IMaco tln> closod liaiul at tlio ln'i};lit of tlu' face, palm down, loaving tlie index ]toiiitinf;' downward and a little toward tiio left, then move the hand np and down several times. {Apaclie 1.) Rainbow. Tlie ri{>ht hand witli index-fiiifier only oxteinled.and poinlinf-' npriyht (J), is carried from left to rij^ht in front of the head, on a enrve, and then downward toward the horizon with a {iradually deerca.sinfi" spiral motion, nntil finally, without this motion, hainl carried on downward, with (inf>er pointinin' upward. (Jhiloto I.) "To go across the heavens wrai>ped with different colors." KaMli, or r:iM|ily. Indicate by (piick, unsteady motion of hands and body, agitato both hands :ind bctdy, move liands right), Bl'olliei* and liiMler. and Woman. {Kaioica 1; Connniche III; Apache U; Wichita II.) Aunt (i)aternal). Make the signs for Father, Horx (to the right), Brother and $iiMter, and Woman. (Kaioica I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) lirother, sister; brother and sister. Tlie sign for i?lan (and for sister, of a wonnin) snccH-eded by jdacing the ends of the fore and middle tingers of one hand together in the month. {Loiifi.) Th(> two tirst linger-tips are put into the month, denoting that they fed from the same breast. (Barton.) Place the fore and middle (ingers in the month, thus imjylying nursing at the breast by a common mother, (Arapaho I.) Tips of the fore and middle tingers of the right hand placed between nostrils atid montii; brouglil with a sudden cnr\ed motion forward, outward, and oblicpiely to the right expresses relationship between tiii|'!i I'A ;" bin I III ■ i ; j ; ', II''' ' Pi I ■•"1^, 11 i 214 children of 8atne father and mother; must be preceded by the sign for ]VIan or 'Woman, to specify brother or sinter. {Cheyenne I.) Put the tips of the fore and second fingers of either hand between the teeth. {Sac, Fox, and Kickapoo I.) " Two persons sucking one breast." First and second fingers of riglit hand extended (]V), phiced obliquely, backs outward, on the lips, or their tips in the mouth. {Dakota I.) " Nourishment from the same breast." Phice the tips of tlie extended fore and middle fingers of the right hand between or against the lips, and afterward draw them forward about a foot, the other fingers to be closed and the back of the hand upward; tlien make the first part of the sign for i^an, i.e., the index horizontally in trout of the privates. Sister: The same as for brother, but instead of the sign for man use the sign for woman after drawing the fingers from the mouth. {Dakota IV.) '' Sucking the same breast." Another: With the right hand closed, leave the index and second fingers extended, palm down; jdace the tips near the iimuth and jerk them forward about six inches. {Dakota Vl.) " We derived nourish- ment from tile same breast." liring the riglit hand to the lips, touching theni witii tiie index and middle fingers. {Omaha I.) "To suck from the same breast." Ob- tained trom J. La Kleche, as a Pani and Omaha sign. Thrust tlie first fingers into the mouth. {Omaha I.) Tlie left arm is semi extended, with hand in position (J 1), modified by being held horizontal outward and index extended ; tlie right arm, hand and finger now assume the same position above and behind left. Now, the right index is brought aside of left, each exteniled parallel. Finally the right index is brought to point to the cardiac region. {Oto I.) "Two separate births, alike in appearance and at heart." Thrust the index and second fingers into the mouth. {Ponka I.) " We two sucked from the same breast." Brother (said by male). Uring the left arm and liaiul to the left breast, as if in embracing. ( Wyandot I.) lirotiier (said by sister or other brother). Make the sign for Brothel* and l^isf ei% followed by that for iHau. {Kaiowal; Comanche III ; Apache 11; Wichita 11.) 215 Extend the first two ttiijjers of the ri}?ht hand; bring the liaud^A¥itb- tingers tlius extended, opposite tlie mouth; then i)lace these two fingers between the lips. (Comanche I.) " Both f«)ok nonrislinient from the same breast." liight-hand fingers and tliumb dosed; l)ring in front of tlie riglit side, extending and sei)arating tlie fore and second fingers, wliieli are slowly- brought together so as to lie side by side. {Vai-Utv I.) Both hands closed, forefingers extended ; bring them together, verti- cally, in front of the body, with the palms forward. {Vul-Ute 1.) Plaiie the first two fingers of the right hand between the lips. chlUi I.) brother's daughter. ,Vi- Make the signs for Ilrof lier, Woman, and Roril ((piickly or continuously, with termination of last sign to the riglit of the body). {Dakota \\.) Brother's son. Make the signs for Brother, iHaii, and Born (to the right side of the body, and quickly after t)r continuously with termination of gest- ure for iH an). {Ihtl-ota VI.) Brother's wife. Make tiie signs for Brother, ^an, Woman, aiul l*ONNeNwion (Bis). (DalotaW.) Make the signs for .Tly, Brother (Brother an«l Sister and ]?lan), HiiN (mside to the right), Same or Nimilar, and Woman. {Kuiowa\; Comanche \\\\ Apache \\\ irit7//7« II.) Brother and sister. With the right hand closed, leaving the index and second fingera extended and sligiitly bent, bring the iiand before the chin, palm down, finger tips nearly touching the month; then draw them downward and forward. This sign is made when the person alluded to is [tresent, and has been referred to by either person, or an in(juirer. {Kaioica I; Co- manche III; Apache ll\ Wichita II.) "Nursed from the same breast." The first phalanges of the first and second fingers are placed between the lips and then withdrawn. This represents somewhat faultily that both have been nourished from the sanu^ source. The sign is tor com- mon gender. Masculine or feminine nuiy afterward be indicated by the appropriate signs. [Mantlan and Hidatm I.) Brother and sister (said by female). Indicate the individual, then grasp the tip of the forefinger with the thumb and index. ( Wyawfot I.) i; !! I Ji :f: 3 Hif ■ l| mr || ma n! lis] 1 m w |;i -»*«v*i»»>«s»«8ti*iMiUitKift»i'*«aaea«rwtf;M ij-w y' '.. ' ■3 216 Daugliter. Make the same sign as for Crirl ; then indicate Parent or Possemon by pointing to the person, or laying the index vertittally against the breast or pointing to it. {Absaroln 1 ; Shoslioiii and Banal; I.) First make the sign for OflMpring^, then designate Age as described in the sign fur Cllild, and complete by the sign for Woman. {Da- kota I.) Make the signs for Birth and Woman. (Kaioira I; Vonianche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) Deaf-mute natural sif/n. — Point the finger to the ear (becanse of the ear-rings) and then put down the hand, when naturally stretched out, to the knee. (Lamon.) Daughter's daughter. Make the signs for Woman and Brother (Sister), Born (to the right of the body), and W^onian. {Dal-vta YI.) Daughter's son. Make the signs for W^oman and Brother (Sister), Born, and man, both off from the right side of the body. {Dakota VI.) Family, members of one. Grasp tlie tip of the forefinger with the thumb and fingers of the right hand. AVhen more fingers are used than the index thumb, it indicates more individuals. (Wyandot I.) Father, mother (parents). The same sign of issue from the loins as OtfKprin:;', with additions: e. g., for iflother, give I or My, next W^oman, and thm the sym- bol of parentage. For (irrandlliother add to the end clasped hands, closed eyes, ami like an old woman's bent back. (Burton.) With the right hand pretend to grasp the right breast with the ex- tended fingers and thumb; then draw them outward iibout twelve inches Compare Parentaj^e. (Ahsoroka I; Shoshoni and Banak I.) The right hand, with fingers arched, separated tii)s, i)ointiug inward toward the abdomen, is carried in and out two or three times with a sort of gral)bing motioTi. (Dakota I.) " Part of the same body." After making the sign in front of the privates for Ulan, make the sign for mother. (Dakota IV.) Another: Touch the right or left breast with the joined ends of the fingers of the right hand, and then make the motion in front of the right breast with the fist as for Old man. (Dakota IV.) f N/lt IB m 217 Same sign as for Parent. {Dakota VI ; Wyandot I.) Collect the liiiyers and thuinb of tlie right hand to a i)oint or nearly 80, and i)retend to grasp the breast, and draw the hand forward about eight inelies. {Kaiotcal; Coiitaiwhe III j Apache 11 ; Wichita U.) Deaf-mute natural «/iMion (His) (to the light), man, and Brother. Father's father. Make the signs for my, Father, Over, and Pather. Some- times, forilhistrating more clearly, the sign for A^ed is added. {Kai- oical; Cumanche III) Apache II; Wichita II.) Father's mother. Make the signs for my, mother (parent and woman), Over, and mother. {Kaioica I; (,'omanchclll; Apache II; Wichita II.) Father's sister. Make the .-igns for Parent (father), Possession (His), man (to the right), and $4ister. {Dakota VI.) (Irnndfather. Make the signs for Parent, Time long' ngo, Ajj^ed and Born. {Dakota VI.) (Irandmother. Ends of Hiigers of both hands touching tiie breasts on their respective sides, (this is mother), then make the sign for liW^onian, by drawing the hand downward at the right side of the head as though ])assiiig a comb througii the long liair, and then complete by the sign for Old, by describing willi the right hand in front of the right side of tiie body part of a circlr after the manner of using a cane for support in walk ing. {Dakota 1.) "Denotes an aged person. Decrepit age dependent on a statt." Make the signs for Parent, IVonian, Time long: ag:o, Ag^ed and Born. {Dakota VL) Husband. - . Sign for Companion, {Dakota I.) "United." 28 ifii t .'i '( -fi ■H 218 Husband (said by wife). Make the si{,Mi for liailie, followed by tliat for IVIan. {Kaioica I; Comanche III; Apache 11; Wichitall.) Motlier. Touch the breast and phice the forefliiyer in the mouth. {Arapaho I.) lii{>iithaiid fiufjers and thumb closed inward as though clasping breast (inammic) and drawn outward three or four times. {(Jheyeiinc I.) Make the sign for Father, followed by that for Woiliail. {Ahm- roku 1; IShoxhoni and lianak I.) ''Woman parent." From a foot in front of the right or left breast, move the right hand, its palm backward and its lingers semiflexed and spread, near to the breast, iind after bringing the ends of the fingers together, move the hand forward again and half open the fingers and sj)read them. Miike these motions two or three times, somewhat rai)idly. {Dakota IW) "In imitation of sucking the breast." Ends of the tiiigers of both hands [S) touching th(( breasts of their respective sides. {Dakota I.) "Indicating the mamnue — one who has nursed a child." Make the signs for Parent and Woman. {Dakota VI; Wyandot I; Kaioical; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichitall.) Deafnmte natural siffn. — Close the hand except the little finger and then rest the finger on the lips. {HaHcnstal).) Mother's brother. Make the signs for Woman and Parent (mother), Po!«!«e«!!iion (Hers) (to the right), jflan, and Brother. {Dakota VI.) Mother's father. Make the signs for ]Hy, iHother, Over, and Father. {Kaioica I; C'o«mHt7((' III; A})ache II; IV7c7u^a II.) Mother's mother. Make the signs for lHy, JUother, Over, and Mother. {Kaioioa I; Comanche III ; Apache II; Wichitall.) Mother's sister. Make the signs for Woman and Parent (mother), Possession (Hers) (to the right), and Sister. {Dakota VI.) Nephew (brother's son). Make the signs for Iffy, Brother, His, Born, and Woman. {Kaiowal; Comanche 111; Apache 11; Wichitall.) 219 XcplM'w (sJHtfr's son). Mak«? th« Hifjns for ]?Iy, SiMter, Herw, Born, and ITIan. Tlie siffiis for Ifers, Horn, and Mait, are made to the rifjlit of tlie body, nearly at arm's length, as l)elonf>iiifi; to anotlier. [Kniowa I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita 11). Nie. signs tor Brother and l¥oilian (ninter), I?lnn and PoHMCMNion (Berw), botii to the right. (Dakota VI.) Make the sign for Ifly, NiMter, (Itrotlier and Hinter and iroman), BerM (nnide to tlie right), Name or similar, and jllail. (Kaiowa I; (Joiuanche III; Apache \\ \ Wichita II.) Sister's son. Make the signs for l¥oilian and Brother (Hister), Ulan and Born (to tlie right of the body). {Dakota VI.) Son. See Child (oflM|»rin^); I?Iale, andlllan. (Arapahol.) Same as the sign for Dau^^hter* excepting designation of sex. (Dakota I.) Make tlie signs for Birth and iTIan. (Kaiowa I; Comanche III; Apache II ; Wichita 11.) Son's ii(;hiii}j:); (.'{) both tists to client, con a more ; (4) left iiriii circled before and drawn towai'd tlui body. {Apticlit; III.) "(1) A woman {'2) mated, (.'{) very dear to me, (4) and wlioni I embrace." My wife. Make the Hi^n for $iiailie, followed by that f(U- Woilinil. {Kaituca J; Conianche III ; Apache II; Wicliitn II.) Make che sijrn for ^Woiliail, and then move the ri{>'ht (1st, ba(;k ont- ward, fo/ward a foot or eif^hteen iiH;hes from six inches in front of the navel. {Jhikota IV.) " Woman i have." Wife or mother. The hands, in i>()sition (A), are i»roiiht hand then passes sweeitinjily downward and ontward, palm toward the Ixuly, describing rnddy tiie exit of the child from tin' htins in tiie obstetrical outward right to right, left to left, in front of the shoulders, with arms more than half extended, and in transit open the hands so that when brought to a stoj) the palms will be upward, fingers slightly separated, curved upward. {Dakota I.) "Heart was not brave; what was I to do? ; would seem to indicate utter helplessness under the circumstances. In such cases the man would not be stamped a coward. See the conception of BraveJ'^ • ''ijift'' 'if if' Pl*« '' I " '■■} ■ '' ' 222 Rhlffc. Rijjht liaiid hori/oiital, hack outward, fliijjiTs (^\t<>iuld ridK't>, iiidi(;at(; by upward and downward slnirp nu)V<>inentH of tli«> iiand ; if a Unol otu', by drawing; tiu^ inind on as nearly tlic saniu level as |>ossil»li'. (Dakota 1.) " From the appearance of a ridjje." RidillUr (horseback). 8e(^ llorM4' and liioillK'. RiY'er. (Compare llroud.) The hand, in the form of a scoo|> or ladle, is carried to the mouth, as if conveyiii}; water, and drawn alonf^ in a hori/.ontal line with the edfjo downward, about flie heij^iit of tiie breast. (Loikj.) Another: Hold up tlie Miij;»'rs ol tlie left hand, a little diverjjinf; from each other (repn-siMitinf; a mountain rauffe), and to conv«'y the idea of tlie streams thtwin^ from them, place the indexlin^^er of the v'\\i\\t hand alternately between each two of them and draw it away in a ser- pentine maniuM-. [Iioiuj.) Open the ri};ht hand and |»ass it before the mouth from above down- ward. ( W'ivd.) If WiciVH siffu is complete ther*' is a simihiiity in (!OU- ception, but the (0/« I) si^^n represents the c(>nce|)tion "water," and that which retains it at sides ami directs the flow. " Something we drink, retained by banks at sides.'' (liotelcr.) The Ihifi'er traces seritentine lines on the yrouiul. {Ojihwn I.) Make thesi}>ii for Drillkiii;f,an(l then wave both the palmsoutward. A rivulet, (acek, or stream is siiown by the drinkiuy siyii, and by hold- iufi' tlie index til) between the thumb and meilius; an arroyo(dry water- course), by coverinj;' up the tip with the thumb and middle linger. (liar- ton.) A movement of the extended hand, palii> down and horizuntal, tiu- {jers joined, indicative at once of thetlowiii}^ of water, and the ineaiuler- inf>' of its current. (Arapaho I.) Sif-n for Water, followed by the sign for !§nake. {Cheyenne I.) "A river is flowing watir. Make the siffii for Water, then place the extended Hat liatul, jialra down, before the bieast, and push it forward to arm's lenjjth. (Abiia- rolu 1 ; iShoshoni and lianak I.) Right hand to the left side of body, level of shoulder, edge of fingers outward, extended, i)ointing obliquely downward toward i. e left (S turned downward), carry the hand downward on a double curve in front of the body and toward the right. (Dakota ll.) " Running water." r J' 223 Make tlic, si^ii for Water, (i. e., pliic*'. tlu' ri^lit hand, upri({lit, nix or eiglit inclu's in front of t\w inoutli, back outward, index and flinnib (;rook(>d and tlit'ir ends ahont an int'li apart, tiif otln-i- tin^^ers iH'aily eioHcd ; move it toward t lit' niontli, and tlirn downward nearly to tiie top (»f tlio breastbone, at tlie same time tnrnin;; tlie iiand over toward tbe inoiitli nntil tlie littl(> tin;;(>r is nppermost); then draw the ri;r|it hand, its bark tbrwiird, the index extended and jiointin;; toward the left, and tin' other lingers elosed, from about two feet in front of the left shoid- der toward the ri;;ht nntil it is a foot or ho outside of the lin«' of the ri^jlit shoidiler. { l>utli; hand, as in t.vpe (F I), modified by l)ein;;' a little more relaxed; i»otli hands are then extended and tiie ed;jes lield verti<'ally, jialms faein^j, but hands a|)art; the hands in same relative positions are then moved to and from the l»ody. ((tin I.) ''Tliat we drink; llowinjr and retained between banks." Colleet the tliij;('rs of the ii;'lit hand to a point and briny, it t(t the mouth, |iaiiii lirst, then wave the Hat hand, palm down, liori/ontally fntni rifiht to left. ( Wj/antlot J.) "JJroad \vatei\" Raise hands to side.s, lingers extended, palms obli(iiu'(X 1, with palm obli(pH>), then at same time move Itoth on ])arallel lines as far as aruis can reaeh, showin;;' a troujfli ; then pla(H' rij,'lit hand three or four inehes from mouth, palm u|>ward and liollow«>d as thou};ii lioidinj^ water, and move it quiekly jtast the mouth, resting in last position Just in front of chin. (Stiii I.) " Water running;' in a trouj;h." Put hand in front of mouth, palm u|>ward and hollowed as thcui^h holding; w ater nvd move it jtiist the mouth, restinji' in front of chin ; then from a ])oint in front of breast make winding' movement to a jtoint as far Irom the body as aim will reach, finjjers naturally relaxed, (Y 1, palm vertical), as thouf;h trac^inji course of stream. {ISuhoptin I.) Hold the rifi'ht hand tiattened and extended, w^ith palm down, to the side of tlie rij;ht hip, tluMi pass it forward toward the left side in a ser- pentine movement. {iJomanvhe 11.) "The hand represents the Hat sur- face' of the water, the movement the serpentine course." Make the si^-n for liVatei*, then hold the extended foretinijer of the left hand diagonally in front of the body; palm down, then pass the point of the index along the left from the base of the palm to the tip of tbe forefinger. {Vtc I.) Hold the right hand flat and extended at the height of ihe hip, and push it, palm downward, in a serpentine manner diagonally across toward the left. (Apache I.) :. 1 m i!t- V fi::. ill '■' i' M 221 Deaf mute natural signs. — An undulating motion of the hand. [Bal- lard.) Move the forefinger forward in a circle just below the niontli, indicat- ing the motion of rolling waves, and then point to the place of it. {Hasenstah.) liaise the hand toward the mouth and then move the same hand in a line allowing the Howing of the water. {Lamou.) Across a. With the forefinger of the right hiiiul describe near the ground a wavy line in tlie direction of the geographical (course of the stream indicated, and then witli the same finger describe a short, straight line across the former and from the direction of the Journey. (Dakota 11.) Headwaters or source of a. Hold the extended and fli>.t left hand venically before the body at the height of tiie elbow, then point to the i)alm with the index and make the sign lor 2?iTer aw.iy from the left hand with the light. {Apache I.) Rosnd , Having the opened hands eight inches ajtart, pointing forward, paims ui)ward, in front of the chest, move tlsem, each one alternately, back and forth about eight inches, {Dakota IV.) Hotli hands Ihit and extended, jiointing forward from the chest, palms upwaril, tliunibs an incli higlier than the outer edges which are placed nearly together, in this position ])a«,s the hands forward nearly to arm's length. {Kaioical; Coma mhe III; Apache} I; Wichita I].) "Fromthe deju'cssion usually indicating a traveled trail.'' On, or in the middle of a. First nuike tiie sign for Road, extend the left forefinger pointing forwar;! and to the right, tl-en i)lace the tip of the exiended iiulex, pointing downward, upon the .second joint of the forefinger. {Kaioica l ; Comuiiche HI ; Apache II : Wichita II.) Wogon. j^lake the wagon sign, and then wave the hand along 'he ground. {Burton.) With the right hand, forefinger extended and i ointing downward, other ffng;r« (rlosed (J turned downward), describe from its natural positi'jii outward in front and to the left of the body as far as the arm can lie extended the winding course of a prairie wagon-road. {Dakota I.) " From the winding course of roads." Robe. See Clothing. 225 Rocky (as a Iiill). All asceiidiiifj motion of the extended rifjlit hand, fingers .joinealm down, toward and over the clinched left, which is constantly interposed as an obstacle. If impassable, the ri}>ht hand shonld not pass over the left, or the sijyn may be completed in this manner and that of negation added. {Ampaho I.) Round lip Cattle, To. See Cattle. Run, Running-. (C()m]*are IrValking-.) Tlie arm nearly doubled upon itself, and then the elbow thrown for- ward and backward, as in the act of runnin})^. (Lonrf.) Both hands, fists (B), carried upward on their respective sides to the level of the shoulders and then make the upward and downward motions from the shoulders in imitation of their movements held in this ,tosition when running'. {I>akofa J.) " From the movement* of ti.»i arms when running." Extend and point both forefingers inward, the right three or four inches behind the left, i>alms backward, at the height of the breast, then, while moving the hands forward tiuernati ly, throw the right index over the left and the left over the right. (Dakota IV.) Both arms are Hexed and fists brought before body at (ienter, a\K)ut four inches ajjart. The hands iu position (B) are then moved forward successively and alternately as an animal galloping or trotting. {Oto I.) "Motion of limbs in inovemeui." With one or both fists i)laced near the side of the chest, move them (orward and backward as in ninning; the motion beingat the shoulder. (Kaiown I; (Jomanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) Deaf-mute natural .s>!jns. — A rapid motion of the feet on the floor. (Ballard.) Use both arms and both open hands iu a way similar to that in which the legs are used to run. (Ha,scnntah,) Move the hands up and down in the two pa^'allel lines from the breast. (Lamon.) Iiai»i(lly, swiftly. Lay both haatls fiat, palm downward, and pass the right ra])idly high and far over the left, so that the body is somewhat raised. ( Wied.) liacreil. Kight hand upright (S), pahp toward the left, is moved straight up- ward and downward in front of the face. (Dakota I.) 29 :if^ 'iiril ;^ 226 Sad, Sony, Troubled. (Comi)are Angry.) The riglit hand is partly, soiuetinies quite, dosed, held in front of the ^.lest, almost or quite in contact with it, and made to describe a circle of three or four inches radius, once or oftener. {Mandan and Hidatsa I,) "This indicates the various contiicting' emoti.ms which may be re- ferred toby aji Indian when he says 'iNly heart is bad.'" Both fists placed before the breast, ])alms down, thumbs touching;, move the outer edges downward as if breaking a stick, then place the palm of the hand (or the fingers) over the heart. ( Wyandot I.) " Broken heart." Saddle. First make the sign for Hoi'iDe, then turn the left hand outward to the left, and extend the flexedan and Hidatsa I.) Salt. The body is bent forward, and the palm i)rint of the right fingers, in type-position (W), touch the earth before the body. The open hands are then approxunated before the body, palms in contact, then diverge, the right index touching the tongue in typa-position (K). The couu- tenance assumes a mien of dislike. The motion to the ground would indicate the salt-licks of the plains. (Oto and Missouri 1.) " Something from the ground — savory to the taste." 227 Salutation. Hat)(I-shakin<;. " He shook hands" — with the i)arty greeted — "ami tlieri pressed his owiiopeii bosom." A /r«w,<(rt« sign. (Indian sketches by Jolin T. IiviujUf, Philadelpliia, 18;}5, vol. 1, p. Gl.) It is noticeable that while the ceremonial gesture of union or linking hiinward, are carried outward from the breast on tiie same level for a foot. {Dalota I.) " Xo difference — both the same." The hands are placed in the same ])o>itions as in Aiiead and Behinii, excrept that the forefingers are placed exactly side by side. If it is to be shown that tw(» things are exactly alike or constantly alike or beside one another, the liands are moved forward togetlierfor a short distance, {^fan<1an and Jliilatsa 1.) Extend forefinger and middle linger of right hand, ])ointing upward, thumb crossed over the other fingers, which are closed; move hand downward and forward. {Omaha I.) .iff!' ■ -H fe«saft(«fKflMtato*i(teflia«u«Bw»**^ l'ified. See CJIad. Saw. Same its the sign for Cheyenne Indian. [Dakota I.) " From the use of the saw." (See Trihai. Signs.) 5 Scalp. G ',» the hair with the left hand, and with the right one flattened cat a> . r the left. (Wied.) Still in use. (Mattheics.) Although WictPs si . eems inexplicit in description, there is a remarkable simi- larity in the execution and conijeption between that and the ( Oto and Mis- noun I.) {Boteler.) ''That part removed by the knife, as represented." The left hand stationary, eighteen inches in front of stomach (D), as though grasi)ing the scalp-lock, and then the right hand (X), with palm upward, fingers extended, jjointing obliquely toward the left, is passed with a backward or inward motion under the left hand from in front of it, just .as though drawing ilie knife inward in scalping. {Da- kota I.) " From the act of scalping." Eapidly carry the left hand to the front of the upper part of the chest and close it, back forward, as if grabbing the hair ; then draw the right hand, palm downward, from left to right beneath it, as if cutting. (Da- kota IV.) Tlie left hand is raised to the vertex of the head and seizes the hair called by the Indians the scalp-lock ; thus firmly held, the right is raised and edgewise executes a severing sweep around the forehead. (Oto and MisHouri I.) " That which is removed as represented." Grasp the hair on the top or right side of the head with the left hand then draw the flat right hand with the edge toward and across the side of the head from behind forward. (Pai-Ute I.) Scarce, Fe%r. Place the hand in the position given for Conie, when it is moved from side to side, arrested in its motion at intervals, and wl'ere so arrested is depressed an inch or two. (Mandan and Hidatsa I.) I i' li Strike out the two forefingers forward from the eyes. {Burton.) Two fingers ])rqjecting. {Macijoican.) IMaee tlie fore and middle fingers (of tlie right hand usually), sepa- rated, extended, and jiointing outward, in front of the eyes, indicating the direction of su])i)08ed lines of sight. (Arapaho I.) Pass the extended index forward from the eye. {Abmroka I ; S os- honi and lianal: I.) m 229 ISciNHors. With the fore and middle fingers imitate the opening and shutting of tlie blades of the scissors. (Long.) lieareli for. See Hunting'. . Secret ; To weerete. See Hide. See ; Seeing? ; Saw*. (Compare Ialms inward, fingers slightly flexed and pointing backward. (Dakota. IV.) Place the right hand at the height of and straight forward from the elbow, palm downward, close the two middle fingers, extend and crook the iiulex and little fingers, at the same time extending the thumb so that it passes downward and below the closed fingers. (Ute L) "Curved horns and nose is rei)resented." Wether. Make the sign for $hee|i, ewe ; then place the arched left hand transversely in front of the body (pointing toward the right) and nearly close the right, and make a movement from the left backward and'down- ward toward the bodj' as if drawing a rope. (Apache I.) "Height of the animal, walking as it grazes, and the long tail." Shield. Is shown by pointing with the index over the left shoulder, where it is slung ready to be brought over the breast when required. (Burton.) Both hands made to describe a circle slightly to one side and in front of the body. (Cheyenne 1.) ' I i ■m m ■ ! * I ^11 "■'I ■I 232 I--:;!',' ir),! Shoes, nioccaMin^i. Rivistitlie foot iiiul stroko it from front to back with thoiiulo-x-fiiifjerof tlu) hand on the. same side!. {Wiv(h) 1 have seen this sijjii. (MnttheirH.) The similarity between the {Oto ami Minsouri I) sign an«l WiaVs exists more in the idea or eoneeption tlian tiie motion exerted. It is not prob- aWe that they ever werb identical in execution. {lioh-lcr.) Draw the foot upward and incline the body forward so that the hands can r-Mich the foot when tlu>, drawinsi on of the shoe or m«tceasin is imi- tated. [Dakota I.) '• From th«^ drawiu}; on of the shoe." Sto(»p and, with tiie lin,'j;ers in the same position as for |>i*eMM, tlinic, excepting tliat the forefingers are t(t i)oint downward and the thund)s nward, move the hands from the toes backward through slight curves, one on each side of one of the feet. (Dakota IV,) Another: Make the same sign above the foot without stooping. (Da- kota IV.) Both hands in type-position (W) are approximated at the points of the index lingers before the toes of either foot. Then the hands diverge and describe a curve ai'onnd the sides of the foot to the heel, from wliich point both liands are pulled suddenly ut)ward. The sign is ))erfect, rep- resenting the pointed oval of the moccasin and the use of both hands in drawing them over the Ihh'I. For Bootw the last motion is extended up »»n both sides of the limb to midway the foreleg. (Oto and Mimouri I.) " That which incloses tlie foot and is drawn on." Shoot ; Mhot. See, also, Arrow and Ciriin. Discharge of a deadly missile. The hand is clinched in such a way that the tluuub covers the nails of the other digits; the forefingers are then suddenly extended as in the act of sprinkling. This is much like the sign for Bail, but here the arm is not moved and the lingers not strongly tiexed. (Mandan and Hi- da tsa I.) Struck by a deadly ndssile. The deft hand is held before the chest at a convenient distance, thumb upward, back outward, lingers slightly bent, and is struck in the palm with the ba(!k of the clinched right fist. (Mandan and Uldatsa I.) Short, In stature. A short i)erson is described with right hand brought up as high as the head on right side, forefinger straight upright (J, back outward); move the hand down, keeping fingers upward till it reaches the waist or below. The body is usually bent to the right a little in the movement as the hand goes down. IShoH distance is described the same as Close or ]%ear. (Cheyenne I.) 233 III fxteiit. Placu the liaiuls, paliu to palm, a short or the rctiuinul (listatice apart. (Arupuho I.) (viirtailt'fl. Tlio arms are .seinirtexed bel'oro th« body; the liaiids approximated at palriHt, tlicti made to diverge to indicate some leiigtii. Tiie ri^jht iiaiid then approximates tlie left and, ed}?e\vise, imitates a cutting-oJl" oC a siiort piece of tlie finger-eiid.s. The word does not seem to be well understood by the Indian unless ajiplied to some object, in which case there is a com|)oiind sifjn, ( Oto and Missouri I.) " Leii},fth reduced by cutting oil." A little, short extent, or time, accordinj; to connection. Raise left hand to i)o.sition in front of body, forefiiifjer extended iiori- zontal {yi 1, (;han},'ed to left) ; then raise rij^ht hand, first finj^er extended (H -); place end of the linger near end of forefinger on left liand, and iiiov(! it slowly up the linger, resting near its biise or near base of thumb, {Sahaptin I.) (July by less se[)aration of hands. {Apache III.) Hu'U ; ill. Hold tlu! tlattened hands toward one another before the l»reast, bring them, held .stiff, in front of the breast, and move them forward and back- ward from and to the same. ( Wied.) As is evident, no similarity of ex«'cution or (l(!sign exists between ir/erf's sign a. . the (Oto and Mis- souri I.) {liotclcr.) Contract shoulders and chest, briig hands in front of throat and chin, with a shrinking, contracting motion aiul a shiver (if ague) or bh)W short breaths as if panting ; then carry the left hand to the ft»rehead and jircss, indicating headache. {Ojibica IV.) Touch the part that is the seat of the pain and then withdraw q;iickly the touched lind», or flinch at the nr^^ssure made on the part, at the same time the emotions of the face exprt s suffering. (Dakota I.) " From the fear of increased pain by pressure." TIk! ojten, relaxed hands are to be quickly thrown about four inches forward and outward, several times, in front of the stomach ; fingers Hprea•:-! m ■MJ m 'Ml m m 234 M Place the tips or ends of the extended fln{;ers and tliunib gently over the heart, leaning the head slightly toward the left, accompanied by a drooping or closing of the eyelids. (L'tc I.) Another: (JoUect the fingers and thnnib of the right (or left) hand to a point, and pla(!e the tips alternately to the right and left sides f the chest, accompanied by a simiiltaneons dropping of tlie head, witli the eyes partially or entirely closed. (Ute I.) "Location of pain." Deaf-mute natural signs. — Place the hand ujwn the breast and pro- trude the tongue. [liaUard.) Place your palm on the forehead and shudder. (Cross.) Place thv' open hand on the forehead, and then move the head down, with the mouth half oi)ened. (Hascnstah.) Put forth a part of the tongue out of the mouth and at the same time raise the haiul vo the breast. (Larson.) Place the hand on the breast, at the same time open tlie mouth as if to vomit. (Zeigler., \'ery. Both hands Hat, extended, and fingers joined, place against the cheek bones and withdraw slowly. ( Wyandot I.) Si^fii laiij^iin^e. , Tap the back of one IuumI with the palmar surface of the fingers of the other, alternately and repeatedly, then clos(^ both hands, leaving the forefingers and thumbs fully extemled and separated; place them about four inches apart, palms facing, and rotate them in short vertical cir- cles, in such a manner that when the right hand occupies the upper portion of its circle the left will be below. (Kaiowa II ; Comanche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) "Hands and conversation." Silence. Lay the exteiuled index, pointing upward, over the mouth so that the tij) extends as far as the nose, or alongside the nos^ . (Shoshoni and Banal- I; Ute I.) Kight-hand fingers and thumb partiall\ unclosed, placed in front of the mouth, shot upward, and slightly shaken. (Cheyenne I.) Ball of the right hand resting on the chin, fingers extended obliquely upward and toward the left, as though catching the words thrown out of the mouth. (Dakota 1.) " Catching the words." 235 Move tlic, rijilit hand tlirouph a sinall (jirclo iiL front of the mouth, ba(!k forward, fore and nii(hlUi finff»M'.s Hpreiul a little, j'xtended and uprifjht, other fInpjerH closed, tlnunh on middle tinfjer. (Dakota IV.) ''0(M>iiing and closing; the mouth and the houihIh comiii;; forth." (1) IMit thumbs and foretinjjers spread to make larj^e circle; (2) heat tip of rifjht hand several times towards it; (3) wave foretinger several times <|ni(rkl.v from lipsu|)ward. (ApaeheMl.) "(1) Drum; (li) heating accompaniment on it; (<'3) singing." Deaf-mute natural siyn. — Put one Hngcr to your n^outh, opening aiul Bhutting it alternately; set in motion your arms, after the manner in which a singer acts. (Crons.) liinj^iiif?, Nni'i'i'd. I\Iove the upright right hand in a circle in front of the mouth, the lingers slightly bent and separated so as to form a circle, back out- ward. (Dakota IV.) !§iiAter. See KelatioiiMliip. ISit down. The list is clinched, and the nu)ti(m of it is then the same as if it held a stafl" and gently stamped it ui)on the earth two or three times. (Long.) Make a motion toward the ground, as if to pound it with the ferieut of the closed hand. (Burton.) Quickly lower the extended hand, palm down, indicating spot aud action. (Arapaho I.) Right hand held to one side, fingers and thumb drooping, struck downward to the ground or object to be sat ujmn. (Cheyenne 1.) Shut both hands, thumbs up (or above), raise hands a little, and lower at same time with a stpiatting or sitting motion of body if the person giving the sign is standing; if sitting, point to the place aud make motion with the hands and arms. (Ojibwa IV.) Eight hand clinched, outer edge downward, and pushed toward the the ground. (Absaroka I ; iShofihoni and Banak I.) Another : Make the sign of To sit, but nuike it toward the spot indi- cated for the visitor to occupy. (Absaroka I; Shoshoni atid Banak I.) Eight hand in natural position, fingers closed (A), palm upward, ex- tend the forearm, with elbow fixed, straight toward the front (L), and carry it toward the ground or seat. (Dakota I.) " Sitting down on a chair or the ground." ' (V I 1 1 ) i''!'jil m\ •m :i;. j-!n 236 Iiicliiiu tho body t'urwanl aiwl move tli*> ri(;ht tlst dowinvanl about oightouii iiidu's from in front of th«> utomat'li, at arm's li'ii),'tli forward, bent upward at the wrist, and l»ack outward. (Ihikota IV,) "Down in a bunch.'' Tho clinched list, thumb upward, is lield outward, usually to tho right, the elbow forming nearly a right angle, the hand is then (h^jtressed and siuhleiily arrested. This is a modification of the sign for Ntny, or Abide. When the sign is maalm, eyes closed. {(Ho I.) " Rest." Incline the head to one side, close or partly close the eyes, and place the Hat hand to within about six inches of the ear. (Fai-Utc I.) Dca/mnte natural sif/ns. — Place the hand upon the cheek, inclining the head to one side, and closing the eyes. {BaUard.) Close your eyes and bend your head sidewise on the open hand. [CronH.) First place the open hand on one side of the head, next move the head, the eyes having been shut, down to the side, and then j)oint to the place to sleep. {Hancnstah.) Close the eyes. (I.nrson.) Shut the eyes, and incline the head as if to sleep. {ZcUjler.) Italian sifin. — Lay the open haiul under the cheek. (Butler.) To sleep with another. The person is first indicated by pointing, then place the forefingers of each band side by side in front of the breast, back upward, at the same time ijuilining the head a little to the left and partially closing tho eyes. (Dakota V.) Cross both closed hands and arms before tlie breast as if in an em- brace, then lay tlie i^xteucbHl index and forelinger side by side, palms down, pointing forward, and move them over toward the right so that the backs of the bands point downward toward the right at the termina- tion of the sign, {i'te I.) Sleepless. The head is held nearer the middle line than in the sign for Sleep* The hand is then raised in i)osltion CX), and made to quiver with palm outward. (Oto l.) "Unrest." Slow. Extend the left arm, curving the forefinger and holding it still. The right arm does the same but is drawn back with several short and cir- cular movements. ( Wied.) !ir 'm 53 1; •"■I <(), is rubbed on the left forearm, just above the wrist. (Dakota 1. ) "From its use in washing clothes." §on. Oi»en. the left hand and strike against it several times with the right (with the backs of the fingers) [which also means Hard] ; then strike on the opposite side so as to indicate the reunion, (Wied.) The sup- posed yielding substance is restored by the second stroke to its former shape. ^M 243 Take some soft body in the hand, aud touch and handle it lightly, alternately with each hand, held as though molding it into a round ball- {Dakota I.) "Handling the substance gently, so as not to injure it." With the hands three or four inches apart, pointing forward, palms downward, lingers relaxed, lower thfiti about four inches slowly and raise them rather rapidly several tiiui'S. {Dakota IV.) "Yields and springs back ; therefore is soft." With the tinger and thumb of the right hand api)roximated to a point, pretend to pick some pulverulent substance from the palm of the left, keep working the tips of the right as if allowing the contents to fall slowly back agt, in into the left. {Kaiowal; Comanche 111 ; A2>ache II; Wichita II.) Made only by rubbing folds of cloth (flexibility), or imitating the crumbling of bread. {Apache III.) heaf-mute natural sign. — Squeeze softly the clinched hand. ISoil. Sec Earth. {CroHS.) Soldier (American). Pass each hand down the outer seam of the pants. («Sffc, Fo.r, and Kickapoo l.) "Stripes." Sign for HVIiite Iflaii and then for Fort. {Dakota I.) " From his fortified place of abode." Extend tJie lingers of the right hand ; place the thumb on the saiie plane close beside them, and then bring the thumb side of the hand horizontally against the middle of the forehead, palm downward aud little finger to the front. {Dakota II.) " Visor of forage cap." The nearly closed hands, thumbs against the middle of the forefingers, being placed with tlieir thumbs near together in front of the body, palms forward, separate them about two feet. {Dakota IV.) "All in a line in front." Another: First make the sign for soldier, theu that for White man. {Dakota IV.) Place the radial sides of the clinched hands together before the chest, then draw them horizontally apart. {Dakota VI.) "All in a line." Place the flat and extended right baud, palm downward, horizontallj' against the forehea'l. ( Ute I.) " Visor of the cap." Ankara. ■■)■'' 'I.:''; 11 ?! ■ Make the sign for Arikara, and that for Brave. {Arikara I.) 244 ^^^H fvi ;':- mm p H l. H |i mt i:| Wwm if'' '>i w ;"' f:-'.'-. H ; t: I'n I-'-'' Dakota. Make the sign for Dakota, and that for iSoIdier. {Dakota VI.) Soldiers coming^, Both hands extended, fingers spead, phice obliquely upward and in front of the breast, right above left a short distance ; moved alternately and successively from right to left. ( Ute I.) " The movement of bayo- nets in a charge." i^oilie. (Part of a number of persons or objects.) Extend the index, hold the palm down, and imitate the motion of indicating different individuals or articles from left to right. {Kaiowa I ; Comanche III ; Apache II ; Wichita II.) Son. Bee Relationship. Soon. See Time, Soon. (Compare I¥eai*.) Sorrow. (Occasioned by filial disrespect.) Right hand next to the heart, palm in, fingers slightly curved ; then make a circular movement forward and outward toward front. ( Omaha I.) Sorry. See Sad. Soup. Sign for Kettle, setting on the fire, and then that for Drinking;. {Dakota I.) Sour. Simulate tasting anything sour, l. e., act of tasting and expression of face. {Arapaho I.) Tip of forefinger touched against tl»e tip of the tongue ; then make the sign for Hard. {Cheyenne I.) Eaise the right hand to the mouth, as though having the substance to be tasted in it, and then spit. {Dakota I.) " Not liking the taste." Deaf-mute natural sign. — ^lake wry mouths. {Ballard.) Touch the tongue, shaking the head, with a look expressive of dis- pleasure. {Cross.) Close the eyes a little and shake the head. {Larson.) Space; extent. The left arm and hand are extended. The right hand is then brought (as in S 1 modified by being horizontal) to left and drawn across left arm edgewise at successive points. {Oto I.) "That is composed of smaller parts ; many added." lili ■^m I , ; ,1 >..n 245 Speak ; speech. Tlie motion is like sprinkling water from the mouth by springing the forefinger from the thnmb, the hand following a short distance from the month at each resilience, to show the direction of the word, or to whom it is addressed ; this motion is repeated three or four times. (Long.) Place the flat hand, biujk -tlownward, before the month, and move it forward two or three times. ( Wied.) My description is the same as this, but more precise. I believe I said the thumb is held forward. A knowledge of this fact would be essential to one who wished to imitate the sign correctly. {Matthews) There is sufficient similarity to Wied's sign in the i)osition of the hand and forward movement to justify a sup- position of former identity between that and [Oto and Missouri I.) The curved position of the fingers in the latter sign is not invariable. {Bote- Icr.) Extend t!ie open hand from the mouth. (Burton.) Fingers used as if picking something from the mouth. (Macyotran.) Point the extended forefinger as from the mouth. (Arapaho I.) Forefingers of both hands crooked inward, as in making tlu^ sign for ITIorning'; moi^'on backward a.id forward from mouth. (Cheyenne I.) The gestures by which "si.cakmg" is described are made close to the mouth. If the hand is passed several times across the lips it means addressing the people. Harangue. If the fingers of both hands are crossed before the mouth like a pair of scissors, it means a Dialogue. {Ojibwa I.) Same as the sign for Slillg, excepting the hand is carried farther out- ward from the mouth. (Dakota 1.) " Cari'ying the words out of the mouth." Place the right hand just in front of the mouth, palm forward, index half flexed, other Angers closed, thumb against middle finger; move the hand at the wrist forward two or three times through an arc of about < six inches, each time bringing the end of the index against the end of the thumb. (Dakota IV.) " Opening and closing the mouth, and the sounds coming forth." . Pass the tips of the fingers of the right hand forward from the mouth. (Pai-Utel.) Place the knuckles of the right hand against the lips, and make the motion of flipping water from the index, each flip casthig the hand and arm from the mouth a foot or so, then bringing it back in the same posi- tion. (Wichita I.) m •C^-H! ^ili ', VlU-S tifi ' ^k "U i '■;':r.::\f ■•:'■( \W: 246 Plauo the flat right liand, palm u]), tuiosition of the hand is not invariable, and the true origin of the sign seems to be more in the conception of something coming at intervals from the mouth. {Oto and Mmotiri l.) " Opening of the mouth and that which issues therefrom." Close the hand, except the index-finger, and, tirst touching with this the mouth, move it forward, back upward, partly closing and opening the linger with a rapid motion. (Jroquou 1.) The right hand is held to the right side of the mouth, lingers pointing forward, palm down, when the fingers and thumb are slowly opened and closed, representing the opening and closing of the lips in speak- ing. ( V/t/andot I.) Pass the right hand, palm up, forward from the chin. {Shoshoni and Banak I.) Deaf-mute natural sign. — Move the lips as if to speak. {Zeigler.) Another speaks. Place the hand as in the sign for Speak, beginning farther from the mouth, drawing it nearer and nearer. ( Wied.) I have seen this sign. [Mattheics.) Conversation. Several repetitions of the sign for Speak. (Arapalto I.) Make the same sigu as Tell, but with both h^nds, and toward each other. {Ridatsal; AHkaral.) I will speak to you. An interview. liight arm tiexed at elbow, and hand collected as in type (iH 1), modi- tied by being inverted and palm turned up. The arm and lingers are then suddenly extended, after being brought to the position of the heart. (Oto I.) "Approach; I will open myself to you." 247 Talking (one i)erson). Throw tilt' opened, relaxed, viglit liaixl, pointing forward, palm up- wfird and inward, six or eight inches toward the left, several times. {Ihikotn IV.) Two or more persons conversing. IJoth hands being opened, relaxed, and pointing forward eigliteen inches apart, ])alnis upward andalittij inward, move theiri inward until near together three or four times; or, having the hands near together, move them from side to side several times, turning the ends obIi(iuely, first toward the right and then toward the left, moving them from the wrists ulone, or moving forearms also. {Dakota IV'.) Or talk in coiuicil. Th»! riglit arm is raised, tlexed at elbow, and the hand brought to the mouth in type-position (CJ 1, nu)ditied by being inverted), palm up, and the iiidl*illj(, (Dakota IV.) "The mares have colts." Make the signs for Rain, CrraMM, and fiiood. {Dakota VI.) The right hand is gradually drawn toward the body, then approaches the ground, in type-position (<| I), fingers more collected at the ends and less rigid. From the ground tho hand is made to rise slowly and successively in representation of the upward tendency of vegetation. {Oto and MinHonri I.) "The time when grain and grass grow." l\Iake the sign for Rain, then with the curved index oidy pointing npward, hohl the back t)f the right hand near the ground and elevate it, gradually and in an interrupted movement, upward. {Ute I.) "After the rains the sjjrouts appear." I§qiiai¥. See IVonian. HitarM. (Compare Moon.) The right-hand, forefinger and tliumb crooked, is pointed in various directions above the head toward the heavens, and a moderately ipiick under-and-over movement of the linger and thumb, ftnining a crescent, is made. (Dakota I.) "From the twinkling of the stars." Make the sign for IVig'ilt, and then, bringing the ends of the right thumb and forefinger together, or Hexing the forefinger within the thumb, (juickly move the upright band four or five times forward, here and there above the head. For utar, hold the hand above the head, its inner edge uppermost. (Dakota IV.) litay, abide. I live or stay iiere. From a foot in front of the neck move the right hand, its back forward and index extended, several times through a curve toward the right shoulder, each time rotating it to turn the palm forward ; then throw the fist forward in front of the lower part of the chest and move it a foot or eighteen inches up and down, back outward. {Dakota IV.) 32 I ' III i t Pii:' 250 i !: \ 11 ; n lUi A\ : If M The cliiiduMl ttHt, buck t'orwani, tlimiib ui)\viml, is held before the chest, then depressed a lew iiiehes and snddeidy arrested. If you wish to tell a person at some distance to stay where he is, stretch the arm ont at fnll length toward him in making; the sijfn, otherwise the hand is held near the body. (Maiithni and Ilidatsti I.) Clinch tlie rijfht hand as if holdinjr a stick, and make a motion as if trying' to strike somethinfj on the jii'onnd with the bottom of the stick, held in an nprifjht i)osition. ( Wichitit 1.) tiitenU To. The left forearm is held, horizontally, a little forward across the body, and the ri;;ht hand passinj-- under it with a tpiick motion seems to {jnisp Homethiiifi' and is suddenly withdrawn. (Loiuj.) Seize an imaginary object with the riyht hand from under the left fist. (Burton.) This implies concealed iiction and the transportation form- iuja; i)art of the legal delinition of larceny. Our instructed deaf inute.« make the same sign. Left arm and hand held diagonally to the body on level with elbow, right-hand foretinger hooked, (piickly drawn under left hand and back to tlie side (sometijues all the lingers are hooked as though grabbing sonu'tliing or tearing it away). {Chvyenne I.) Left hand held about a foot in front of the breast, horizontal, back outward, lingers extended and pointing toward the right; then the right hand, witli the tingers extended, hooked, tips outward, hand horizontal, is passed outward under the left hand, and (juicikly drawn backvaul again behind the left hand, as though seizing and subsecjuent' con- cealing the article. {Dalcota L) "Htealing and concealment." The left arm is partly extended and held horizontally so that the left hand will be, palm dovMiward, a foot or so in front of the chest. Then, vith the right hand in front, a motion is made as if something were grasjjcd deftly in the fingers and carried rapidly along under the left arm to the axilla. [Mandan and Ilidatm L) No special sign for this uidess the i)ortrayal of a Te\an (see Tribat^ Si(rNS) be accejUed as the Mescalero type for a thief, as these poor wretv^hes are said to have been dreadfully harassed and plundered by Texans (tay-ha-nas) for many years. I'atrieio gave several narra- tives; in one the Texans came and drove o;^his horses; in another the Texans entered a house and took (shown by a (piick grabbing) property. {Apache III.) Deaf-mute natural signs. — Look aiound, put forward the hand, and close it as if to take something, and move it to the side. (Ballard.) 251 H(Mi(l forward your body and hriiif; llio hand, (>liiicli«>d, in the nutnnm' of taking; Moinutliin^ nnder your arm, at tlio sanic time looking; anmnd an if to .see that no one has seen your deed. ((Vo««.) Take anything' sixtken of and put the hand in the pueket, and turu and run away. (LarMon.) Use the haiul as if to take something;, at the same time look around as if to see if somebody comes. (Zeujler.) Italian «»V/h. — The open Inmd liehl before the face, and the finders, be- i;:inning with tiie little one, turned round in a wheel, sij;iiilies a r(iiil)ery. (liiifln:) A horse. Toex|)ress horse stealinj; they saw with the rijiht hand (h>wn upon the extended (inf;ers of the left, thereby denoting rope-cuttiu}:;. (liurUm.) Left hand horizontal, Hat, in front and as hij^h as the elbow. Ki<;ht hand arched. Joined, thumb restin'n means everything is clear; nothing of this matter to come up hereafter; and the latter i)art, ' I accept, I yield, submit.'" Siiig'ar. (Compare Sweet.) The right arm is bent at a right angle, and the hand, in type-position, (K 1, modified by the palm facing the mouth), is made to slowly and gently touch the tongue with the palm point of the index-finger. The hand is then dropped and approaches the tongue a second time in a semi- circle, the countenance and mouth indicating pleasure. [Oto and Mis- souri I.) " Something that can be tasted twice with pleasure." The right hand, back outward, fingers as in (U), but turned down- ward, is carried from in front of the body u])ward to the lips, and a sound made by sucking in air. {Dakota I.) ' It is sweet; I like it." Siiiiiiiiei*. Hoth hands, fingers and thumbs sepai'ated (Q, fingers downward), are moved outwanl to front and upward as far as arms will reach. The hands need not be in shape till they are out at arm's length. The sign is stationary. [Chei/cune U.) "Supposed to represent rays and heat of sun striking down." 3Iake the sign for Cii*a9>i!« in front of the body, carrying the hand upward two or three feet from the grouiul, indicating that the grass is long; and then the left hand, representing a Tree, is held in front of tiie breast, and with the right hand make movements as though pick, ing something from it and i»iifting in the moiitli. (Dakota I.) "The time when the grass is long and the cherries are ripe; hence, summer." Make the sign for (liraMW jJ'k'OWillK', '• iiiii. (Arapaho I.) 33 m* mi " i m ■ li 258 a-;.^, uu Riglit-liaud foretinger crooked, as in sigu for morning^, lowered toward the western horizon. (Cheyenne I.) Point tlie crescent sign for ^iin, in the direction of the setting snn in the horizon and below it. (Dakota I.) "Sun has disappeared from view." Make the sign for Null, holding the inner edge of the hand toward the west and lowering it a little, then make the sign for ]¥igiit. (/>«- l-ota IV.) Deaf-mute natural nign. — The same sign as for the !§iin, and pointing to the western horizon. (BaUanl.) §ii|»ei*ioi*. See Ahead. $iii|>l»lication. Italian sign. — Falling upon the knees and clasping the hands or laying the palms together shows the supplication of a beggar. (Butler.) Niii'priwe. (Compare Adiiii ration and l»Voiider.) Throw the head and body backward with a quick motion and express surprise by facial emotions a. id the eyes. See connection with Uorror under that word. Wander is •••eluded in the sign tor Surprise. ( Dalcota I.) The right hand, palm inward, with the fingers slightly bent, is placed over the mouth in such a way as to leave the lii)s free to articulate. The index rests on the upper lij), but tlie palm does not touch the mouth. The thumb commonly rests against the right side of the nose, and one or more (inger-tips on tlie face to the left of the mouth. While the hand is thus held, low groans, exclamations, or expressions of sur- prise are uttered. (Mandan and Hidatm I.) Clinch the fists and shrink away. Fists must be near waist and not at chin, as in Fear. (Apache III.) Deaf-mute natural sign. — Part the lips, arch the eyebrows, and raise the hand. (Ballard.) Surrender. See Quiet. §iirroiiiid. At the height of the bi-east, backs of hands obliquely upward, thumb and forefinger of each extended, curved, and brought nearly together ; other fingers of both hands closed. (Dakota I.) ''Closing in on or sur- rounding anything." Surrounded. Form a circle about eight inches in diameter by extending and sepa- 1 I' •'. 259 rating both thumbs and foi-eflngers, and hoUling the hainls opi)osite eacli otlier with pabns inward ; then move the hands about six inches from side to side. (Dakota IV-.) Surrounding' tlie bison. Tlie si}i:n tor BImoii is tirst made; the hand, with the foretinjjers and thumbs in a semicircle, are then brought two or three times together. {Loiuj.) First make thet^ign for Bi!«on and then the sign for §iii*roil lift- ing:. (.Dakota I.) §iiM|»icioii. Italian mjn. — Draw down one lower eyelid, which is as much as to say, " Let me oi)en my eyes a little wider." A man convinced that others wish to impose upon him, and wishing to let them know that he is not imposed upon, i)oints a finger at his eye as if to say, " My eye is wide open and sees what you are about." (Butler.) Swallow, To. iliwallowiniir. Slightly Hex the lingers of the right hand and i)lace the thumb against the side of the index, the hand directed forward, palm upward, in front of the right breast, and, while turning the hand over, move it first upward, then backward through a curve to the mouth, and then downward to the top of the breastbone. (Dakota IV.) Sweet. (Compare Siig^ai* and Sour.) Tip of forefinger touched against the tip of tongue; sign for Ciiood. (Cheyriine I.) Same as the sign for Sour, omitting the spitting, anil smacking the lips instead. (Dakota I.) "Good; I like it." Deaf-mute natural slf/n. — Any agreeable taste would be indicated by snuicking the lips. (Ballanh) Swin, fMniflneMM. The two imlox-fingers are held parallel together and pointing forward; the right one is then passed rapidly forward. (Long.) Left hand held horizontal, with palm downward, fingers extended, joined, pointing outward (W), about 12 inches in front of breast; pass the right haiul, carried outward from the rij^l.t breast, by the stationary left, with a rapid motion. (Dakota L) >'The swift passing the slow." Deaf-mute natural xign. — A slight moving«of the body from side to side in rapid succession, and a slight moven>ent of the feet on the floor. (^Ballard) lb W( ill 5 a,l;., ,1. •■ : 'if.!,*' Cm 260 Italian sit/n. — The (K)lloqiiial pbrase, " liaiul over liaiul," exactly tie- sciibes the Italian motion to exjtre.ss the same idea, nanielj-, to do any- tliinj; rapidly. (Hutler.) Hnvim, Mwiiiiiiiiii^. The tore fi lifter of the right hand extended outward and moved to and fro. {Dunba)'.) Ilands brought together in front of the body about a foot (W), with fingers i)ointing outward; make a series of sidewise lyovements of the hands toward the right and left, on a curve, in imitation of the move- ments of the hands and arms in swimming. {Dakota I.) " From the act of swimming." f>il»'OI'll. ^lake the motion of drawing it. (Burton.) Ivight hand Hattened, lingers pointing upward, little finger Iront; motion made forward to imitate cutting. (Cheyenne I.) iliyitliiliM. The left hand is closed, allowing the forefinger to be extended and pointing forward before the body; then, with the thumb and index of the right, pretend to pick off small particles of imaginary foreign bodies from various sides of the forefinger. (Absaroka I; Shoshoni and Banak I.) " From the idcerating or 'eating' nature of the disease." Talk. See §pf>iik. Taste. (Comi)are Sweet and Sour.) Touch the tongue-tip. (linrton.) Kighthand fore and middle fingers, jwinted upward, touched to tip of tongue. (Cheyenne I.) Simi>ly touch the forefinger of the right hand to the tongue. (Dakota I.) " From the act of tasting." Put one forefinger in the other palm, then to tongue. (Apache III.) Telegrapli. Left index extended and held in front of the body, horizontal and pointing toward the right, back outward, is struck sumrtly crosswise several times by the right index, edge of hand downward, and then the sign for Talking: or Speaking' is made to complete it. (Dakota I.) "The first part of this sign^lenotes the striking of the key." Tell. See Speak 261 Texan. (Comiiaic ^teal.) IMiico widely extended thniiib.s iiiid tbrertii;^ers as if iiielosiii;,' a very lar>;e hat brim, out by side-s of head. {Apaclie III.) ".Such beiuy esteemed by Texan.s." ThankM. (Compare Ciilad.) Thank yon, or, more .strictly, Invokinj? a lilVMMin;;. The rif^ht liaiid uitrif^ht, opened and rehixed, finders separated a lit- tU', pahii forward, is phiced near the person's f(>reheay their appropriate signs — Winter, hy Colli or $lino\V; Sprln^j, hy the Npi*iii}(iii^ up of fllC fwl'aMN; tiiinniiir, hy I^oiij;' fiirnMM, the Time C'licrrieM arc Ripe, etc.; and Aii(i(mu,Uy tlie Falling- of llie LeaveM. //'»»*• of tiie »h»y is ai)])ro.\in)ately (lcnotearated by slowly carrying;- rijjjht to ri;fht, left to left, still horizontal, and on the same level, by a series of short sto|»s, as thon;>'h passin;; a string between the thnnib and forefinger of ea(^h and ti;,'htenin;;' on it, arais carried to fall extent at sides of body. {Dakota 1.) " Making time." Throw the n[)ri;ilit opened rijjht hand forward three times from the wrist jnst in front (»f the rijilit ear, the palm inward, (intiers joined, thuml) separated a little from the index. (Dakota IV.) Ifold the left hand, (;losed, abont a foot in front of the left shoulder, the foretin;;'er extended and ]»ointin^- upward ; then close the riy lit hand, index oidy extemleil, horizontal; touch the tij) of the left forelln;i('r with the tij) of the index, and draw the ri};ht hand backward to the rijjht shouhler. (SIiohIiohI and lianah I.) Place the left hand in front of the chest, the tips of the thumb and f()retin<;er touchinjj;, with reiuiiinin}; (lufiers tightly closed; with the lingers and thumb of the ri^^ht hand similarly placed; brinjj; the tips of thumb and index of the riy:ht against those of the left, and draw them slowly apart, the left hand forward and outward from the left side, and the rifjht backward over the front of the rif>'ht shoulder. (Kaioica I; Comanche III; Apache IV ; 117(7/ (7« II.) Another : Hold the left hand about twelve inches in front of the left shoulder, tips (tf foretinyer and thund) touching:; then itriny the tip of the index ajjainst that of the thumb, the rifjht touchinjj; those of the left, and draw them slowly ajKirt, bnn}>inn' the rifiht hand toward the rij;ht shoulder as if drawini;- out a lonj^ thread. ( Wyandut I ; Kaiowa I ; Co- manche III; Ajiachell; Wichita 11.) Place the thiunb and foretin^icr of each haiul as if holdin}? a small pin, place the two hands (in this ])osition) as if holdinj; a thread in each hand, and between the thumb and forelinfjjer of each han,'lit) vrith palm townnl fncc, niul inuvud liiickwanl uiid forwartl two or throe tiinoH. {Vheifennc II.) Hold th«i l«ft hand at arm's Iciigtii, (ilosod, with tbn^fliijior only cx- tund(>d and pointing in tliu dir»(;tion of thu plaru whoru th<^ ovcnt oc- curred ; tliea hold the rij;ht hand a;jcaiiiMt the right shoulder, closed, hut witli index extended and pointing in the direction of the left. The hantls may be exciianged, the riuht extended and the ItH't retained, as the case may re<|uire for ease in description. (Abmroka I ; iShoHlioni and Banak I.) The flat open right hand, turned baclt towani the right, lingers ex- tended, pointing upward (N), is (iarried biuikward and forward at the riglit side of the head, and then the rigiit hand is passed by the left hand, held horizontal, back toward the left (H turned horizontal in- stead of upright), about a foot and a half in front of the faces (Dakota I.) "(fone by in time." Extend the right index, half close the other lingers, thumb against the middle linger, and after placing tiie hand, back outward aii«l well- extended, on the upright forearm, f' irorsix inches in front of the right ear, throw it forward about four inches three times, by jerks, from the wrist. {Dakota IV.) Long a| o. Both hands clo;'.i;d, forefingers extended and straight; place one hand at arm's length, pointing horizontally, the other against the shoulder or near it, pointing in the Hasne direction as the opposite one. FretpuMitly the tips of the foretingers are placed together, and the hands drawn apart, until they reach the positions described. {Abmroka 1 ; Shoskoni and lianak 1.) Place the flat rigiit hand, palm forward, near the side of the head, and wave it by interrupted movements outward toward the right, gradually turning the i)alm incire and more to the right. {Kaiowal; Comanche III; Apache 11; Whiiita 11.) Another : Pass the right hand. Hat and extended, edgewise and point- ing upward from over the shoulder, outward toward the rigiit in a waving motion, so that at each movement the hand is farther from the head, ami at last the palm is turned nearly to the right. {Kahwn I; Comanche III; Apache 11; Wichita LI.) Short. {Arap- The sign for Time (Lon};:) followed by that of negation. aho I.) Both hands in front of breast, about six inches apart, arched (H, back outward), thumbs and foretingers horizontal, and pointed tuward 34 » 266 each other ; move slowly together till thumbs and fingers of each hand touch, if a very sliort time is meant. {Vheyenne II.) Indicate by pointing to the sun or above, as at tlie sun at high meri- dian, and move right hand to right a short distance. Or, if sun or mof II is seen, point at, with same indication, a slow motion and short distance of rotation or change. (Ojibira IV.) Tlie rigl't index extended and pointing obliquely upward (K), is held ten or twelve inches in front of cue breast, then the hand is turned horizontal, back upward, and drawn slowly inward to the body, fingers pointing tosvard the left and oblicpiely downward. (Dakota I.) "A short distance in time." With th(^ tip- of the index and thumb of the right hand touching, pretend to draw a short fiber lield by the forefinger and thumb of the left. [Kaimcal; Comanche Ul ; Apache II; Wichita U.) Anotlier: Place tiie tips of the forefingers and thumbs together as in Time (liOll^); then draw them about an inch apart. (Kaioica I; Comanche III ; Apache II; Wichita II.) Some time ago. From a certain time mentioned. IlaTJiig placed tii' nearly irlosed left hand, back outward, about two fct't in front of the lower part of the chest, and tiu^ right iiand, back outward, about six inches back of it and a little to tlu; right, fingers re- lax(Hl and separated a little, piisli the left liand .i very little forward ai;d toward tiie 'eft, and draw tlu^ riglit backwanl a!id toward the rigiit until it is al>out s"x inches in front of tin^ right side; then drop the left hand and move the right one from the wrist ui* and down • Ixmt eight inches two or three times. {Dakota IV.) Soon. liaise left hand and arm partly, paj^n towanl tlie body, arm Ixuit at right angle, hand and foreaiin drawn forwanl toward the body slowly, with slight bow of head toward body. [Ojibwa I\'.) Very long ago. Wave the extended Hat right hand in an interrupted maimer outward and slightly backward from the right side of the head. ( Wyandot I.) Of day. See Hour. T«' '.lay. 8ee Day. (Comi)are !^ow.) Tipi vtepet'). Hee tAnlyie. Tii*ed, weary. Strike the palmar surfaces o{ both hands (W) against tlie logs about midway between the thighs and knees, and carry out to the sides for a 267 few indies with both hands as in (W), with extended fingers pointing forwf.rd, carrying the hands downward for nine or ten inches with a quicli motion and coming to a sudden atop, {Dakota I.) "Legs have given out." Tlie left arm is partly extended forward and is gently struck near the bend of the elbow, usually above it, with the i)alm of the right hand; at the same time the head is usually inclined to the left sidu; then, in sinjihiv manner, the right arni is extended and struck by the left hand, and the head, in turn, inclined to the right. If the sign-maker aims to be i)articularly expressive, he assumes an appearance of weari- ness. {Mandan and llidatmi 1.) Pass the haiuls down the legs, hands trembling, gatlier arms to side, fists before chin, and settle elbows down in the lap; facial expression corroborating. ( Ifuwhr III.) "Action of an exhausted man." Tomahawk, a\, hatchet. Cntss the arms, and slide the edge of the right hand, held vertically, down over the left arm. ( Wied.) Still employed, at le;:st for a small hatciiet, or " dress tomahawk,'' as I mightcall it. The essential point is laying the extendeipe is usually held in tiie left hand. {MattluiCH.) Tiiere is not the least similarity in execution or conception between Wicd's and the {Olii I) signs, the Ibrmer l)eing al.so very ob- Hcure. Homething with a long handle and wide blade, u.sed for chop- l)iiig. (lioteler.) Ih denoted by choi)ping the left hand witii the right. [linrtOH.) Right hand elevated to level of chin, fingers open and Hattened, tlnnnb lying clo.se to and aloikg the foreHng(>r, whole hand bent in tie direction of the little tingirand at a right angle to the wrist. {Chey- enne I.) " The .:;;/lion of chopping imitated, using the forearm as the handle of the ax." Kight hand in front of the body as though grasping the handle of a tomahawk, ami at the .same time a slight upward and downward move- i 268 niont of the hand is made, the tomahawk." ( Daliota I.) " From the manner of holding »' m^u h>,i. ^,^ With rij;ht hand cU)sed or oi)ened, and the pahn obliquely upward toward the left, and the left hand o|)ened, i)alni obliquely downward toward the right, and fingers forward, move them downward toward the left several times to imitate chopping with an ax. (Dakota IV.) Place the extended flat right hand edgewise above the left, similarly held, both pointing toward the left anart of the left hand, and then slowly drawn downward and ba(ikward to about the length of the handle. Botli hands then, in statu quo, exert a uniform and simultiineous up and-down motion, as in chopping wood. (Oto and Missouri I.) " Something with a long handle by which we chop." The riglit hand, with extended index only, is brought to the mouth and the finger inserted; tiu; act of smoking is then imitated as the polo of this instrunuMit is hollowed and handle |>erforiited to be used as a pijte. The riglit hand is now extended in |iositi<»ii (I^ 1), modified by fingers being opened and inclined downward. The left hand is then su|>erimposed to tlie left in position (|j 1), modified f»y index being cU»sed. (Oto and Mi,isoHn I.) "An ax through vaUU'U nuv smokes." To-uiorrow. See Dny. Tradr; barter. First make the sign of Kxclinilife, then pal tlic; left arm with the riglit linger, with a rapid motion from the hand, pasMing it t«)ward the shouhler. (Umy.) Strike the extended index-finger of the right hand several times upon that of the left. ( Wied.) I ha\'e desoth Ix'ing sligl:*^ly spread. The hands are sometimes u.sed, but are placed ('dgewise. [Dakota V.) Another: The index of the right hand is laid across the forelinger of the h'ft when the transaction includes l)ut two persons trading single artii'le for article. (Dakota V.^ Strike the Imck of the extended index at right angle against the radial side of tlie extended forelinger of the left hand. (Dalcota VI, VII.) The forefingers are extended, held ol)Ii(pu'ly upward, and crossed at right angles to one another, usually in front of the chest. (Mamian and Ifulatna I.) The i)alm point of the right index extended tonclies the chest; it is then turned toward the second intlividual interested, then touclies the object. The arms are now drawn toward the body, semillexed, with the hands, in type-positions (W W), crossed, the right superpo.sed to the left. The indiviibial then casts an interrogating glance at the second person. ((Ho and MiHsouri I.) "To cross something from one to an- other." ^ m i Pill f. >» ji|f:fl 'k 270 Close the hands, except the iiidexflngers and the thuinbH; witli them open, move the hands several times past one another at the height of the breast, the index- tinkers pointing upward and the thumbs outward. {Iroquois I.) "The movement indicates 'exchanging.'" Hold the left hand horizontally before the body, with the forefinger only extended and pointing to the right, palm downward; then, with the right liand closed, index only extended, palm to the right, place the index at rig!:t iugles on the forefinger of the left, touching at the second joints. (Kaioirn I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) Pass the hands in front of the body, all the lingers closed except the forefingers. (Sahaptin I.) Close the fingers of both hands (K); bring them opposite each shoulder; then bring the hands across each other's pathway, witliout permitting them to touch. At the close of the sign the left hand will be near and pointing at the riglit siionlder; right hand will be near and pointing at the left shoulder. (Comanche I.) Close both hands, leaving the forelingers only extended ; i»lace the right before and several inciies above the left, then pass the right hand toward t!ie left eibovv and tlu; left hand toward the right ell>ow, each liand following tlie course made by a tlourislung cut witii a short sword. This sign, according to the informant, is also entployed by the Banak and Umatilla Indians. {Comanche II; Pai-rtel.) The forefingers of both hands only extended, pass the left from left to right, and tlie right at the same time crossing its courses from the tip toward tlie wrist of the left, stopj»ing whv :< the wrists cross. {Utc I.) " Excliange of articles." Hands pronated and forefinger crossed. {Znui I.) Deaf-mute natural niijn. — Cose the liand slightly, as if taking some- thing, and move it forward and open the hand as if to droj) or give away the tiling, and again close and withdraw the hand as if to take something else. (liallard.) Our instructtMl deaf-mutes use substantially the sign described in {Man- dan and lUdatxa I.) To buy. Hold the left hand al)out twelve inches before the breast, the thumb resting on tlu; closed third and fourth fingers; the fore and second fin- gers separated and extended, palm toward the breast; then j)as8 the extended index into the (irotch formed by the separated fingers of the left hand. This is an invented sign, and was given to illustrate the ditferenci! between buying and trading. {Ute I.) 271 Deaf mute natural nifjii. — Make a circle on the palm of the left hand withthefoielinj^erof the rifjlithand, t-o denote co/m, and dose the tiiunib and fnifjer as if to take the money, and jmt the hand forward to si^'iiify iih-'mn it to some one, and move the hand a little apart from the place where it left the money, and then close and withdraw the hand, as if to take the thinj? i)nrchased. {Ballanl.) Italian ni(jn. — To indicate paying, in the langnage of the linfjers, one makes as thontjh he pntsonH'thin;,', piece after i)iece, from one hand into the other — and {^estnn;, however, far less expressive than that when a man lacks money and yet cannot make np a face to \wg it; or simply to indicate want of money, which is to rub tojfether the tluimb and fore- flnfjer, at the same time stretchinf? ont the hand. {liutlvr.) Kxchange. The .wo forefinjfers are extended perpendicularly, and the hands are then passed by each other transversely in front of the breast ho as nearly to exchange positions. (Lony.) Pass both hands, with extended foreHngers, amcnt, when the fingers of the right hand are relaxed (as in If), brought near tin; breast with hand iiori/.ontal, palm inward, and then carried out again in front of rif'.i hreast twenty i'lches, with palm look- ing toward the left, fingers i)ointing ftu'ward, hand horizontal, and then the \i 'ft haiul performs the same movements oi the left side of the body. (Dakota 1.) ''Von give me, I give you." r. :i The hands, backs forward, are held, ds 'udex hands, pointing upward, the elbows being fully bent: each Imiki is then, simidtain'ously with the other, move'', to the opposite shou'uler, .s > that the fori'arms (-ro.ss one aunt her aliuost at light angles. [Mamlaii and I.li4at»i: I.) Trnp (I leaver.) The two forefingers brought suddenly together in a parallel iiiiinner. so as to represent the snapping of the steel trap. (A/(»/i//,) m !'.;t- 272 Travail; plural, Travaiix or TravoiM. (The corrupt FrencU ex|)reH8iuii for the sledge used by Indif'in.s, })rol)ably from traineau.) The same sign as for Dogr* (Dakota IV.) Traveling. Heo Ooiniir* Mmlerately; marching. See Going. With great rapidity. See SwifV. Tree, trecM. (Compare Forewl.) Vertically raise the foroHuger, pointed upward, other tlngers and thumb closed, back of liand down. (Arapalio I.) Point with foretinger extended in front obliquely toward the ground, and with an extending motion of arm raise tht; hand and arm (juicklj- to an angle of over 4.1° ; extenil arm at full length, then with fingers and thumb extended, shake the hand once or twice to indicate the branches, look up as if following motion of hand. [Ojihica IV.) First hold the right index in front of the breast, upright (J, back outward), for a moment, and then open the second and third fingers, sep- arate them ami let them point upward in different directions, thuml) resting on the dosed little finger. {Dakota I.) "The trunk of a tree and its branches.'' With the hands upright, backs forward, fingers •■\ little syparated and slightly bent, the right behind the left and a foot in front of the chin, move the left a foot or so obliipiely forward toward the left, and the right obliquely backward toward the right until it is in fnmt of and iHear the right shoulder. [Dakota IV.) Ilo'd the right hand before the body, back f(U'wanl, fingers and thumb extended and separated ; then push the hand slightly upward. Made more than once in succession ami at different pt>ints of the horizon, means trees or groves. (Dakota V, \ I; Hidafxa I; Arikara I.) Move the right hand, fingers hxtsely exten the height of the waist to the front of the face. For trees, nctt referring to a dense grove or a forest, the same sign is repeated several times toward different points in front of the body. (Kaiowal; Vomamlie III ; Apache II ; Wichita U.) "Trunk and branches." (lrov.«' of. S<'e Treew. [Dakota V, \'I; llidatm I; Arikara I.) Haise the right arm vertically, with fingers and thumb sjnead, then grasp the arm near the shoulder with the left hand. ( Wyandot I.) 273 " Trunk and brau(;he.s, the left hand repreaentiug tbe earth inclosing the base of the trunk." . . True, truth. The foretinger passed in the attitude of pointing, from tlie month for- ward in a line curvin}i: a little upward, the otiier flnfjers beiiifj earefully closed. {Long.) Lower the hand in front of the breast, then extend the index-linger, raise and move it straight forward before the person. ( Witil.) 1 have described the sign for this in much the same way. 1 tliink ♦' lower the hand" refers simj)ly to a preparatory motion; if the hand wert^ iiang- ing by the side, " raise the hand."' I have usually seen the index-tinger held horizontally, not perpendicularly, if that is what he means by raised. (MalthvicH.) The right arm is Hexed at the eli)owand the iiand drawn up to the mouth. The index-tinger is extended palm downward and made to pass steadily forward, describing an are of a (|uadraut downward. Though WiviVii sign is very inexplicit, there is much simi- larity between it and tlie (Oti> ami .}fiHsiting forward, tlirust suddenly, with a curved motion, straight forward from the mouth. (Vhryenue I.) The extended forefinger of the hori/.ontal right hand (!?l), other fin- gers closed, is carried straight (»utward from tiie mouth. Tiiis is also the sign for Ycw. (IhtLohi I.) -One tongue; straightfiu-ward talicing." IMace the rigiit iiand in front of the mouth, back upward, index ex- teinled and pointing forward, (»tlier fingers half closed, tliuiiil) as you l»least-, move the hand forward about eight inches. Some point tiic in- dex forward and upward. (Dakittti IV.) "One tongue." Touch the breast over the iieart with the fingers of the riglit hand; then with tiie extended indexlinger of the right hand i)ass it forward from the mouth, elevate and hold it a moment. (Jhikoto V.) "This signifies 'onetongued,' and coining from the heart as 'sincerity of thought.'" The breast, being the initial point, tiie sign nearly cor- responds with the Frencii deaf-iiiute sign for sincere'. a.". ft m n'li-t ip'iw I; m ; III. J 1 ' t' ' ■ii- 1.: H 274 Pass the extended index, pointin^j; upward and lonvard, forward from the mouth. {Dakota V I, V II.) ■ .- The sign is the same as that for Yes, except that the liand is heUI before and often in contact with the mouth and the motion made from that point. (MamUtn mid Hidatsa I.) The ri;^lit liand is gratlually hron}j;ht to the mouth which is in motion of talking;. The hand is in position (I 1) modified by the index-tiii^jfer beiuK more extended. Tiie hand and index then describe the arc of a cpuub'ant, the iiulex-ttn{(er pointing forwanl, (ttitward and (h)wnward. (Oto 1.) " Wluit comes straight or unvarying." Make the sign for ^peak, tlien point upward with tlie extended index. ( Wyandot I.) " Talk good." Pass the extended index, i)ointing upward and forward, to the front several times. (Ute 1.) " But one tongue; only one way in talking — to tlie front.'' With the index oidy extended, pointing forward, i»ush it forward from the iiu>uth in a slightly downward direction and terminating as high a.s in the beginning. (Aj)ache 1.) • 8trike with right index, erect, from lips forward ; repeat the move- ment with emphasis, not returning to lips each time. {Apache III.) "That is so." Kuu the finger straight out fron» the center or middle of the mouth. (Zvi'ii I.) Dca/mute uutnral xiyn. — Nod tlie head several times with an earnest look, in answer to an indication of doubt on another person's face. {lialhifd.) Deaf-mutes generally give the gesture of moving one finger straight from the lips. "Straight-forward si)eaking." Try, To; To Atteiiiiil. With l»otli lists (/%, knuckles outward) in front of breast, the left a little in rear of the right, move outward briskly and repeat the ntotion two or three times. (Vheijcnne II.) " Keep pushing." Itiglit index, as (J), carried to the right and to the left, and in front of the body, when the hand is turned horizontal, finger pointing straight outward, and then the hand is drawn inward toward the body and slightly ujtward and then thrown forward and downward, on a curve, with a (piick strong movement, so that the arm is fully extended in front of the body, with finger horizontal and pointing outward. {Dakota I.) ''Anything it is I will try to do." 275 Turkey. The open IuiikIs broui;ht up opposite to the slioiihl('i-» and iniitatinj; shnvly the motion of the wings of a bird, to which add tiie nign for Chicken. {Dunbar.) I'liderMland. (Compare Hear and Know.) The fingers and thumb of the riglit hand i)rouglit togetlicr near the ti]is, and tlien approa4;lied and receded, to and from ilieear two or three times, with a (juick motion, made within the distance of two or three inches Tiie motion of the Hngers is designed to represi'iit the sound entering the ear. (Long.) Vertically lower the hand (right usually employed), forednger and thumb extended, other tingers closed and nails up, in a decisive or um- l)hatic manner. This is often preceded by the sign of anirmation, /. oint with the forefinger to the ear means " I have heard anlace the hand <|ui«rkly before the chin, the index pointing to the left; then move tli'' hand forward and downward a short distance until the palm comes uppermost. The mo- ti(tii takes jilace at the wrist. When the motion is quickly made at the termination of the sign Hear t«) the beginning of that for llnder- wtand, it isetpiivalent t«i the conjunction and. (iShoHlioni and lianak I.) Forefinger of the right hand extended and (;rooked, other fingers closed, thumb resting on the second, is (;arri)>d behind the right ear, and then in thesanu! position in front of the left breast, when^ it is held for a monu*nt with hand upright, edge of lingers outward, back of hand toward the right. (Dakota I.) "I hear; I understand." After making the sign for To hear, throw the back of the hand for- ward (retaining tlie position of the fingers), and move it forward and downward. (Ahsa-oka I; llidatsa I; Arikara 1.) IJotli arms are flexed and folded on the chest; the fingers are (ilosed ex4;ept the index, which is hooked much as in position (I), index more op«med and hand horizontal. The hands thus are made to touch the sides of the chest and then passed uniformly forward toward the object; tlie same several tinu's repeated. (Oto and MisHouri I.) " Sonu'thing known between you and me." i . 'J ? '^"' tllilt III 276 Make the sij>ii for To Henr^ ami by merely reversing the palm coucluileby that for To Know. Sometimes theHi^n for To Know is made only, as an abbreviation. {Kuiowa 1; Cuniaiiche III; Apache II; WivhitoU.) Forefinger of right hand moved iiuickly from behind the ear to the fn)nt. {iSuhuptin I.) Another: Move right hand, i)aim toward head, all fingers extended (T 1), to a iM)8iMou behind ear; then move it past the ear to a i>oint in front of breast; then turn the hand, palm d«)\vn (W 1), and move to a i)oint, say a foot from body, and a little to the right. This last is sign for firood. (Sahaptin I.) "Cutting off the sound or words." Index to breast, then to lips with a vigorous thrust upward and for- ward, with an aflirmative nod. {Apache III.) Deaf-mute natural wjV/m. — Look down at vaeancy, with the eyebrows knit, and ])Iaeing the hands on the forehead and then raising the head, slightly arch the eyebrows. (Ballard.) Do not. See also H<*ai*, do not. ]-•■ :i. . ■ 1 Move tlie fiat hand quickly past the ears means "I have not heard" and may mean tiiat he irill not understand, or that the request passes his ears unheeded. According to circumstances it may mean that it passes his ears because he considers it untrue. Slightly modified, it will indicate, "You are trying to take me in." (Ojihira IV.) Sign for Under»itnnd, followed by that for Ifo. (Arapaho I ;) (Cheyenne II.) Point to the ear with the right index, slightly curved and renmining fingers closed; then place fhe tips of the lingers against the ball of the thumb, and snap them oti' — as if spritikling water, from the ear outward and forward from the ear. (IShoahoni and Jianak I.) First make the sign for Undei'Mtand, and then the sign for IVo. (Dakota I.) "Do not hear you, understand you." The sign for Heai% followed by that for Ifo, made to the side of the head. (Apache I.) Pass one or two fingers from lips to the ear and make the sign for ^O, (Apache III.) Deaf-mute natural hUju. — Look down at vacancy, knit the eyebrows, putting the hand on the forehead and shake the head. (Ballard.) Unready, unprepared, etc. The arms are raised and extended parallel before the body. The 1',! )«• ■■ .1 M-.- .... 277 hnnds aHHiiine position (K 1) inown. {ZvUjier.) l'ui'se.i)roud. Italian siyn. — IJotli liands stuck in tlie pocket. {BaUartl.) Yeriiiiiiion. See f^oior. Tillafft^ (Indian). (Compare Kettle.) Place tiie o|)eu tiiuinb and tbrellnffcr of eacii liand opposite to eacli other, as if to make a circle, but leavin^j between them a small interval ; afterward move tiieuj from al)ove downward simidtaneously. ( Wivil.) There is no similarity in exeiMition of the {(Ho and Misnouri 1) sif;u and that of WieiTs, nor in their cronception, as the villaj^e is not surrounded by a stockade. {lioteler.) The villa j^es of the tribes with winch the autluu- was lonj-est resident, particularly the Mandaus and Arikaras, were surrounded by a strong circular stockade, spaces «)r breaks in the circle bein^j left f()r entrance or exit. Repetitions of the sign for Lod{j;e, or that sign and that for .^Iniiy* {Arapaho I.) Partly extend tlie tips of fingers of both hands, slightly cross the hands perpendicular in front of breast, then describe a circle by a slight circular move of the hands and wrists, i)alms inside, ami drop the hands a little, and in both descriptions jtoint to the direction of the village, and repeat several times the form sign within reach of the arms aiul hand when a village is described, and but once if only one house is to be described, saying ir(y/-/rrtwj .' (OJihtra IV,) First make the sign for liOdge. tipi, and then the sign for ITIany. {Dalota l,l\.) "Many tipis." The arms are elevated and the hands approximated at the finger tips before the face ; the hands and arms then diverge from poiius of ccm- tact to form the triangular representation of the wigwam door; the sign for wigwam or house being thus completed, the right fist, in type- position (A), marks the same successively around the subject's ])08ition on the ground. (Oto and Misnonri 1.) "Many houses collected in one locality." : m ;:• M II' % fi % /a A c'l y^ ">. ^> '/ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 2.0 L25 ■ 1.4 1.6 Hiotoprapbic Sdences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 872-4503 ^% ^ W' y 278 Raise both liaiids to a position in front, a little to right of the face, fingers extended, pointing upward, palms facing each other (R 1, right and left). Then, witli zigzag movement, np and down, pass them in front of face to left, hands say five inches apart. (Sahaptin I.) "Village — things standing on ground." White man's. Repetition of sign for Hoilwe, also that sign and the sign for iTIaiiy. (Arapaho 1.) Move both hands with two motions, first back of left toward palm right, about twelve inches apart, then forming a right angle forming a Sipiare representing the four sides of a house ; tluiii place the hands, thumbs under so as to show a cover, as a roof of a house, and pronounc- ing Wif/icam. {Ojihiva 1.) The sign for White man is i»retixed to that for Villag'e. {Da- kota I.) " Many white men's houses," Make the sign for Hoiif^e, and then the sign for iTIail}'. {Dakota IV.) Make the sign for Yillag^e, followed by tliat for White man. {Sahaptin I.) Outline with extended hands (T on edgi 280 Wh tiie lips and move the uplifted hand horizontally. [liuUard.) Blow the air from the mouth, and then move the stretched Inmd in a lint' before tlie breast. {Fjiirson.) WillttM*. (('ompare Cold.) Ashrinkinjf, sliiveriii}; condition; move as if drawiiifjablaidvetaronnd the head and shoulders, then move both hands above the head, shakiuf^ the hand as in the case of Fallill^' leavCM ; brin^j; the hands (tin;;erM down) toward the fii'oiiiid and undulate tluMU near the {^round ; then with the right hand indicate the depth and level of the snow ; pro- iiouiico the luime of snow, Occone. {Ojibicn IV.) Make the sij^n for Cold, and then for Snow. (Dakota I.) "Cold weather — the season of snow." Shake the upright nearly (tlosed hands back and forth several times in front. '»f the shoulders as if shivering, palnis inward ; then susi)end the about a foot in front of the shoulders, backs forward, fingers sepan . ami bent a little, and pointing downward, and move all the fingers as if shaking something from them, or approximate and separate the ends once or several tinu's, and while doing so, each time throw the hands downward about eight inches. ( Dakota IV.) " Cold and snow." Make the signs for Rain, Deep, and Cold. (Dakota VI.) Make the sign for Rain with both hands, then pass the hands with palms down horizontally to the right and left before the lower part of the body. (Dakota VI; Hidatsa I; Arikara I.) " Precipitation and depth." Both hands in jtosition (A) tremble before the breast. This being enacted, the hands of the subject are extended, the arms likewise on a level with shoulders pointing to the horizon, both hands now describe the arc subtending the (piadrant of the horizon until they meet over the Lead. (Oto and Missouri I.) " When cold days spread over us." Same sign as for Cold. (Kaiowa I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) Bring both lists together in front of the breast as if drawing together the edges of a blanket. (Apache I.) 287 Wi«e. Hiiisu the ri(?lit liaiid luid fiiijiers, {j;eiitl.v tap tin; forchoad over the right eye, and pass Niekward ah)iigsiove the top and side of the head, bent and sud- deidy brought down and outward to the level and right of shoulder, linj;er ends still bent in towanl the latter. {('Iin/cnne I.) "To exi)res8 sliortness as compared with man." I'ass the i)alm oiu-e down tiie face and tlu^ whole body. {(Ijihira 1.) "The louy, waving' dresses [sic\ or the graceful cont(»ur of the female body." Hold the hands cup shaped over each breast. {Sac, Fox, and Kicka- poo 1.) Pass the extended and flat right liand, back forward and outward, from the side of the crown (h)wnward toward the shoulder and forward. (Abmroka I; Slwshoni and lianuk 1.) " Keinesents the long hair." Tiie right hand brought to tiie top of the head atid then carried out sidewise toward tlie right and downward as though drawing a comb through the long hair of a woman's head. ( Dakota I.) " Long hair." Kightliaiid fingers extended and Joined (as in T), horizontal, held on the left side of the face, the fingers jiointing to the rear, the tliumb grasping and sliding downward to represent stroking the long l)raided hair of a squaw. {J>akota III.) With the right hand, back forward, fingers sliglitly flexed and joined, thumb close to index, the little finger near the head, make a motion as if brushing the hair behind the ear by moving the hand backward and downward through an arc of about six inches. {Dakota IV.) "The women wear the h.air behind the ears and plaited." Pass the flat right hand, palm of extended fingers resting near the right side of the crown, and downward and to the front of the collar- bone. {Dakota VI.) " Represents long hair." The extended hands, palms backward, and pointing upward and in- ward, are held each near the teini)le of the same side. They are then swept simultaneously downward a foot or two. {Mandan and Hidatsa I.) "This is to indicate the mode of dressing the hair most common with women — a braid on each side." 2S9 Both liiiiids ai'« l)roii{;lit to a position i!orr(!.si)oii(liiig with female inarniiiio. TIh- hands ar« loosely ciincluMl as in type (F) and laid loosely a}jainst cliest on side correspoiidin}; with hand, althont,'h sorne- tinies the arms are crossed and hands held in above positions (»n oppo- site sides. i?Iy U'Ollinil is exjjressed by lai>i>in;j the left breast by point ol' riH;ht index-tinj^er in addition to above. {Oto I.) "A position indicative of feiualt^ mamma' and connnbial embrace." Pass the extended and tiat ri^^ht hand, flnjjers joined, from the side of the crown downward and forward alonj;' the che(^k to the front (tf the rijjht side of tlie neck, tlie tinners pointinj,' downward at termination of motion, lioth hands are sometinu's nsed. {Kaiowa I; Comancke III; Apache II; Wichita II.) With the finjicrs and thnmb of the ri};ht hand separated and jtartly bei t or hooked, i)ass from the side of the head toward the front of the shonlder, <<:radnaily closing;' the hand in imitation of };atiierin^ and smoothiii};; the lock of hair on that side. {Pdi-lltc 1.) Touch the hair on the side of the head with the finn of a woman with a Htaff," Younjj, fjii'J- Make the sign for woman, hands held in the same position, and broujjht from shoulder downwanl and outward in proportion to the heifjht of the «•»''• (Cheijenuc I.) Den/mutc natural siriN(>.) Same as tiiu sign for INi'jirpriMe. Surprise and wonder seem to go haiul in hand, but admiration and wonder do not seem to he necessarily coniuH^ted. {Dakota I.) rhice right hand over mouth, the thumb being on the right and the fingers on the left of the nose; then shrink back. {Omaha I.) The gesture ot placing the right hand before the mouth is seemingly invol- untary with us, and appears also in the ICgyptian hieroglyphs. Deaf-mute natural sif/n. — I'art the lips, raise the hand, and arch tlie eyebrows, each action in a sl«»w manner, {liallard.) Raise apart the arms, witli the liauds open. {Larson.) W^ood. Point to a piece of wood witli right index extended. ( Dakota I.) As work is a general term i'or manual exertion, the indeflniteness of this sign can be well understood. The arms and hands are extended before ttie body, tlit^ haiuls in typo-position (/%.); the iiands are then graspingly opened and shut as in seizing tlie plow-handles; the closed hands then approximate and forcibly strike as in working at mechan- ical jnirsuits. {Dto and Mmouri I.) " Tlie exertion required in differ- ent kinds of labor.'' 291 HoM both flat liiuids (Mljfowiso in front of tlie body, tluunbs up, jjush forward with sudden intorniptions, iiteacii niovcmout drawing back tlio lir^ers and throwing them forward at every rest. {Kaiowa I; Coman- chelll; Apaehcll', Wichita U.) Make ii sort of tnihl };ras|)infj nu)tion with both hands in sevi^-al di- rections downward. {Apache III.) "Sugfjfestivo of industrial activity, and .suppU'niented by pantomime of sewinj; or clioppinju^, if not promptly understood." Wrap, To. The left Imnd is held in front of the body, hand closed, horizontal, back u|)ward, and the right hand, witli lingers in position as though gras|»ing sometiiing, is rotated around the statioiniry left. {Dakota I.) " From the act of wrapping." Writing. The act of writing is imitated by the (inger in the pivlm of the opitosite hand. {Jjonf/.) (1) Left hand held u|) as if a piece of i)aper; (U) motion made with right hand as though writing, {('heifenno 1.) Tlu^ first part of the sign for Book. {Dnkota I.) Year. (live the sign of Kaill or ^iiiiow. {Burton.) Sign for ii<'. {Dakota I.) "One winter." Deaf-mute, natural .sii/n. — Point to shirt bosom and lower the extended fingers to signify ««(>«', then raise the hand to denotti the height or dei>th of the snow, and then depress the hands to signify {/one. {liallard.) V4>M. Afliriliafioii. If In mo. (< <)m]>are liiood and Triifli.) The motion is somewlial likt^Trillll,but tlie linger is lield rather more ui)right, and is ])assed iu>arly straiglit tbrwanl from opposite tlie bn^ast, and when at tin? end of its course it seems gently to strike sometiiing, though with a rather sU)w and not suddenly accelerated nu)tion. {Loiuj.) Wave the hands straight forward from the face. {Burton.) Tiiis may be comjtared with the forward nod connnou ovim- most of the world for assent, but that gesture is net univ9.) Eul) the rifi'ht side of the nose with the forefinger : some call this tribe the " Smellers," and make their sign consist of seizing the nose with the thnmb and forefinger. {Burton.) Finger to side of nose. (Macgoican.) Tonch the left breast, thus imjjlying what they call themselves, viz : the "Good Hearts." {Arapaho I.) Hold the left hand, palm down, and fingers extended ; then with the right hand, fingers extended, palm inward and thumb up, make a sud- den stroke from left to right .icross the back of the fingers of the left hand, as if cutting them of {Hftc, Fox, and Kiekapoo.) Join the ends of the fingers (the thumb included) of the right hand, and, pointing toward the heart near the chest, throw the liand forward and to the right ojuie, twice, or many times, through an arc of about six inches. {Dalota IV.) "Some say they use this sign because these In- dians tattoo their breasts." Rub the side of the extended index against the right side of the nose. {Kaiowa I; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita II.) Collect the fingers and thumb of the right hand to a point, and tap the tips upon the left breast briskly. [Comanche II; Ute'l.) "(iood- hearted." It was stated by members of the various tribes at Washington, in 1880, that this sign is used to designate the Northern Arai)ahos, while that in which the index rubs against, or passes upward alongside of the nose, refers to the Southern Arapahos, the reasons given for which will be referred to in a future paper. Another: Close the right hand, leaving the index only extended; then rub it up and down, held vertically, against the side of the nose where it joins the cheek. {Coma7iche II ; Ute I.) The fingers and thumb of the right hand are brought to a point, and tapped upon the right side of tbe breast. {Shoshoni and Banak 1.) Atiisinaboin. Make tlie sign of Cutting: the throat. (Kutinel.) With the right hand flattened, form a curve by passing it from the top of the chest to the pubis, the fingers pointing to the left, and the back for- ward. {Shoshoni and Banak I.) " Big bellies." I-! I''' n'L' '. 297 At>«ina, Lower CrroM Ventre. JJotb liiuids closed, the tips of the tinkers pointiiif-- toward tUo wrist and resting ui»ou tlie base of the joint, tlie thumbs lying upon and extending over the middle joint of the forefingers ; hohl the left before the chest, pointing forward, palm up, placing the right, with palm down, just back of the left, and move as if picking small objects from the left with the tip of the right thumb, (Absaroica I ; IShoshoniand Batiak I.) " Corn-shellera." Bring the extended and separated fingers and thumb loosely to a point, flexed at the metacarpal joints; point them toward the left clavicle, and imitate a 'i :. '-^ 301 Hub llie iipjtor and (uiter i)art of tlui rif,'lit thijfli in ii .siriall circio witli tlio opened rijjlit liiind, fingers pointinj; downward. (Dakota IV.) "Tliese Indians, it is said, were once cangiit in a i»rairie tire, many bnrned to death, and others badly burned about the tliif-lis. Hence the nanu.' Si-eau-},ui (burnt tliif>h) and tiie si{;n." Brush the palm of the ri;jht hand over the rifflit thijxh, from near the buttoek toward the front of the middle thiid of the thigh. {Kuiuica 1 ; Comanche III; Apache U; ]yichita II.) Ogalala. Fingers and tlnnnb sei)arated, straight (as in R), and dotted about over the tm-x' to re])res)'nt the marks made by the smallpox. {Dakota 111.) "This band suffered from the disease many years ago." With the thumb over th«' ends of the fingers, hold the right hand u])right, its back forward, about six iiu-hes in front of the face, or on oiu» side of the nose near the face, and suddenly extend and spread all the fingers (thumb included). [Dakota IV.) "The word OyaMa nutans scattering or throwing at, and the name was given them, it is said, after a row in wiiich they threw ashes into each other's faces." Flathead, or $ieli<«li. One hand i)laced on the top of the head, and the other on the back of the head. [Long.) Place the right hand to the top of the head. [Kutine I.) Pat the right side of the head above and back of the ear with the flat right hand. [iShoshoni and Bonak I.) From the elongation of the occi])ut. Fox, or Oaitasaiiii. Same sign as for Sac. [Sac, Fo.r, and Kickapoo 1.) Crro!!i Ventre. See Hidatwa. Hidatsa, Cri'o»« Tentre or Jflinitari. Both hands flat and extended, palms toward the body, with the tips of the fingers pointing toward one another ; i)as8 from the top of the chest downward, outward, ami inward toward the groin. [Ah/taroka I ; Shoshoni and Banak I.) " IJig belly." Left and right hands in front of breast, left placed iu position first, separated about four or five inches, left hand outside of the riglit, hori- zontal, backs outward, fingers extended and pointing left and right; strike the back of the right against the palm of the left several times, and then make the sign for Go, Goillff. [Dakota I.) "The Gros :; I ! ; : I m 302 m mi v-.i'«V mW^ in 'i . j.'f Ipv- , '^ J) t ■ '1 m g: ^■■!il W.'i <■ >; ■ ■■ ■! '' m V ■ " ' -l i. '.V "■ •■'* mi^''' "'r''- ■/■■h ■A lit! '\ t ':\ V«'ntre liuliaiis, MiiinotaruoH (tho Ilidat.sa Indians of MatthewH), aro known to tlui Sioux as the Indians who w«nt to the mountainH to kill their enemies ; hence tiie sign." Exi>ress with tlie hand the sign of a big belly. (Dakota HI.) Pass the flat right hand, back forward, from the top of the breast, down- ward, outward, and inward to the pubis. (Dakota VI; JIitlatna I; Arikara I.) " Big belly." Indian (generically). Kub the back of tho extended left hand with the palmar surfaces of the extended Hngersof the right. (Comanche II.) " People of the same kind; dark-skinned." Kub the back of the left Inuul with tho index of the right. (Pai- Ute I.) Rub tiie back of the left hand lightly with tho index of the right. (Wichita 1.) Knioiivn. Make the signs of the Prairie and of Driniiinj? IVater. (Burton; lilackiiiorc in Dodge's Plains of the Great West, xxiv. New York, 1877.) Kight-hand lingers and thumb extended and joined (as in "W), placed in front of right shoulder, and revolving loosely at the wrist. (Dakota III.) Place the flat hand with extended and separated lingers before the face, pointing forward and upward, the wrist near the chin ; pass it upward and forward several times. (Kaiowa I ; Comanche 111 ; Apache II; Wichita U.) Place tho right hand a short distance above the right side of the head, fingers and thumb separated and extended ; shake it rapidly from side to side, giving it a slight rotary motion in doing so. (Comanche II.) " Ilattle-braiued." Same sign as (Comanche II), with the exception that both hands are generally used instead of the right one only. ( Ute I.) Kicliapoo. With the thumb and finger go through the motion of clipping the hair over the ear ; then with the hand make a sign that the borders of the leggius are wide. (/Sac, Fox, and Kickapoo I.) Knisteno, or Cree. Place the first and second fingers of the right hand in front of the mouth. (Kntine I.) i;:Ji! i::k 303 Kiitiiie. I'liuro tlio index or socoiul rtnj,'()r of the n{,'ht hand on e.ich side of the left index-Hnger to imitate ridiiiy a horwe, {Kutine I.) Ilohl the left fist, paltii upward, iit arm's length before the body, the rifjht an if Kia«I>iii»X the bowstring and drawn back. (ShoHlioni and lianak I.) " From their peculiar manner of holding the long bow hori- zontally in shooting." Lipan. With the index and second fingers only extended and separated, hold the hand at arm's length to the front of the left side; draw it back in distinct Jerks; each time the hand rests draw the Angers back against the inside of the thumb, and when the hand is again started on the next movement backward snap the fingers to full length. This is repeated five or six times during the one movement of the hand. The country which the Lipans at one time occui)ied contaitied large ponds or lakes, and along the shores of these the reptile was found which gave them this characteristic appellation. {Kaiotca J; Comanche J II; Apache 11; Wichita U.) "Frogs." mandan. The first and second fingers of the right hand extended, separated ba(!ks outward pother fingers and thumb closed), are drawn from the left shoulder obliquely downward in front of the body to the right hip, (Dakota I.) "The Mamlan Indians are known to the Sioux as 'The people who wear a scarlet sash, with a train,' in the manner above de- scribed." I?Iexican. See Vocabulakv. Iflinitari. See HidatHa. IVe^ro. See Vocabulary. Since the Vocabulary was printed the following has been received from Arapaho and Cheyenne Indians in Washington, as the sign for l^egro as well as for Ute. Rub the back of the extended flat left hand with the extended fingers of the right, then touch some black object. Represents black skin. Although the same sign is generally used to signify TVegTO, an addition is sometimes made as follows : place the index and second fingers to the hair on the right side of the head, and rub them against each other to signify Ctirlt; hair. This addition is only made when the connection would cause a confusion between the "black skin" Indian (Ut«) and negro. i > TVez Percys. See §ahaptin. Place the thumb and forefinger to the nostrils. (Kutine I.) 304 ii ;- - fc,;,V^'' Ojibira, or Chippewa. I'i{;ht liaml horizontal, back outward, rtngcrs sei)arate(l, arched, tips poiutiii}? inward, is moved from rif;ht to left breast and generally over the front of the body with a treniblinjj;' motion and at the same time a sli^^ht outward or forward movement of the hand as thouj;h drawinjj something (,nt of the body, and then make the si<> i for Iflan. ( Dakota I.) " Perhai)s the lirst Cliippewa Indian seen by a ISioux had an eruption on his body, ami from tiiat his people were jjiven the milium of the 'People with a breakinj;-out,' by which name the Chippewas have ever been known by tlie Sioux.'' Owage, or IrVat^aji. Pull at the eyebrows over the left eye with the thumb and foretinger of the left hand. Tiiis sign is also used by the Usages themselves. {S((c, F(u; and Kiclapoo I.) Hold the Hat right hand, back forward, with the edge pointing back- ward, against tlie sule of the head, then ..lake repeated cuts, and the hand is moved backward toward tiie occiput. (Kaiowa I; Vomanehe III; Apache II; ]ru7((7rt II.) " Fornier custom of shaving the hair from the sides of the liead, leaving but an occii>ito-frontal ridge." Pass the flat and extended riglit hand backward over the right side of the head, moving the index against the second tinger in imitation of cutting with a pair of scissors, {Vomanehe II.) " Keju-esents the nmn- uer of removing the hair from the sides of the head, leaving a ridge only from the forehead to the occiput." Oiitagaiiii. Bee Fox. Pai-UtCM, Head Cliiefor the. Grasp the forelock with the right hand, palm backward; pass the hand upward about six in(!hes, and hold it in that position a moment. (P«i- Ute I.) " Big chief." Pai-Ute band, Chiet'of a. Make the gesture as for Pai-l^te, Head Chief, but instead of holding the liand above the head lay it down over the right temple, resting it there a moment. [VaiUte I.) " Little chief." Paili (Pawnee). Imitate a wolf's ears with the two forefingers of the right hand ex- teutin, or iVez Pere^w. Close the right hand, leaving the index straight but fiexed at right angles with the palm; pass it horisontally to the left by and under the nose. This sign is uuide by the Nez Perces for themselves, according to Major Haworth. While this paper has been passing tlirongli tlie press information lias been received from iVrapaho and (]heyenne In- diam;, now in Washington, that this sign is also used to designate the Caddos, who practiced the same custom of perforating the nasal septum. The same informants also state that the Shawnees are sometimes indi- cated by the same sign. {Comanche II.) " Pierced nose." Pass the extended index, pointing toward the left, remaining fingers and thumb closed, in front of and across the upper lip. Just below the nose. The second finger is also sometimes extended. {Shoshoni and Banak I.) " From the custom of piercing the noses for the reception of ornaments." The Sahaptin, however, have not had that custom since being known to themselves. Satsika. See Blackl'eet. Seliiih. See Flathead. 35) 306 m IShawnee. See IVeas Percys. Shoshoni, or ^nake. (Compare Comanche.) The forefinger is extended horizontally and passed along forward a serpentine line. {Long.) Right hand closed, palm down, placed in front of the right hip; ex- tend the index and push it diagonally toward the left front, rotating it quickly from side to side in doing so. (Absaroka I ; Shoslioni and Banak I.) "Snake." Right hand, horizontal, flat, palm downward {"W), advanced to the front by a motion to represent the crawling of a snake. (Dakota III. With the right index i)ointing forward, the hand is to be moved for) ward about a foot in a sinuous niannei, to imitate the crawling of a snake. {Dakota IV.) Make the motion of a serpent with the right finger. {Ktitine I.) Place tlie closed right hand, i)alm down, in front of the right hip ; extend the index, and move forward and toward the left, rotating the hand and finger from side to side in doing so. {Kaioica 1 ; Comanche III; Apache II; Wichita \l.) Place the closed right hand, palm down, in front of the right hip ; extend the index, move it forward and toward the left, rotating the hand and index in doing so. {Comanche II.) Close the right hand, leaving the index only extended and pointing forward, palm to the left, then move it forward and to the left. The rotary motion of the hand does not occur in this, as in the same sign given by otlier tribes for ^liowlioni or §nake. {Pai-Utel.) Sheepeater. (Tukuarikai.) Both hands, half closed, pass from the top of the ears backward, down- ward, and forward, in a curve, to represent a ram's horns ; then, with the index only extended and curved, place the hand above and in front of the mouth, back toward the face, and pass it downward and backward several times. {Shonhoni and Banak I.) " Sheep," and "to eat." IJte. "They who live ofi mountains" have a complicated sign which denotes, " living in mountains " and is composed of the signs Sit and mount- ain. {Burton.) Left hand horizontal, flat, palm downward, and with the fingers of the right hand brush the other toward the wrist. ( Dakota III.) Place the flat and extended left hand at the height of the elbow before the body, pointing to the front and right, palm toward the ground; then m4^. 307 pass the palmar surface of the flat and extended fingers of the right hand over the back of the left from near the wrist toward the tips of theflngers. {Kaiowal; Comanchelll-, Apciche II-, WichiHiL) "Those who use sinew for sewing, and for strengthening the bow." Indicate the color Black, then separate the thumbs and forefingers of both hands as far as possible, leaving the remaining lingers closed, and pass upward over the lower part of the legs. {ShosJioni and Banak 1.) " Black or dark leggings." l¥ai*iii Spring^ Apache. Hand curved (Y, more flexed) and laid on its back oa top of the foot {moccasins much curved up at toe) ; tlien draw liands up legs to near knee, and cut ott" with edges of liands {boot tops). {Apache I II.) " Those who wear booted moccasins with turn-up toes." lW^.TMi ja. See Oi^a^e. l¥liite man ? American. See Vocabulary. l¥irliita. Indicate a circle over the upper portion of tlie right cheek, with the index or several fingers of the right liand. The statement of the Indian authorities for the above is that years ago the Wicluta women ])ainted spiral lines on the breasts, starting at the nipple and extending several inches from it ; but after an increase in modesty or a change in the upper garment, by which tlie breast ceased to be exposed, tlie cheelc has been adopted as the locality for the sigii. {Kaiowa I ; Comanche III ; Apache II; Wichita II.) Wyandot. Pass the flat right hand from the top of the forehead backward over the head and downward and backward as far as the length of the arm. ( Wyandot I.) " From the manner of wearing the hair." PROPER NAMES, PHRASES, DIALOGUES, ETC. m 9 ^' I''' Sit PROPER NAMES. President or the United States; iSecretary ol'tiie In- terior. Close the right hand, leaving the thumb and index fully extended and separated; place the index over the forehead so that the thumb points to the right, palm toward the face; then draw the index across the forehead toward the right; then elevate the extended index, point- ing upward before the shoulder or neck; pass it upward as high as the top of the head ; make a short turn toward the front and pass it pointing downward toward the ground, to a point farther to the front and a littlelower than at the beginning. {Absarolca 1; Dakota VI, VII ; Shonhoiii and Banak I; Ute I; Apache I.) "White [man] chief." Make the same signs for "Wilite man and Chief*, and conclude by making that for Parent by collecting the fingers and thumb of the right hand nearly to a point and drawing them forward from the left breast. {Kaiowa I; Comanche III; Apache 11; Wichita 11.) "White man; chief; father." l^asiiinji^ton, City or. The sign for Oo ; the sign for House or IWig'wain ; the sign for Cars, and the sign for Council. The sign for Fattier is briefly executed by passing the open hand down and from the loins, then bring- ing it erect before the body ; then the sign for Cars, combined of firO and ll^'ag'on, making with the mouth the noise of an engine ; the hands then raised before the eyes and approxinmted at points, as in the sign for House; then diverge to indicate Extensive; this being followed by the sign for Council. {Oto and Missouri I.) " The home of our fathers, where we go on the puffing wagon to council." missouri River. Make the sign for "Water and the sign for I^arg'e, and then rapidly rotate the right hand from right to left several times, its back upward, fingers spread and pointing lor ward to show that it is stirred up or muddy. {Dakota IV.) 308 309 Kag:le Bull (a Dakota chief). Place the clinched fists to either side of the head ; tlien extend the left hand, flat, palm down, before the left side, fingers pointing forward ; the outer edge of the flat and extended right hand is then laid trans- versely across the back of the left hand, and slid forward over the fingers. {Dakota VI; Arikara I.) "Bull and eagle — '■Haliaetua leucoeephalus, {Linn.) Sav.'" Rlishinj^ Bear (a Dakota chief). Place the right fist in front of the right side of the breast, palin down ; extend and curve the thumb and little finger so that their tips point toward one another before the knuckles of the remaining closed fingers, then reach forward a short distance and i)ull toward the body several times rather quickly; suddenly push the fist, in this form, forward to arm's length twice. {Dakota VI; Arikara I.) " Bear and rushing." JSpottecl Tail (a Dakota chief). With the index only of the right hand extended, indicate a line or curve from the sacrum (or from the right buttock) downward, backward, and outward toward the left; then extend the left forefinger, pointing forward from the left side, and with the extended index draw imaginary lines transversely across the left forefinger. {Ahsaroka I ; Shoshoni I ; Dakota VI, VII { Arikara I.) " Tail ; spotted." I^tiiiiililin^ Bear (a Kaiowa chief). Plat!e the right fist in front of tlu', right side of the breast, palm down; extend and curve the thumb and little finger so that tlieir tips point toward one another before the knuckles of the remaining closed fingers; then place the left flat hand edgewise before the breast, pointing to the right ; hold the right hand flat pointing down nearer the body ; move it forward toward the left, so that the right-hand fingers strike the left palm and tall downward beyond the left. {Kaiowa I.) "Bear; stumble or stumbling." Jiwilt Runner (a Dakota Indian). Place the right hand in front of the right side, palm down ; close all the fingers excepting the index, which is slightly curved, pointing for- ward ; then i)ush the hand forward to arm's length twice, very quickly. {Dakota VI; Arikara I.) " Man running rapidly or swiftly." liWIld Horse (a Comanche chief). Place the extended and separated index and second fingers of the right hand astraddle the extended forefinger of the left hand. With the right hand loosely extended, held as nigh as and nearly at arm's length before the shoulder, make several cuts downward and toward the left. {Comanche III.) " Prairie or wild horse." !i'i li I.. Ili I 310 M-^ hi! If i 11 II i a. PHRASES. l¥here in your mother ? After placiiiy the index into the mouth (mother), point the index at the individnal addressed (j/our); then sejtarate and extend tiie index and second fingers of tlie right hand ; hold them, pointing forward, about twelve or fifteen inches before the face, and njove them from side to side, eyes following the same direction {I sec); then throw the flat right hand in a sliort curve outward to the right until the back points toward the ground (not), and look inquiringly at the individual addressed. ( Ute 1.) "Mother your I see not; where is she?" Are yoii brave t Point to the person and make sign for lirave, at same time looking witii an inquiring expression. (Abmroln I; Shonhoni and Baniik I.) BiMOii, I have Mhot a. ]\Iove the ojten left hand (palm to the front) toward the left and away from the body slowly (motion of the buffalo wlien chased). JMove right hand on wrist as axis, rapidly (man on pony chasing buttalo); then ex- tend left hand to tiie left, draw right arm as if drawing a bow, snap tlie forefinger and middle finger ol' left hand, and thrust the right forefinger over the left hand. {Omaha I.) Ifoii ^ave iiM iiiany clothe<«, hut ive don't ivant them. Lean forward, and, liolding the hands concavo-convex, draw them up over the limbs severally, then cross on the chest as wrapping a blanket. The arms are then extended before the body, with the hands in type- l)osition (\V), to a height indicating a large i)ile. The right hand then sweeps outward, showing a negative state of mind. The index of right hand finally touches the chest of the second party and 'ipproaches the body, in position (I), horizontal. (Otoand Misnouri I.) "Something to l)ut on that I don't want from you." f^iiefition. Hold the extended and flattened right hand, palm forward, at the height of the shoulder or face, and about fifteen inches from it, shaking the hand from side to side (at the wrist) as the arm is slightly raised, resembling the outline of an interrogation mark (?) made from below upward. (Absarolcal; JMlote V, VI, VII ; Hidatsal; Kaiowa I; Art- Tcara I ; Comanche II, III ; Pai- Ute I ; Shonhoni and Banak I ; Ute I ; Apache I, II ; Wichita II.) What? What is it? First attract the person's notice by the sign for Attention, and Then the right-hand, lingers extended, pointing forward or outward, fiu- 311 gers joined, &c., horizontal, is carried outward, obliquely in front of the right breaat, and there turned partially over and under several times. (Dakota I.) What are you doing ? What do you vant? Throw the right liand about a foot from right to left several times, describing an arc upward, palm itiward, fingers slightly bent and separ- ated, and pointing forward. {Dakota IV.) What are youf i. e., What tribe do you belong to ? Shake the upright opened right hand four to eight inches from aide to side a few times, from twelve to eighteen inches in ^"-ont of tlie chin, the palm forward, fingers relaxed and a little separated. {Dakota IV.) Place the fiat right hand at some distance in front of and as high as the shoulder, palm forward and downward, then shake the hand from side to side, passing it slightly forward and upward at the same time. {Dakota VII.) Pass the right hand from left to right across the face. {Kutlne I.) What do you want? The arm is drawn to front of chest aud the hand in position (HT 1), modified by palms being downward and hand horizontal. From the chest center the hand is then passed spirally forward toward the one addressed; the hand's palm begins the spiral motion with a downward and ends in an upward a8])ect. (Oto I.) "To unwind or open." Who are you? or, what is your name ? The right or left hand approximates close to center of the body; the arm is fiexed and hand in position (D), or a little more closed. From inception of sign near center of body the hand slowly describes the arc of { quadrant, and fingers unfold as the hand recedes. We think tlie proper intention is, for the incei)tion of sign to be located at the heart, but it is seldom truly, anatomically thus located. {Oto I.) "To unfold one's self or make known." Are you through ? With arms hanging at the side and forearms horizontal, place the fists near each other in front of body ; then with a quick motion separate them as though breaking something asunder. {Sahaptin I.) Do you know ? Shake the right hand in front of the face, a little to the right, the whole arm elevated so as to throw the hand even with the face, and the forearm standing almost perpendicular. Principal motion with hand, slight motion of forearm, palm out. {Sahaptin I.) 312 How far is it ? 1J':1 Kjii ■"■■!;** Sign for Do yoii know? followed with a precise iiioveinent throw- ing right hand (palm toward tace) to a position as far from body as convenient, signifying "far?"; then witli the same quick, precise mo- tion, bring the hand to a position near the face — near? {ISahaptin I.) How will you go — horseback or in wagon ? First make the sign tor Do yoil know! then throw right hand forward — "go or going,"; then throw fore and middle fingers of right astride the forefinger of the left hand, signifying, "will you ride?"; then swing the forefingers of each hand around each other, sign of wheel running, signifying, "or will you go in wagon?" {Sahaptin 1.) DIALOGUES, ETC. The following conversation took place at Washington, in April, 1880, between Tkxdoy, chief of the Slioshoni and Banak Indians of Idaho, and Hi'EitiTO, one of the Apache chiefs from New Mexico, in the presence of Dr. \V. J. Hoffman. Neither of these Indians si>oke any language known to the other, or had ever met or heard of one another before that occasion : HuEuiTo.— Who are you f Place the flat and extended right hand, palm forward, about twelve inclies in front of and as higli as the shoulder, then shake the hand from side to side as it is moved forward and upward — question, who are you f Tendov. — ^hoMlioni chief. Place the (;losed right hand near the right hip, leaving the index only extended, palm down ; then pass the hand toward the front and left, rotating the haiul from side to side— Shonhoni ; then place the closed hand, with the index extended and pointing upward, near the right cheek, pass it upward as high as the head, then turn it forward and downward toward the ground, terminating with the movement a little below the initial point — chief. HuERiTo.— How old are you I Clinch both hands and cross the forearms before the breast with a trembling motion — coM — winters, years; then elevate the left hand as high as the neck and about twelve or fifteen inches before it, palm to- ward the face, with fingers extended and pointing upward ; then, with the index, turn down one finger after another slowly, beginning at the little finger, until three or four are folded against the palm, and look in- quiringly at the person addressed— /to «c many. m ai3 Tkndoy.— Filty-six. (Hose and cxteiid the tin«j(M's and tliuinl),s of both hands, with the palms forward, fivo VmwH—Jiftif; then extend the finders and thnnd) of tlie h'ft hand, dose the ri«ht, and i)hice the extended thnnd) ah)ngsido of and near the left thnnd) — six. HuERiTo.— Very well. Are there any luiffhlo In your eountry ? IMaee the Ihit riyht hand, i)ointin}' to the lelt, with the ]>,ilni down? aj^ainst the breast-bone; then move it forward and sliylitly to the riyht and in a (!nr\ e ni)ward ; make tlie gesture rather slowly and nearly to arm's !enf;th (otherwise, /. «?., if made Isastiiy and but a short distance, it would oidy mean iiotxl) — irri/ f/ood ; i)laee both (closed iiands fo their respeetixe sides of the head, i)alms toward the hair, leaving' the foretin- gi'As mvvM—hiitf((l(> ; then reach out the list to arm's lenjitl' toward the west, and throw it fon-ibiy toward the {-round for a distance c f about six inches, edf^e downward— t'o)(H<;,i/, «/(vn/ to the iccst ; then j'oint tlie curved index ratlu-r quickly and carelessly toward the person ad- dressed — your. Tendoy.— Yexi ; many binek Itiiflnlo. Pass the closed rij-ht hand, with the index partly Hexed, to a posi- tion about eight iiu^hes before the rijiht collar-bone, and, as the hand reaches that elevation, cpnckly (ilose the index — yes; tlu'u make the same sign as in tiie ])receding liaiid, palm up, outer odjjo toward the face, place it about fifteen iuelies in front of the ciiin, anN I would fto to my t'oiiiiti*> . Close the rif^ht hand, leaviu}; the index curved ; place it about six inches from the ear ami move it in toward the external meatuu — tohl me ; with the ri}>;ht hand still dosed, form a circle with the index and thumb by allowiii};' their tips to touch; pass the hand from east lowest at arm's lenjfth — day; jthute the left hand before the breast, the finders extended, and tlu^ tliumb restinj;' aj-aiust the palm, back forward, and, with the index, turn down one fiufjer after another, beftiuninji' at the lit^tle f1nf;er— ;/*»«/•/ touch the breast with the tijis of the finger and thumb of the left haiul collected to a point; drop the hand a short distance and move it forward to arm's lenj^th and slightly upward until it i)oints above the horizon — /, (jo to* ; then, as the arm is extended, throw the fist edgewise^ toward the f^rouiid — mif country, Texdov. — In tno dayM I ;;o lo my country .jiiwf aw you go to yoiii'M. I ft'o to ikiiiie uliere there Im a ;;:i*eat deal of Miiow, and we Mliall wee eaeli other no more. Place the Hat hands, horizontally, about two feet apart, move them quickly in an upward curve towan' one another until the ripht lies across the left — ni(liR'(!t«'(l toward ilie ^rroiiiid. It is tiic same as for iin/ or itiine, tlioiiKli made iM'foro the body in the hitter sinus, Tiie direction of Teii- d(>y's liaiids, tirst to tiie soiitli and afterward to the north, was nn(h'r- stood not as pointing' to tiie exae.t ioisility of tin; two i»arts of tlie country, but to tlie ditterenee in their resiiective lilimates. PA^IUCIO'S NAHUATIVH Tliis narrative was obtained in .Inly, 1880, by Dr. Francis II. Atkins, actin}if assistant surjieon, United States Army, at Soutii F(»rk, New Mexieo, from Ti-IM'MIKS-ti.kl (Slit'epslvin-let!:;fin;(s), iial>itua!ly called Tatricio, an intelli}>'ent younfj Mcscalero Apache. It f."ives an ac(;onnt of what is locally termed the "April Hound-up," which was the disarm- infj and imprisoning;' by a cavalry eonunand of the Tnited States Army, of the small Ai)ache subtribe to wliich tlu^ narrator belonjjed. The ref- erences to sij^iis not described are to the contributions of l)r. ATKINS, marked in the Vocaiutlaby {Apache III). (I) Left hand on edj^e, curved, i)alm forward, extended backward lenjith of arm toward the West {far iccstward). {'2) Arms same, turned hand, tips dow^i, and moved it from north to south [river). (3) Dipped same hand several times above and beyond last line {be- yoiuJ). (■t) Hand curved (Y, more flexed) and laid on its back on top of his foot {inovcasins much curved up at toe); then drew hands up lej,'s to near knee, and cuts ott' with edj;es of hands {boot topn). { Warm iSpriiiy Aj)achesj who wear booted moccasins with turn-up toes.) (.")) Hands held before him, tips near to<;ether, fiiifjers {i'athered (U) ; then alternately opened and jjathered tiufjers of both hands (P to U, U to P), and thrustiny them toward each other a few times {nhot or Jellied many). ((>) Uehl hands six inches from side of head, thumbs and forefingers widely separated {Mexican, i. e., wearn a broad hat). (7) Hehl right liand on edge, palm toward him, threw it on its back, forward und downward sharply toward earth (T on edge to X), {dead, 80 many dead). (8) Put thumbs to temples and indices forward, meeting in front, other fingers closed {soldiers, i. e., cap-visor.) (9) liepeated No. 5 and No. 7 {were also shot dead). (10) riaced first and second fingers of right hand (others closed) astride of left index, held horizontally {horses). (II) Held hands on edge and forward (T on edge forward), pushed them forward, waving vertically {marching, which see ; also, travel or 3ie m fiilht, i. e., ran off with Hotiliirn^ horsen ov others). N. |{. — ir.siiifj both haiuls iii(li(;at(>s (ioultht niiiks of tniojis iiiiinrliiiiK' iils(». (VJ) Stnuik ritfht H.st lurross in front of (!hin from right to h'ft sharply (h(ul). (l.'{) Uei»('at»'(l No, 4 ( Wiiriii Sprint/ AfKirhr). (It) .Movod (ist, tliiiinb to head, from n-iitcr of foruhoad to right tetn- ph^ and a UttU' backward [fool). (1.')) Repeated No. .S and No. 11 {HoUlierx ritfiuff in double column). (l(i) Thrust right hand down over and beyond left, both palms duwu (W) (came here). (17) Repeated No. 8 (sohlicr). (18) Toneiied hair (hair). (1.1») Tonehed tent {>iuite whit,). (liO) Toneiied to|) of shonlder {rommissioned officer, i, <'., nhoulder- straps). (21) Tlirnst both hands n\t high (hiffh ranic). (2li) Rigiitfor(!linger to forehead; waved it about in front of face and rctlled head about (|)riniarily fool, but (lualilled in this case by the inter- l>reter as no sahe much). (2.'{) Drew iiands up his tliighs and body and i>ointed to himself (Mescalero Indian, ij. r.). (24) Approximated hands before him, i)alms down, with tliumbs and indices widely separated, as if inclosing a circle {captured, i. e., corralled, surrounded), (2.')) Placed tips of hands together, wrists ai)art, held them erect (T, both hands iiu^lined), (house ; in this case the agency). (20) Threw both hands, ])alms back, forward aiul downward, moving from knuckles (metacarpophalangeal joint) only, several times (issuing rations). (27) Thrust two fingers (]V) toward mouth and downward (food). (28) Kepcated No. 2.1 (house); outlined a hemispherical object (wick-i- itj)); repeated these several times, bringing the hands with emphasis several times down toward the earth (villaye permanently here). (29) Repeated No. 2o several times and pointed to a neighboring hillside (village over there). (iJO) Repeated Nos. 17 to 21, inclusive (General X). (31) Thrust two fingers forward fro.a his eyes (primarily I see ; also I saw, or there icerc). (32) Repeated No. 11 (toward said hillside), (troops went over there with General X). (33) Repeated N^o. 4, adding swept indices around head and touched red paper on a tobacco wrapper (San Carlos Apaches, scouts esi)ecially distinguished by wearing a red fillet about the head ); also added, drew indices across each cheek from nose outward (were much painted). (34) Repeated No. 24 and No. 23 (to capture the Mescalero Indians). (35) Repeated No. 31 (there were). 317 (M) Rt'iM'iitctl No. 'X\ {San Carhn Hcoutii), (37) U«'in'at«'(l N'i». H (nntl xoUUerH). (.'W) (Miispi'd liis liiuids till'iisively before his breast («o many! i. c, a jjrcal many), (IM) li»'|K'at('(l No. .'{1 (f mw). (40) U*'|M-iit(>d No. L'.'{ {my imntlc). (41) Hroii^rlit OstH to^etliot- iiiitlercliiii, and liii^j^ed Ids arms close to Ins bri'ast, with a shiini. '.' f ((r*7/( Mescaleros). (.)9) Repeated No. Ii4 {en(re, to ('ai)tiu'e the Me8(!alero Indians. The Mescaleros \vish«Ml to liave tlieir village permanently here by the agency, ane was over there, I saw the jjeneral (!om(; with troops and San Oarlos scouts to surround (or capture) tlu; Mescalero Iiidians. There were a great many San Carlos scouts ami sohliers. I saw that my pe()ple were afraid, and half ot them Hed. Next mornin}f the Mescaleros did not shoot (were not hostile). The others came and killed many Mescaleros. The cavalry and infantry brought us (the Mescaleros) to this camp as jtrisoners. The San Carlos sciouts were well supplied with ammunition and jjuns, and shot many Warm Spring Imlians and Mescaleros-. The San Carlos scouts are brave men. TSODIAKO'S HKPOKT. i^'vith spread and slij;htly curved linj'ers, arc held about two feet apart, before the thijjhs, palms facin<;', then draw them toward one :i!«.;!tiier horizon- tally and gradually upward un^il the wrists cross, as if };raspin<'- a buntrh of iurass and i>ullinf;' it up — iiuiiiif : ( t) jutiut t(t the southwest with tli(! indey, elevating' it a little above ,hc horizon — eoitiitri/ ; (5) tluMi throw the (1st ed^icwise toward the srrfacc, ii' that direction — »»//, mine; ((!) place Itoth hantls, extended. Hat, edgewise before the body, the left below the ri{;ht, and l)o(h edyes poinlin}' toward the ground a short d:. tancc to the Ictt of tlie body, then make rejteated cuts toward that direction trom dilfevcnt i»oints, the teriniMation of each cut ending at nearly the same lioUit—CHt down ; (7) hold the left hand with t'le lingers and thumb collected to a point, directed Inuizontally forward, and make sevei.'J cutting motions with the edge of the Hat right hand transversely by the tips of the left, and upon the wrist^ — cut o(}' the cadft ; (.S) tht i: tit upt.u the left hantl, still heltl in the saiPe juisi- tii;;i, with tlw right, the cuts being ])arallel to the Itt.igitudinal axis of the i>alm — spiit ; (0) botii hantls clt)sed in front t)f the body, about four inches ai»art, with Ibreliugers untl thumbs apjcoxiinating half circles, 319 palms toward tlio ftroiuid, move tluMii forward so that tlio back of the hand conios forward and the half circles imitate the movement of wheels — in:rasp- inj>' a thick rod, i)alm toward tin {ground, and pnsii it straiylit forward nearly to arm's UMijuth — take; (12) liold both hands with finjuers natnrally extended and sli^^htly separated nearly at arm's leiijith before the body, palms down, the rijiht lyinj; npon the left, then i)ass the npi)er forward and downward from the left qnickly, so that the wrist of the rij^lit is raised and tlie fin<;ers jjoint earthward — throw of; (III) cnt the left palm rei)eatedly with tlieoiiteredjje of the extended rif-ht hand — hitlld ; (11) hold botli hands edgewise before the bosly, palms ta( iii};, si)read the tinji'ers and i)lace those of one hand into the spaces between those of the left, so that the tips of one protrnde beyond the backs of ;he iinjicrs of the other — Ion hoKse ; (l."») then place tlie thit rijilit hand, palm down and tin}>ers p(>intinfi' to the left, against the breast and move it forward, and slightly npward and to the right — tjood. ANALYSIS OV TiriO KOKECOINO. [There is| much | timber | [in] my | coniitry | [of which I J cnt down Ci) (l.l-'l (">') (4) ' im [some], I trimmed, | split, | loaded it npon | [a| wagon [and] | took it (7) (H) (1(1) (0) (111 away, | [where I] threw [it] ort" | [and] built | [a] good | house | . (!■-') (i:t) (15) (14) XoTKS. — As will be seen^ the Wvird tillllu'l* is cc'iposed of signs Xo. 1 and 2, signifying Iret';* wf aildillK'< '"^ig" ^"i'- '5, for many, in liiis instance, as in similar other examples, becomes iiiiicli. The word in, iu connection with 4'Olinll'y aii'I my, is expressed by the gesture of jointing (jiassiiig tlie hand less (|'iickly tli in in ordinary sign language), Defore making sign Xo. i. Tiiat sign, commonly given for |iOM>ioil, would, without the prefix of indication, imply my t'uiinf l*y, and with that prefix signifies in my 4>oiintl*y. Sign X^o. 7, li'immtMl, is in- dicated by diopping otV the ends, and facial expression denoting MntiK- i*ai*tion. Jn ign X'^os. 11 and IL*, the gestures wen* continuous, but at the termination of the latter the narrator straightened himself some- what, denoting that he had overcome the greater part of the labor. Sign Xo. 1-1, denotes ioft'-ilOIIMC from liie miUiuer of interlacing the ttngerends, thus representing the corner of a log-house, and the ar- i-iiugement of the ends of the same. Indian lodjff would be indi- cated by another sign, although the latter is often used as an abbrevia- tion for the former, when the subject of conversation is known to all present. •V ■ SIGNALS. The collaborators in the prosent work have not {jfeiierally responded to the request to communicate material uiuler this head. It is, liowever, hoped that by now printinj^' some extracts from published works and the few unpublished statements recently procured, tlie attention of ob- servers will be directed to the further prosecution of research in this direction. The term "signal" is here used in distinction from thesifjus noted in the Vocahulauy, as beiutf some action or manifestation intend<'d to be seen at a distance, and not al!(nvinf>of the minuteness or detail possible in close converse. Signals may be executed, first, exclusively by bodily action ; second, by Mction of the i)erson in c(»niiL'ction with objects, such as a blanket, or a lance, or in the direction iini)arted to a horse; thirvl, by various devices, such as smoke or tire-arrows, when the person of the sij^nalist is not visible. They are almost entirely conventional, and while their study has not the same kiud of importance, as that of gest- ure-signs, it possesses some peculiar interest. SIGNALS EXECUTED JiV BODILY ACTION. Some of these will [)robably be found .,i be identical, or nearly so, with the gesture-signs used by the sauie peoph-. Alarm. See notes on Clieyenne and xVrapaho signals. Aii;;er. Close tlie hand, place it against the forehead, and turn it back and forth while in tinit position. {Thirty Yetos of Army Life on the Border^ by Col. It. 15. Marcy, U. S. A., p. .U, New York, 186(5.) " €oiiie here. The right hand is to be advanced about eighteen inches at the he'ght of the navel, horizontal, relaxed, palm downward, thuiub in the palm; then draw it near tlie side and at the same time drop the hand to bring the palm backward. The farther away the person called is, tiie higher the hand is raised. If very far oft", tlie hand is raised high up over the head and then swung forward and downward, then backward and down- ward to the side. {DalotnW.) Dailf^^er. (There is something dangerous in that place.) Right hand index-^iiiger and thumb forming a curve, the other fingers 380 321 mi closed ; move the riplit hand forward, pointing in the direction of the dangerous i)hice or animal. {Omaha I.) Defiance. Right hand index and middle lingers open ; motioii toward 1 lie enemy. " I do not fear you." lieverse the motion, bringing the hand toward the subject.. " Do your worst to me." (Omaha 1.) Direction* Pi' ss around that object or place near you — she-iheti- dlu't-ga. When a man is at a distance, I say to him " Go around that way.'" Describe a curve by raising the hand abo e the head, forefinger open, move to right or left accordiiig to direction intended and hand tiiat is used, i. e., move to tiie left, use right hand ; move to the right, use left hand. {Omaha I ] Ponka I.) Halt! (To in(piire disposition.) Kaise the right hand with the i)alm in front and gradusilly jjush it forward and back several times ; if they are not hostile it will at once be obeyed. {The Prairie Trareler, by Itandolph B. Marcy, p. 214, New York, 18.59.) Stand there ! lie is coming to you. Itight hand extended. Hat, edgewise, moved downward several times. {Omaha I.) He is going toward you. Hold the open right hand, jtalm to the left, with the tips of the tingers toward t lie person signaled to; thrust the liand forward in either au upward or u»^ vvnward curve. {Omaha I ; Ponlca I.) Lie down flat where you iwa (she-dhu bis-pe zha°'-ga). Extend the right arm in the direction of the person signaled to, having the ])alm down ; move downward by degrees to about the knees. Omaha I ; Ponka I.) Peace ; Frienclmliip. Hohl up palm of hand. — Observed as made by an Indian of the Kan- sas tribe in 1S.'>.'$. {Indian ISketohcs, by John T. Irving, vol. ii, p. 253, Philadelphia, IH.'Jf).) Elevate the outstretched hands wide open and fingers parted above arul on either side of the head at arm's length. — Observed by Dr. W. J. Hoffman, as made in Northern Arizona in 1871 by the Mojave and Seviches. " No arms" — corresponding with "hands up" of road-agents. The right hand held aloft, empty. {My Life on the Plains, by General G. A. Custer, p. 2;}8, New York, 1874.) 41 / |1 322 Question. (I do not know you. Who are you?) After halting a party coining : Eight hand raised, palm in front and slowly moved to the right and left. [Answered by tribal sign] (Marcy's Prairie Traveler, loc. cit., 214.) To incpiire if coming party is peaceful. Kaise both hands, grasped in the manner of shaking hands, or by lock- ing the two forefingers firmly while the hands are held up. If friendly they will respond with the san>e signal. (Marcy's iVajVie Traveler, loc. cit, 214.) Whence come you ? First the sign for You, then the hand extended open and drawn to the breast, and lastly the sign for Brin^^^ing'. (Dunbar.) l^ubiniMHioii. The United Stat .>'^\i>if>r Saranac in 1874, cruising in Alaska waters, dropped anchor Iti d«' '4, in Freshwater Harbor, back of Sitka, in latitude 59° north. A;, .med party landed at a T'linkit village de- serted by all the inhabitants except one old man and two women, the latter seated at the feet of the former. The man was in great fear, turned his back and held uj) his hands as a sign of utter helplessness. (Extract from notes kindly furnished by Lieutenant-Commander Wm. Bainbridge Ilott', U. S. N., who was senior aid to Kear- Admiral Pennock, on the cruise mentioned.) Surreutler. The palm of the hand is held toward the person [to whom the surren- der is made]. [Long.) SIGNALS IN WHICH OBJECTS ARE USED IN CON- NECTION WITH PERSONAL ACTION. Biifihlo ilisfovered. See also notes on Cheyenne and Arapaho signs. When the I'onkas or Omahas discover buffalo the watcher stands erect on the hill, witli his face toward the camp, holding his blanket with an end in each hand, his arms being stretched out (right and left) on a line wJth shoulders. [Omaha I ; Poiika I.) €oine ! To beckon to a pers^ton. ' Hold out the lower edge of the robe or blanket, then wave it in to the legs. This is made when there is a desire to avoid general observation. (Matthews.) vh . I; 323 Come back! (rather or f>rasp the left side of the unbuttoned coat (or bhmket) with the rif?ht hand, and, eitlier standins or .sitting in position so that the aignal can be seen, wave it to the left and rij,'ht as often as may be necessary for the sign to be recognized. Wlien made standing the per- son should not move his body. {Dakota I.) Dailg'er. See also notes on Chej-enne and Arapaho signals. Horseman at a distance, gallo|»ing, passing and repassing, and cross- ing each other — oiiemy comes. But for notice of herd of bulfak), they gallop back and forward abreast — do not cross each othtu-. ( Views of Louisiana, by H. M. Brackenridge, p. 250, Pittsburgli, 1814.) Riding rapidly round in a circle. " Danger! Get together as (piickly as possible." {The Plains of the (ii-eat West^ &c., by Richard Irving Dodge, lieutenant-colonel United States Army, p. 11(58, New York, 1877.) Di!enerally made by i)rodin'inj;' «»ne eoiitiniious ••olumii, and sijfuilies attention for several pui'jxisiis, viz, when a l),ind liad beeonu; tired of one l(tcality,ortiu' firass nniy have l)een e(»nsunu'd bytiie ponies, or some other cause necessitating' removal ; or should an enemy bo reported, wiiidi woidd require further watehiufi before a decision as to futtire action wouhl be matle, the intention or knitwledj;*' of anythiu}^ unusual would be comnumicated to neij;lib()rin};' bands by cansin;;- one column of siiioke to ascend. l<>1al»liMliiii('nt ot'a <*:iiii|»; 4|iii('t; NafVty. "Wiicn a renioval of canij* has been made, after the si j;nal for Atten- tion lias been jjiven, and tlu' party have selected a place where they propose to remain until there nr.iy be a lu'cessity or desire lor their re- UHtval. two columns of smoke are made, to inform (heir friends that they ])roi»ose to remain at that place. Two columns are also marie at other tinu's duriu;;' a lony-eonlinued residence, to iiifoi'm the nci^^hltor- in<; bands that a camp still exists, and tiiat all is favorable and (piiet. i^ FOIlKKfN' s:\I()KK SKINAI.S. The followiiij;e\ami»les()f smoke sijiiials in fort^ij^n lands are adrled for comparis(Hi. ]Miss JIaij;h, speakin;>' of the (iiianclien of the Canary Islands at the tinu' of the Sjtanish eonriuest, says: "When an enemy approached, they alarmed the country by raisinj;- a thick smoke or by whistlin;;, which wa{» repeated from one to another. This latter method is still in use amon^i- the people of Teneritfe, and may be heard at an almost in- credible distance." [Tmns. Eth. Soc. Loiiil. vii, ISCil, s<'c. ser., i»i». 109, 11(1.) "The natives have an easy nu'tliod of tele^rapliinjj; news to their dis- tant friends. When 8ir Thomas .Mitchell was travelinji tlirou};h Eastern Australia he often saw columns of smoke a.scendinj;' throut;h the trees in the forests, and lu^ soon learned that the luitives used the smoke of tires for the jHupose of makinj;' known his nu)vements to their friends. Near Mount Frazer he observed a dense column of smoke, anil subse- quently other smokes arose, extendinj;- in a telef^raphic line lar to the south, alonj; the base of the mountains, and thus communicatiiif;' to the natives who might be u]»on his route homeward the tidings of his return. " When Sir Thomas reached INn-tland Bay he noticed that when a whale appeared in the bay the natives were accustomed to send uit a column a 2 7 of smokf, tints nivitin- timely intiiiiiitinii to all tlit^ whiilors. If tlic wliiile should l)t' pursued by ouo bout's crew oidy, it ini};ht be, takeu ; but if pursued by several, it would probably be ruu ashore aud become food for the biiicks." {I'Jasteni AiistraUi(,hy Mn^.T. L. Mitchell, K. (r. S., v.) Messengers in all jyarts of Australia appear to have used this mode of sijiualinj;'. In Victoria, when travelinj;' through i!ie forests, they were accustomed to raise smoke by iillinj? the hollow of ;' tree with f-reeu bou{>hs and setting' tire to tlu' trunk at its base; and in this way, as they always selected an elevated position for the tire when they could, their in.»vements were made known. When enj;aj;ed in hunting, when traveling on secret exi)editions, when ai)i>roaching an encampment, when threatened with danger, or when foes menaced their friends, the imtives made signals by raising a smoke, and their tires were lighted in such a way as to give forth signals that would be understood by people of their ow cribe and by frieiully tril)es. They exhibited great ability in maiuiging their system of telegraphy ; and in former times it was not seldom used to the injury of the white settlers, who at first had no idea that the thin column of smoke rising through the foliage of the adjacent bush, and perhaps raised l)y some feeble old woman, was an intiniation to the warriors to advance and attack the Europeans. (The Aboyu/incn of Victoria, vol i, by K. r.rough Smyth, F. h. S., F. (1. S., Assoc. Inst. C. E., etc., i-o. 152", 153.) "Travelers ou the prairie have often seen tiie Indians throwing up signal lights at night, and have wondered how it was done. * * * They take oft' the head of the arrow and dip the shaft in gunpowder, mixed with glue. * * * The gunpowder adheres to the wood, and coats it three or four inches from its end to the depth of one-fourth of an inch. Chewed bark mixed with dry gunpowder is then fastened to the stick, and the arrow is ready for use. When it is to be tired, a warrior places it on his bcvvstring and draws his bow ready to let it fly: the point of the arrow is then lowered, another warrior lights the dry bark, and it is shot high in the air. When it has gone up a little distance, it bursts out into a flame, and burns brightly until it falls to w> f If m 328 tho f^rouixl. Various mt>iviiiiij,'s arc attatrluMl to tlicse (Irc-arrow si),'iialM. ThiiH, ()iu>, arrow iiiwiiit, aiiioii;f tlic Santct^s, 'Tlio ciieiny are about'; two arrows from tliu 8aiiu> point, 'hanger'; tluvc, '(Ircat danger'; many, 'Tlicy '>\\v too stroii;-', or we an^ fallin}; bacik'; two arrows sent up at till' same m-diuMit, ' Wt' will atta(!k'; three, 'Soon'; lour, ' Now'; if shot diagonally, ' In that direction.' These si;tnals are cttnstantly chanjied, and ar»^ always aj^reed upon when tliei»arty ^joes out or before it sejiarales. The Indians send their si;;iials very intelliy:eutly, and seldom maUe mistakes in tele;jrapliin;;each i>ther by these sih'ut monitors. The auKKUit of information they <;an eommunieate by Hres and burtun^ arrows is i»erfectly wonderfid. Hvery war party carries with it bundles of si^^nal arrows." {lichlen, The White Chief; uni)owder was ki.own to them. nrsT SKiNALS. When any ;;anie or an enemy is discovi'red, and shoidd the sentinel be without a blanket, he throws a handful of dust up iut(» the air. When the Hrules attacked the Ponkas, in 1.S7-, they stood on the bluff and threw ujt dust. {Omaha I ; r, as we use the hand for a similar i)urpose in battle or hunting to direct "lie quiet !" Slnmld the hill, however, be clear of any one the Indian will ascend slowly, and under cover as nuu'h as possible, and gain a view of the country. If there is no one to be seen, the blanket is grasped and waved horizontally from right to left and back again rejteatedly, showing a clear surface. If the enemy is discovered, the scout will give the Alarm by running down the hill upfui a side visible to the watchers, in a zigzag manner which communicates the state of affairs, Should any expedition or advance be attempted at night, the same signals as are made with the blanitet are made with a firebrand, which is constructed of a bunch of grass tied to a short ])ole. When a war party encain}) for a night or a day or more a pie(!e of wood is stuck into the ground, pointing in the direction pursued, with a number of cuts, notches, or nuirks (iorresponding to the inind)er of days which the party spent after leaving the last camj) until leaving the present camp, serving to show to the recruits to the main party, the course to be followed, and the distance. A hunting party take the same precautions in advancing as a war party, so as not to be surprised by an enemy. If a scout ascends a prominent elevation and discovers no game, the blanket is grasi)ed and waved horizontally from side to side at the height of the shoidders or head; and if game is discovered the Indian rides back and forth (from left to right) a short distance so that the distant observers vnn view the maneuver. If a large herd of buffalo is found, the extent traveled over iu going to and fro increases in i»roportion to the size of the herd. A quicker gait is traveled when the herd is very large or haste on the part of the hunters is desired. It is stated that these Indians also use mirrors to signal from one elevation to another, but the system could not be learned, as they say they have no longer use for it, having ceased warfare (?). 42